On the Geometry of Time

in Physics and Cosmology

and the Fall of the Canonical Cosmological Model

Scientia vincere tenebras

“Conquering darkness by science”

Alexander Franklin Mayer

“Science is not about status quo. It’s about revolution.”

– Leon Max Lederman
INTERNET INTEGRATION AND THE HUMAN ELEMENT
This PDF is fully integrated with the Internet, having several hundred convenient reference
hyperlinks to facilitate the educational process, in part for readers who may have a limited
background in physics, (e.g., mathematicians, engineers and students). Even such basic terms
as “Hubble’s law,” “histogram” and “general relativity” have been hyperlinked for the
convenience of what is expected to eventually become an unusually broad readership that will
likely include many young university students. Hyperlinks generally appear only once at the
first occurrence of a particular term or name. In the interest of emphasizing the human element
in the progress of science, a special effort was made to ensure that each person directly or
indirectly referenced in the main body of the text is linked to a descriptive personal web page.
The author has attempted to provide the best available reference for each hyperlink. If you find
a broken link or believe that a superior stable web page exists that may be associated with a
link, be sure to contact the author. All of the embedded links in the PDF employ redirection.
Consequently, a link destination can by centrally modified by the author with immediate effect
on all distributed copies of the PDF.

URLS
http://www.sensibleuniverse.com/BookLink/ is the primary root URL for hyperlink redirects.
http://pdfref.net/m2/ is an abbreviated redirect to the above for URLs quoted in the text.
On the Geometry of Time in Physics and Cosmology
and the Fall of the Canonical Cosmological Model

First American Edition

4 September 2009
The Hoyle Building
Cambridge University

Copyright © 2009 Alexander Franklin Mayer

The latest open access PDF of this monograph is available here:

www.sensibleuniverse.com/book

ISBN 0-615-28941-X

THIS ELECTRONIC PDF IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE CREATIVE COMMONS
PUBLIC LICENSE “Attribution – NonCommercial – No Derivative Works 3.0 United States.” IT IS
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK
OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
THE AUTHOR RESERVES THE EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO PRINT ANY PART OF THE DOCUMENT.
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/us/

mathematics simplicity science

● ●

Cover art entitled Galaxy Puzzle Revisited is copyright © 2008 Lynette R. Cook with exclusive
worldwide rights granted in perpetuity to A. F. Mayer. Duplication or display of this image or any
part thereof in any form other than as the integrated cover art of this monograph is prohibited.
A genuine electronic document authored by Alexander F. Mayer is a PDF incorporating a
verified GeoTrust® digital signature that precludes editing and printing. A valid hardcopy
can been sourced exclusively through the author or a representative listed on his website.

Documents created by the author, Alexander Franklin Mayer, and made available for download on
the Internet are in the form of an unprintable PDF protected by a verified GeoTrust® digital signature.
A PDF that does not carry this signature is an illegitimate document. A validated digital signature
ensures that this instantiation of the PDF that you are about to read is genuine and has not been altered.
ADOBE® Acrobat® or Reader® (a free download) is required in order to validate the signature.

This digital signature functions only if using ADOBE® Acrobat® or ADOBE® Reader® .
The signature date is independent of publication date, which references content changes.
To validate this PDF, click the certified digital signature in this box.

Digitally signed by Alexander

Franklin Mayer
Date: 2009.09.04 22:38:01 Z
You should then see a dialog box similar to this one (note appended).

Note: The “validity of signerʼs identity”

is dependent on your computerʼs trust
settings and does not reflect on the
authenticity of the document, which is
determined by its modification status.

Learn about the digital signature used to guarantee the authenticity of this PDF here:
http://www.sensibleuniverse.com/DigitalSignature

Update your ADOBE® Reader® software here: http://get.adobe.com/reader/

CONTENTS
PDF HYPERLINK INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................................ii
PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................iii
1931 PHOTO OF ALBERT EINSTEIN AT CALTECH...............................................................................iv
1925 PHOTO OF GEORGES LEMAÎTRE WITH EDWIN HUBBLE .........................................................v
NEGATIVE IMAGE OF THE HUBBLE ULTRA DEEP FIELD (HUDF) .....................................................vi
PREAMBLE QUOTATIONS ....................................................................................................................vii
SCIENCE HAS AN UNSURPASSED POWER TO BRING ABOUT CHANGE ......................................viii
ABSTRACT ..............................................................................................................................................ix
1. HISTORICAL BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................................1
2. GALAXY REDSHIFT SURVEY DATA .......................................................................................................3
3. CRISIS IN COSMOLOGY .........................................................................................................................8
4. TIME .......................................................................................................................................................13
5. SPACETIME............................................................................................................................................14
6. TIME DILATION ......................................................................................................................................15
7. THE FITZGERALD–LORENTZ CONTRACTION ...................................................................................18
8. THE COSMOLOGICAL BOUNDARY PROBLEM ...................................................................................19
9. COSMOLOGICAL LATITUDE .................................................................................................................22
10. THE GEOMETRY OF THE UNIVERSE ................................................................................................26
11. THE APPARENT LUMINOSITY OF EXTRA-GALACTIC SUPERNOVAE ............................................32
12. EVIDENCE OF LARGE-SCALE HOMOGENEITY ...............................................................................36
13. OBJECTS OBSERVED AT VERY HIGH REDSHIFT ...........................................................................38
14. COSMIC MICROWAVE BACKGROUND RADIATION .........................................................................41
15. AN OVERSIGHT IN THE FOUNDATION OF GENERAL RELATIVITY ................................................49
16. A NEW LOOK AT THE GRAVITATIONAL BENDING OF LIGHT ..........................................................57
17. TRANSVERSE GRAVITATIONAL REDSHIFT ......................................................................................59
18. SELECTED HISTORICAL EMPIRICAL EVIDENCE OF TGR ..............................................................61
19. PREDICTIVE CALCULATION OF TGR ................................................................................................66
20. A PREDICTION FOR THE 2009–2010 NASA LRO MISSION ..............................................................72
21. THE EFFECT OF TGR ON GPS SIGNALS ..........................................................................................73
22. THE EFFECT OF TGR ON SATELLITE GEODESY ............................................................................77
23. TGR AND CELESTIAL MECHANICS ...................................................................................................82
24. GRAVITATIONAL RADIATION ..............................................................................................................89
25. THE ABUNDANCE OF THE LIGHT ELEMENTS .................................................................................92
26. GALAXY EVOLUTION AND MORPHOLOGY ......................................................................................94
27. COSMIC DYNAMICAL STABILITY .....................................................................................................101
28. DARK MATTER...................................................................................................................................105
29. FORMATION OF STARS AND PLANETS ..........................................................................................109

i
30. RELATIVISTIC ENERGY ...................................................................................................................109
31. MOMENTUM-DRIVEN FIELD ENERGY ............................................................................................112
32. THE MOMENTUM WAVE ...................................................................................................................113
33. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN DIFFRACTION ............................................................115
34. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN THE ATOMIC NUCLEUS ............................................120
35. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN GRAVITY .....................................................................122
36. UNIFICATION OF FORCES ...............................................................................................................125
37. RECAPITULATION .............................................................................................................................125
38. CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................................................132
THANK YOU ......................................................................................................................................139
A. SDSS RECOGNITION ........................................................................................................................139
B. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ......................................................................................................................139
C. TRIBUTE TO HERMANN MINKOWSKI ..............................................................................................140
D. ADDRESS BY DAVID HILBERT .........................................................................................................141
E. HUDF CORRELATION CALCULATIONS ............................................................................................142
F. 1929 HUBBLE DIAGRAM ....................................................................................................................143
G. 6dF SURVEY BLUESHIFTS ...............................................................................................................144
H. SDSS GALAXY AND QSO HISTOGRAM SECONDARY MAXIMA ....................................................145
I. REVISED GRAVITATIONAL LENS MASS MEASUREMENTS ............................................................146
J. SUMMARY OF TRANSVERSE GRAVITATIONAL REDSHIFT (TGR) PREDICTIONS .......................147
K. LRO MISSION DETAILS .....................................................................................................................150
EPILOGUE QUOTATIONS ..................................................................................................................151
FAIR USE OF COPYRIGHTED MATERIAL ........................................................................................152
REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................153

PDF HYPERLINK INSTRUCTIONS

This PDF incorporates hyperlinks to quickly navigate within the document. After any jump within the
document using any internal hyperlink as listed below, a simple keystroke combination will allow you to
conveniently return to the view before the jump. This keystroke sequence is platform-dependent.
ADOBE® Acrobat® & ADOBE® Reader®
Previous View keystroke combination
Mac OS X: [command + back-arrow ◄]
Windows: [Alt + back-arrow ←]
Hyperlink Types
★ Table of Contents entries (above)
★ underlined references to equations and figures in the text
★ superscripted endnote numbers (references) in the text
★ PDF bookmarks
★ www links are blue

ii
PREFACE
The key innovation introduced in this book is a revolutionary model of time in the context of relativity.
It is aimed at a broad technically educated audience that spans the spectrum of academic and industry
professionals to advanced university undergraduates, select science journalists and amateurs in physics,
mathematics, astronomy and other physical sciences. Like the Copernican Revolution, which replaced the
Earth as the center of the Solar System model with the Sun, this new way of thinking about time is simple
and obvious in hindsight. It is based on a direct physical interpretation of Minkowski spacetime geometry,
rather than the conventional wisdom that Minkowski’s geometric foundation for special relativity introduced
a mere “mathematical convenience.” The simple step of reinterpreting Minkowski’s mathematics as an
immediate description of underlying physical reality, instead of mistakenly treating it as nothing more than a
helpful mathematical abstraction, removes a fundamental impasse to progress in theoretical physics. In this
book, students and professionals in a variety of fields will find fruitful new avenues of inquiry providing
opportunities to contribute to a modern revolution in physics similar to the revolution of a century ago.
Chapters 1–14 introduce the concept of geometric cosmic time and deal primarily with cosmology. It is
shown that recent galaxy redshift survey data are inconsistent with Hubble’s law and that a quantitative
model of geometric cosmic time is consistent with these data. This model also implies that the supernovae
redshift-luminosity curve was mistakenly interpreted as a sudden onset of accelerating cosmic expansion.
Chapters 15–24 discuss symmetric relativistic transverse gravitational redshift (TGR), a ubiquitous empirical
phenomenon implying an insufficiency in general relativity because the observable is unmodeled by the
Einstein field equations. Progress has been made in gravitational physics by identifying a simple error in
the way general relativity models time. An equation that rests on first principles is able to accurately predict
the magnitude of the phenomenon manifesting as the observed unexplained variable excess redshift of stars,
being most pronounced for white dwarfs. Also, an empirical prediction has been made for a sinusoidal
modulation of the transponded S-band Doppler tracking signal from the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter
(LRO), which is not modeled by canonical relativity. Chapters 25–29 revisit cosmology, leveraging on
the new insights in the prior chapters concerning gravitational physics. Chapters 30–36 discuss
relativistic energy and introduce the concept of the momentum wave in quantum mechanics, which
provides a path to elegantly solving several outstanding problems in physics, including quantum gravity.
After adopting the model of time introduced herein, it is certain that within just a few years all physical
scientists will think to themselves, “How could we have ever thought otherwise?” Yet, upon being
confronted with a new idea, there is a prevalent tendency for people to initially think, “That is not the way
‘everyone’ thinks about it,” with the tacit assumption that the conventional wisdom (i.e., textbook dogma)
is correct and unassailable. While building on the past is essential to progress in physical science, a bright
young lady exhibiting the wisdom of youth at age ten once said to me, “Knowing stuff gets in the way of
learning stuff.”1 Accordingly, it is also true that the assumption of knowledge or an emotional need to be
knowledgeable in order to live up to an academic title can block intellectual progress. New understanding
generally arises from a place of not knowing and questioning the authority of experts, including oneself.
Perhaps one of the reasons that innovative thinking in physics has consistently been associated with youth
is not the intellectual capacity for innovation, but the emotional state of being open to not knowing.
Therefore, I encourage my readers to be youthful in their approach to reading this book. Being critical in
the context of defending what is assumed to be known cannot lead to new understanding. Rather, the path
to new knowledge and the exhilarating feeling of new understanding is the willingness to be critical of
what is assumed to be known in the process of evaluating new ideas presented for consideration.
Ultimately, theoretical physics is not about the individual process of developing understanding, but the
results of that process as determined by repeatable empirical observations that are consistent with
qualitative and quantitative predictions. While the new ideas and unorthodox methods introduced herein
may at first seem simplistic to those expecting a more esoteric mathematical approach, the predictive
results speak for themselves. Parsimonious (rather than jejune) theory yields predictions that correlate
with existing unexplained observations. Moreover, every new idea and empirical prediction appearing in
this book ultimately rests on a single first principle: the invariance of the speed of light in vacuum.
Confidence in each of the new ideas presented is inspired by the realization that if the speed of light in
vacuum is invariant, then it must also be true (it logically follows) that the new idea is also true.

iii
1931 PHOTO OF ALBERT EINSTEIN AT CALTECH

So was he [Einstein] a saint?, I asked Balázs. “No,” he replied firmly. “He was better than that — he was human.”
– Graham Farmelo (Nándor Balázs assisted Einstein for one year at Princeton circa 1952. He died in 2003.)

Courtesy Smithsonian Institution Libraries. Hyperlink overlay from Ze’ev Rosenkranz, The Einstein Scrapbook (2002), p. 132.

Although Einstein was the greatest genius of the twentieth century, many of his groundbreaking discoveries
were blighted by mistakes, ranging from serious errors in mathematics to bad misconceptions in physics
and failures to grasp the subtleties of his own creations.
– Publisher’s synopsis from the front jacket cover of:
Hans C. Ohanian, Einstein’s Mistakes: The Human Failings of Genius,
(W. W. Norton & Co., New York, 2008).
Hans Ohanian is the author of several physics textbooks.
He studied relativity with John Wheeler at Princeton University.

…we might say that an ordinary mistake is one that leads to a dead end, while a profound mistake
is one that leads to progress. Anyone can make an ordinary mistake, but it takes a genius to make a
profound mistake. – Frank Wilczek in The Lightness of Being, (Basic Books, 2008), p. 12.

iv
1925 PHOTO OF GEORGES LEMAÎTRE WITH EDWIN HUBBLE
Mathematician Georges Lemaître (left), astronomers Edwin Hubble (center) and John C. Duncan (right)
appear together in this photograph chronicling the Catholic priest’s 1925 visit to Mt. Wilson Observatory.

Associated Historical Timeline

• 1920 – Lemaître receives a Ph.D. in mathematics from the Catholic University of Louvain.
• 1922 – Lemaître asserts in writing his belief that, “as Genesis suggested it, the Universe had begun by light.” 2, 3, 4 , 5
• 1923 – Lemaître is ordained a Catholic priest following seminary at the Maison Saint Rombaut.
• 1925 – Lemaître accepts a position as lecturer at the Catholic University of Louvain.
• 1925 – Lemaître visits Edwin Hubble at Mt. Wilson Observatory (photo).
• 1926 – Lemaître submits the paper that first proposes a suddenly created expanding Universe and “Hubble’s law.”
• 1927 – Annales de la Société scientifique de Bruxelles publishes this paper entitled, “A Homogeneous Universe of
Constant Mass and Increasing Radius accounting for the Radial Velocity of Extra-galactic Nebulœ” in French.
• 1927 – Lemaître receives a Ph.D. in physics from MIT.
• 1929 – In PNAS, Hubble claims an expanding Universe with H0 = 500 km/s/Mpc; Lemaître is not referenced.
• 1931 – MNRAS (a British journal) publishes an abridged English translation of Lemaître’s 1927 Belgian publication.
• 1931 – Lemaître in Nature: “...the beginning of the world happened a little before the beginning of space and time.”6
• 1958 – Astrophysical Journal publishes the first major correction to “Hubble constant”: H0 = 75 km/s/Mpc (A. Sandage).
• 1998 – Supernovae data interpreted as a sudden onset of accelerating expansion initiates a scientific crisis.

v
NEGATIVE IMAGE OF THE HUBBLE ULTRA DEEP FIELD (HUDF)

186" x 186" negative image of the Hubble Ultra Deep Field (HUDF)
cropped from original (200" x 200") telescope source image with ~104 objects.
This Hubble Telescope image of nearly 9,000 galaxies implies an average population of about
225 galaxies per 30" x 30" grid square. Here, 115 of the measured galaxy redshifts are labeled.

Every point of light in the image is believed to be a galaxy, except for the eight foreground stars (green squares).
The positive Hubble Telescope source image is courtesy NASA, ESA, S. Beckwith (STScI) and the HUDF Team.
Redshifts shown (z ≥ 1 in red) reference the AHaH program (Mechtley, Windhorst, Cohen & Will, 2008).
See http://pdfref.net/m2/pvi.1 and http://pdfref.net/m2/pvi.2

Also see Steven Beckwith et al., “The Hubble Ultra Deep Field,” http://pdfref.net/m2/pvi.3

vi
PREAMBLE QUOTATIONS
Unfortunately, a study of the history of modern cosmology reveals disturbing parallelisms between
modern cosmology and medieval scholasticism; often the borderline between sophistication and
sophistry, between numeration and numerology, seems very precarious indeed. Above all I am
concerned by an apparent loss of contact with empirical evidence and observational facts, and, worse,
by a deliberate refusal on the part of some theorists to accept such results when they appear to be in
conflict with some of the oversimplified and therefore intellectually appealing theories of the universe.
– Gérard de Vaucouleurs (1918–1995)
“The Case for a Hierarchical Cosmology,”
Science 167, 1203 (1970).
Δ

The leading idea which is present in all our researches, and which accompanies every fresh
observation, the sound which to the ear of the student of Nature seems continually echoed in every part
of her works, is —
Time! — Time! — Time! *
* It is very remarkable that, while the words Eternal, Eternity, For ever, are constantly in our mouths,
and applied without hesitation, we yet experience considerable difficulty in contemplating any definite
term which bears a very large proportion to the brief cycles of our petty chronicles. There are many
minds that would not for an instant doubt the God of Nature to have existed from all Eternity, and
would yet reject as preposterous the idea of going back a million of years in the History of His Works.
Yet what is a million, or a million million, of solar revolutions to an Eternity?
– George Poulett Scrope, The Geology and Extinct Volcanos of Central France,
(1858), p. 208; Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/pvii.1
Δ

People think the problem with models is that they are limited by our minds, but the greater problem is
that our minds are limited by our models.
– Kenneth G. Gayley (2008)
Δ

It’s the things that we most take for granted that have the tendency to come back and bite us when it
really matters. The nature of space and time is generally taken for granted. But our assumptions about
them seem to be inconsistent and as a result, if we are honest, theoretical physics is currently derailed
at its very core.
– Shahn Majid in the section “A Hole at the Heart of Science,”
On Space and Time, (Cambridge University Press, 2008), p. 58.
Δ

In this world, time is a local phenomenon. Two clocks close together tick at nearly the same rate. But clocks
separated by distance tick at different rates, the farther apart the more out of step. What holds true for
clocks holds true also for the rate of heartbeats, the pace of inhales and exhales, the movement of wind
in tall grass. In this world, time flows at different speeds in different locations.
– Alan Lightman in Einstein’s Dreams, (Vintage Books, 2004), p. 120.
Δ

A theoretical construction represented by elementary geometry and understood as an object of

immediate geometrical experience leads to a strong expectation of internal consistency, more than an
analytical derivation does for the outsider.
– Dierck-Ekkehard Liebscher in The Geometry of Time, (Wiley, 2005), p. 1.

vii
SCIENCE HAS AN UNSURPASSED POWER TO BRING ABOUT CHANGE
SCIENCE HAS AN UNSURPASSED POWER TO BRING ABOUT CHANGE
Science, which is beautiful in various and sometimes unexpected ways, has an unsurpassed power to
bring about change. At times we have made sudden leaps in understanding after long years of painstaking
work, such as Charles Darwin’s grasp of natural selection in evolution or Louis Pasteur’s remarkable
breakthroughs in the causes and prevention of disease. In other cases, we have relied on changes in
technology to further knowledge, such as the invention of the telescope in astronomy. Often, scientific
work has been accompanied by an alchemical mixture of creativity and logic, leading to new solutions for
age-old problems. All of these elements are part of the rich tapestry of the history of science. They are
beautiful as ideas, as innovations, and as new understandings.
It is vital for us to remember that we are on an unknown arc toward an unknown future. There is still a
great deal to be discovered and perhaps a number of current understandings to be overturned. We find
beauty in the unknown realm of science as well as the known.

From the introduction to Beautiful Science: Ideas that Changed the World
Dibner Hall of the History of Science, The Huntington
Author: Daniel Lewis, Dibner Senior Curator

A change of concept changes one’s reality to some degree, since concepts direct percepts and much as
percepts impinge on concepts.
– Joseph Chilton Pearce in The Crack in the Cosmic Egg (Park Street Press, 2002), p. 8.

viii
ABSTRACT
On the Geometry of Time in Physics and Cosmology
and the Fall of the Canonical Cosmological Model
The geometric properties of time arising from insights introduced by Hermann Minkowski are discussed.
A geometric model of time yields a simpler and more natural explanation of relativistic temporal effects
than prevailing ideas and better explains astrophysical empirical observations, including the apparent
accelerating expansion of the Universe. It is shown that new accurate and corroborating empirical data
from the two largest recent galaxy redshift surveys (2dF and SDSS) are inconsistent with the standard
cosmological model, yet provide robust empirical support for a revised model based on temporal
geometry arising from the principles of relativity. This dissertation also introduces several innovative
and illuminating ideas related to special relativity, general relativity and quantum mechanics.

Accurate portrayals of nature enhance survival.

– Ed Krupp, AAS Meeting, Pasadena (10 June 2009)

ix
This page intentionally left blank.
 “Predictable Irrationality”
Think about how hard it is to believe that your intuition is wrong. Given the fact
that we think our intuition is right, it is very difficult to accept the need to do an
experiment to try and check if we are wrong. But the fact is that being wrong is a
constant situation for all of us. We have very strong intuitions about all kinds of
things, but unless we start testing those intuitions, we are not going to improve.
We need to systematically challenge our intuitions by experimentation.
– Dan Ariely (paraphrased from the end of his TED 2009 talk)

1. HISTORICAL BACKGROUND
In this first decade of the 21st century, two independent mapping projects in the form of large galaxy
redshift surveys (2dF in Australia and SDSS in the U.S.) have provided new corroborating data that must
forever alter our understanding of the physical Universe. Similarly, the prospect of an accurate world map
may have in part motivated the Greek philosopher-mathematicians to abandon the ancient world’s model of
a ‘flat’ Earth suggested by the illusory experience of unidirectional gravity. The key abstract concept that
was required for the historical transition from a naïve to an accurate geometric model of the Earth was the
understanding that the local vertical (i.e., the altitude ‘dimension’ of space) is not parallel over the extent of
Earth’s surface, in spite of persuasive superficial experience. An accurate cosmological model requires a
similar paradigm shift as concerns the geometric relationship between space and time for the Cosmos.
When Albert Einstein’s concept of “curved spacetime” was applied to cosmology in 1916 and 1917, it
was first suspected that the totality of cosmic 3-dimensional space manifests as a finite yet boundaryless
volume (S3), which is similar in topological properties to the familiar finite yet boundaryless surface area
of a 2-sphere (S2 = 4πr2).7, 8 Although a finite boundaryless volume is mathematically trivial, it is
something that is experientially inaccessible and therefore difficult for most people to visualize or imagine
as something physically real. Einstein first rationalized the idea that maximal extension of any local line
segment in physical cosmic space must produce a finite closed geodesic curve. In real projective space,
the maximum possible distance of separation between two points is π/2 times the effective spatial radius
of the Universe (i.e., the unique cosmic antipode to any galaxy is modeled at this distance as measured
over a connecting geodesic pointing away from that galaxy in any arbitrary local direction).
At about the same time that Einstein proposed his relativistic theory of gravity, Vesto Slipher, Director
of the Lowell Observatory in Flagstaff, Arizona, first discovered the preponderance of redshifts for the
spiral nebulae (not yet confirmed to be distant collections of stars distinct from the Milky Way).9, 10 , 11
More than a decade later, Edwin Hubble at Mt. Wilson authoritatively announced in a famous 1929 paper
that the galactic redshifts were indicative of a recessional radial velocity.12 According to his astrophysical
measurements, the relationship between the redshift of a galaxy and its distance (H0) was linear,
amounting to an initially proposed value of 500 km/s/Mpc. Hubble’s paper, which appeared in the
prestigious Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, clearly
suggested that reliable empirical evidence implied that the Universe was expanding, apparently initiated
by a kind of primordial explosion. According to experience, gravity is an exclusively attractive force, so a
phenomenon that somehow prevents general cosmic gravitational implosion over time is required to
explain the observed Universe. An expanding Universe appealed as a natural solution to this problem.
The idea that the Universe had a distinct beginning is credited to a Catholic priest. Ordained in 1923 at
age 29, Abbé Georges Lemaître’s cosmic creation idea was first published in the same year he earned his
Ph.D. in astrophysics from MIT (1927). A precursor 1921 essay, God’s First Three Declarations, was self-
described as “an attempt to interpret scientifically the first verses of Genesis.”13 Later he reportedly
summarized his ideas as “the Cosmic Egg exploding at the moment of Creation.”14 Evidently, Lemaître’s
concept of a suddenly created expanding Universe was founded on an influential personal interpretation
of the ancient Hebrew biblical creation myth that was extended to be cosmological in scope.

1
 Lemaître met with Hubble at Mt. Wilson in 1925, which is documented by a photograph of the two
together at the observatory (see preceding page v). In the following year, Lemaître submitted a paper
discussing his idea of an expanding Universe, which was published in 1927.15 This paper was not widely
read as it was written in French and appeared in an obscure Belgian scientific journal. An abbreviated
English translation of this seminal paper, “A Homogeneous Universe of Constant Mass and Increasing
Radius Accounting for the Radial Velocity of Extra-galactic Nebulæ,” appeared in Monthly Notices of the
Royal Astronomical Society two years after Hubble had established his reputation for discovering cosmic
expansion in 1929.16 It is typically assumed that the idea of cosmic expansion was initiated by unbiased
empirical observation of galaxy redshifts, yet evidence suggests that Hubble got his ideas from the priest
as early as their 1925 meeting and that his linear relation between galaxy redshift and distance passing
through the origin of the graph was an unwarranted subjective interpretative fit to Lemaître’s expanding
Universe theory. Hubble had a peculiar habit of fabricating impressive personal achievements, so it is not
unreasonable to suspect that Hubble’s 1929 paper may not have been as original as it may have seemed.17
It took three decades for astronomers to accept that Hubble’s original proposal of an expansion constant
of H0 = 500 km/s/Mpc was impossible, as this value would imply that the Universe was considerably
younger than the already well-established minimum geologic age of the Earth. A more accurate value for
the “Hubble constant” (H0) was estimated to be about an order of magnitude lower.18, 19 This large correction
to Hubble’s original quantitative analysis of the astrophysical data was apparently not considered a threat
to his qualitative interpretation of that data. The initially controversial idea of the expanding Universe
became popularly known as the Big Bang theory, although this moniker was originally intended by its
author, famed British astronomer Sir Fred Hoyle, to mock what he felt was a ludicrous idea.
Penzias and Wilson’s 1965 discovery of the cosmic microwave background radiation (CMB) lent
credence to the theory as this radiation was assumed to prove the predicted existence of the ubiquitous
cooled remnants of heat generated by a primordial cosmic explosion. 20, 21 Also, it is known that the stellar
nucleosynthesis process results in a net consumption of deuterium (2H) in stars, rather than its production.
The measured cosmic abundance of 2H and other light elements suggests a non-stellar source of intense
heat and pressure, which lends further credence to the Big Bang theory and its cosmic primordial phase.
Late 20th-century high technology enabled more accurate redshift-luminosity measurements; in 1998,
astronomers were shocked when the interpretation of these new measurements implied an accelerating
cosmic expansion rather than one that was anticipated to be slowing down due to the effects of gravity.22
This interpretation requires a mysterious and inexplicable cosmic energy source to fuel the phenomenon,
which was dubbed “dark energy,” ironically reminiscent of the Dark Ages.
Over the 20th century, the Big Bang theory evolved to become a major cornerstone of modern science,
yet the fact that the theory requires an incredible event representing the beginning of time presents one of
its greatest scientific challenges. No satisfactory explanation exists of how an event that produces
spacetime and the physical Universe can occur when spacetime (and so time itself) does not exist prior to
this purported event. The purported singularity in space and time at T = 0 defies logical analysis.
In the tradition of Amadeus and A Beautiful Mind, [the screenplay] “Hubble” is the magnificent
story of one of history’s greatest and most flawed geniuses and the even more magnificent universe
he sought to map. In 1931, Edwin Hubble became the most famous man in the world. He was
heralded as the greatest astronomer since Galileo. His discoveries had an irrevocable impact on
both Einstein’s Theory of Relativity and religious interpretations of the origins of heaven and earth.
But Hubble was a haunted man, dogged by mysterious secrets from the past and by enemies that
threatened to destroy everything. How could a man who spoke with a British accent, wore a cape,
and carried a cane be from Missouri? Why did none of his stories of his past match the claims of
others? How could his wife Grace knowingly perpetuate all of this? Driven by intense ambition and
a longing for something that was lost long ago, a man whose life is cloaked in pathological lies
paradoxically discovers [what is purported to be] one of science’s greatest and most enduring truths.23
It is an odd fact of history that the foundation of 20th-century cosmology (the veritable foundation of all
science and even of modern mankind’s pervasive scientific ontology) is the product of an ecclesiastic with
an obvious bias (Lemaître) and an inveterate fabulist (Hubble). In this light, the forthcoming revelations
based on new high-quality astrophysical data and accurate predictive theory are not so very surprising.

2
2. GALAXY REDSHIFT SURVEY DATA
Fig. (1) presents data from two galaxy redshift surveys. The Two Degree Field Survey (2dF) employed
the Anglo-Australian Telescope at Siding Spring Observatory in Australia. Its database, completed in
2003, contains high-quality spectra for over 200,000 objects in the southern sky. The Sloan Digital Sky
Survey (SDSS) is being conducted from the Apache Point Observatory in New Mexico. SDSS has now
mapped and analyzed more than 930,000 galaxies and more than 120,000 quasars over about one-quarter
of the northern sky. Data Release 7 (DR7) of the SDSS database, first published in November 2008,
includes high-quality spectroscopic data out to redshift (z = 5.535) for over 800,000 galaxies and quasars.

Figure 1 | Data from the 2dF and SDSS galaxy redshift surveys limited to (0.001 ≤ z ≤ 1).
The rise in bin count at low redshift (z < 0.001) is due to false objects misidentified as galaxies.

3
 The two histograms in Fig. (1) were created in a very simple way. Spectroscopic data selected for high
quality was sorted into bins (represented by the dots) having a Δz of 10-4 and coordinates (z, n) where n is
galaxy count. The graphs show the galactic population trend in redshift space (dn/dz). The total number of
galaxies plotted in each graph is indicated as Σn. The graphed SDSS data can be easily recreated directly
from the online SDSS database using the following simple Structured Query Language (SQL) statement.
http://pdfref.net/m2/p004.1
SELECT
ROUND(z, 4) AS z
, COUNT(1) AS n
FROM
SpecObj
WHERE
objType IN (0, 1) /* galaxies and QSO only */
AND zStatus IN (3, 4, 6, 7, 9) /* selected for high quality */
AND z >= 0.001 /* mostly removes misidentified double stars */
GROUP BY
ROUND(z, 4);

The graphed 2dF data requires an intermediary database.

http://pdfref.net/m2/p004.2
/* This query must be performed on the online 2dF database. */
/* The WHERE clause specified below returns 233,251 rows. */
/* The limitation (extnum = 0) implies primary FITS extension (best spectrum). */

SELECT z_helio, alpha, ra2000, delta, dec2000

FROM TDFgg
WHERE extnum = 0 AND quality >= 3; /* (quality >= 3) reduces row count from 382k to 233k */

/* This query must be performed on a local database table after importing the above data. */
/* The online 2dF MiniSQL (mSQL) database does not support the COUNT() function. */
SELECT
ROUND(z_helio, 4)
, COUNT(1) AS n
FROM
TDFgg_local
WHERE
z_helio >= 0.001 /* mostly removes misidentified double stars */
GROUP BY
ROUND(z_helio, 4);

According to the two graphs, these two distinct surveys exhibit nearly identical qualitative results.
Because they were conducted in opposite hemispheres, the surveys incorporate data on different sets of
galaxies far removed from one another. Because different teams using different instruments conducted the
two surveys, correlations between the data sets are certain to reflect underlying empirical reality. Due to the
inherent accuracy of spectroscopy and the statistical nature of the data, these surveys represent a uniquely
objective astrophysical insight into cosmology. Their corroborating galaxy maps, which have been made
available only recently, provide conclusive empirical evidence that the conventional cosmological model
(i.e., the Big Bang theory) incorporates fundamental errors of empirical interpretation in similar fashion to
the misbegotten cosmology put forward by Aristotle in his treatise, On the Heavens, circa 350 B.C.E.
It is clear that the spatial volume of the bins must increase from redshift 0.001 to 0.01, yet the number
of selected bright galaxies per bin remains nearly constant over this range. This observed drop in galaxy
space density provides strong confirmation (in the nearby Universe) of Benoit Mandelbrot’s pioneering
assertion in his 1977 book, Fractals: form, chance, and dimension, that galaxies are fractally distributed.24
When the fractal dimension of a physical structure is less than three, the number density of points decreases
when the volume of space under consideration is increased. This is exactly what is observed.
The Copernican Principle or “mediocrity principle” is the rational notion in the philosophy of science
that there is nothing unique about the Earth’s physical location in the Cosmos. Consequently, the
astronomical perspective of the large-scale Cosmos out to the limits of observation as seen from Earth is
understood to be essentially the same as from a planet in any other galaxy. The cosmological principle is

4
an extension of the Copernican Principle arising from the simple consideration that gravity is a
conservative force that naturally produces isotropic symmetry. Properly formulated, the cosmological
principle states that looking in any direction in space from the vantage point of any galaxy, the large-scale
Universe looks similar. Succinctly, this means that no observer may look out from a galaxy located at a
misconceived “edge” of the Universe where in one direction can be observed many other galaxies and in
the other a limitless void bereft of galaxies. While galaxies clearly have a fractal distribution on a large
local scale, this restriction on the physical nature of the Universe (i.e., that it is boundaryless) implies that
at some observational distance, galaxies must transition to a homogenous and isotropic distribution.

Figure 2 | Volume of a differential spherical shell of thickness Δz. For a given solid angle on the
sky (a survey region), the observed volume fraction (a) is independent of distance. Assuming that the
function r(z) is linear, the volume of space represented by bins of identical Δz (i.e., identical dr)
increases as the square of the spatial distance represented by the characteristic redshift (z) of the bin.

Figure 3 | Observed low-redshift galaxy population trend vs. canonical relative bin volume.
A redshift of z = 0.01, which is conventionally interpreted as a distance on the order of 108 light years,
is about the estimated radius of the local supercluster (Virgo). SDSS observes internal detail of typical
galaxies within this distance. The SDSS optical negatives shown on the next page imply that within
order z < 0.1, at least 10% of survey-selected bright galaxies are counted within this redshift distance.
The huge deficit of galaxies in the survey in the range of redshift shown here as compared to the
Hubble prediction cannot be attributed to galaxies dropping out of the sample (also see Appendix G).

5
Figure 4 | SDSS negative (20" ticks) of the two galaxies referenced in Fig. (3).

Figure 5 | SDSS negatives (2’ & 20" ticks) of galaxy cluster Abell 2255 referenced in Fig. (3).

6
 A slice of redshift (Δz) represents a spherical shell in space. The spatial thickness of this shell (dr) is the
same at any redshift z within a range where the relationship between redshift and distance is linear.
Assuming a linear relationship, the volume of space enclosed by these differential shells will increase as
the square of the redshift (i.e., the square of the distance). Consequently, according to the “Hubble law”
and the simple geometry in Fig. (2), the spatial volume of a redshift bin plotted at z = 0.015 in Fig. (3) is
approximately two orders of magnitude larger than a z = 0.0015 bin plotted in the same graph. Identically,
the redshift range (0.01 ≤ z ≤ 0.1) ostensibly represents a change in bin volume by a factor of 100.
With no possibility of huge numbers of selected bright galaxies having dropped out of the sample, bin
galaxy counts in Fig. (3) remain constant between z = 0.001 and 0.01, representing an apparent drop in
galaxy space density over this redshift range by two orders of magnitude. In the range z = 0.001 to 0.1
shown in Fig. (3), the linear redshift-distance relationship prescribed by the “Hubble law” implies that bin
volume increases by four orders of magnitude, yet the empirical bin galaxy count increases by just one
order of magnitude. As discussed in the Fig. (3) comments, this apparent drop in galaxy space density
according to the survey data cannot be attributed to observational effects; it cannot be that the majority of
survey-selected bright galaxies are of insufficient apparent luminosity to be counted as distance increases
within the redshift range shown. Regardless of an obvious modeling error in the redshift-distance
relationship, the observed apparent decrease in galaxy space density as the redshift survey bin volume
increases to z = 0.01 suggests a fractal distribution of galaxies in the nearby Universe as implied by a
previously published more complex geometric analysis of galaxy clustering in space.25

Figure 6 | A Sierpiński triangle formed by 6 “cluster-size” iterations exhibits large voids.

This fractal has Hausdorff dimension D = log(3)/log(2) ≈ 1.585, as it is constructed with three copies of
the unit object, producing a new self-similar object scaled up by a factor of 2. This simple illustrative
example of fractal geometry in two dimensions clearly shows the characteristic increase in the space
density of fundamental unit objects (smallest triangles) as the area under consideration (red circles)
decreases. Also, in contrast to a homogeneous distribution of objects (e.g., gas molecules), large voids
are a fundamental feature of a fractal distribution of objects. The term “supervoid” has been coined
for the observed WMAP cold spot in Eridanus, an apparent void of cosmological scale. 26

Assuming that the higher redshift data (z > 0.01) graphed in Fig. (1) is reasonably accurate, the closely
matching spikes and dips in the two graphs show cosmically global variations in galactic space density.
Also, the matching overall shape of the two curves, which exhibits a dramatic rise at about z = 0.01, a
peak at about z = 0.1, and a sharp decline thereafter, is clearly of cosmological significance. The sustained
sharp rise in the curve suggests onset of a rapid increase in the volume of space with redshift (dV/dz);
larger bins can contain more galaxies. The sharp decline in the curve after the peak must be a reflection of
a rapid decline in the apparent magnitude of galaxies due to dispersal of photons over a rapidly increasing
area (dS2/dz); increased photon dispersal with distance causes galaxies with a lower absolute magnitude to
become invisible. Also, the peak in the Fig. (1) empirical data must closely correspond to a peak in dV/dz.

7
3. CRISIS IN COSMOLOGY
Assuming that the space density of galaxies is close to uniform on a scale z << 1, then Fig. (2) makes it
clear that the galaxy redshift survey bins plotted in Fig. (1) should provide some sense of the spatial
volume rate of change with redshift. We can surmise from the SDSS CCD images that within the order of
z < 0.1, a significant percentage of the selected bright galaxies that exist in the survey’s field of view are
actually counted. It seems unlikely that a large percentage, let alone the vast majority (>99%), go
uncounted anywhere within this range of redshift. Assuming an accurate count, the empirical curves in the
Fig. (1) graphs, at least out to the peaks at about z = 0.1, should come reasonably close to matching a
theoretical curve for dV/dz. When we compare the empirical data to the typical textbook theoretical curve
in Fig. (7), the mismatch is extreme. Note that the graph’s y-axis has a log scale. The rise in the curve for
the Big Bang theoretical prediction and the corresponding empirical observable, which are expected to be
at least somewhat similar, differ by several orders of magnitude. Moreover, the peaks of the model and
data are separated by more than an order of magnitude in redshift space. This enormous discrepancy
between canonical theory [Eq. (1)] and observation suggests that the standard model curve is not just
incorrect but is radically so. Moreover, the error is so large that a Copernican solution is clearly required
to solve this modern scientific crisis (i.e., a fundamental shift in thinking based on what will in hindsight
seem a simple and obvious truth about nature, similar to that which occurred in the 17th century).
⎧⎡ ⎤ ⎫
2
( )
1
⎪⎣ z + 1 2
− 1 ⎪ ⎛ c ⎞
3
dV
= 16π ⎨ ⎦
⎬ ⎜ ⎟ units (1)
⎪ ( z + 1) 2 ⎪ ⎝ H0 ⎠
5
dz
⎩ ⎭

Figure 7 | The canonical dV/dz function vs. empirical dn/dz. The canonical textbook equation for
the Einstein–de Sitter model is plotted in black. Conceivable variation of assumed cosmological free
parameters including “quintessence” results in no substantial change to the graph’s essential features.
The SDSS empirical data plotted in red (dn/dz) is displaced for comparison to the theoretical curve
and, although not expected to be a perfect fit, it should be a reasonable facsimile of a correct
theoretical curve. Integration of the plotted function yields the volume function [V(z)]. Comparing the
two curves in this context reveals the truly staggering difference between them. The conventional
theoretical model is obviously and unequivocally in need of a radical correction. A number of
published textbook versions of the conventional cosmological dV/dz function, including considered
variations, can be conveniently reviewed online at http://pdfref.net/m2/p008.1

8
 The misplaced faith in the validity of conventional thinking (i.e., the Big Bang theory) is so strong and
prevalent that one can imagine an emotionally motivated denial process to dismiss the very compelling
scientific evidence presented in Fig. (7). However, denial is impossible; the empirical evidence is
overwhelming due to the unprecedented quantity and quality of cosmologically relevant astrophysical
data produced by the two corroborating modern galaxy redshift surveys cited.
The apparent angular size of an object is inversely proportional to distance (θ ∝ d-1). In astronomy, this
“theta-z relationship” correlates the apparent angular diameter of a galaxy (θ) to its redshift. If we make
the reasonable assumption that galaxies are structurally similar such that the averaged physical properties
of a statistically significant localized group of galaxies is essentially invariant over a broad range of
redshift, the Petrosian radius provides a means to obtain empirical “standard rods,” which should match
the theoretical theta-z relationship.27 The continuous range in redshift shown in Fig. (8) was chosen for
obvious reasons, which include the consistency in the data among the four frequency bands, that the
population of the redshift bins of equal depth (∆z = 0.006) is adequate and reasonably consistent and that
the redshifts are cosmological (i.e., uncontaminated by peculiar velocity). Again, the mismatch between
conventional theory and observation is extreme, implying a radically incorrect Hubble model.

Figure 8 | SDSS empirical theta-z relationship. Data consists of 15 redshift bins averaging the
Petrosian radius of thousands of galaxies per bin at zb intervals of 0.01 for four frequency bands.

http://pdfref.net/m2/p009.1
SELECT /* 15 of these queries (s.z bounds vary) produces the data in Fig. (8) & Fig. (9) */
ROUND( AVG(s.z), 2) AS z
, ROUND( AVG(petroRad_g), 2) AS g_band
, ROUND( AVG(petroRad_r), 2) AS r_band
, ROUND( AVG(petroRad_i), 2) AS i_band
, ROUND( AVG(petroRad_z), 2) AS z_band
, COUNT(1) AS n
FROM
PhotoObj p
, SpecObj s
WHERE /* 15 different WHERE clauses are used for graphed data */
s.z > 0.017 /* also 0.027, 0.037, ... 0.147, 0.157 */
AND s.z < 0.023 /* also 0.033, 0.043, ... 0.153, 0.163 */
AND objType IN (0, 1) /* galaxies and QSO only */
AND zStatus IN (3, 4, 6, 7, 9) /* selected for high quality */
AND s.SpecObjID = p.SpecObjID;

9
 Table (1) provides a historical selection of “Hubble constant” measurements, including the original
“measurement” of 500 by Edwin Hubble in 1929 (see Appendix F). As compared to measurements of the
speed of light, the rest mass of an electron, or the fine structure constant, for which all measurements
converge on the same value and resolution has improved over time, it is clear from the historical
published data that the “Hubble constant” is not just a misnomer, but a dubious scientific concept at best.
The great mathematician John von Neumann reportedly said, “There’s no sense in being precise when you
don’t even know what you’re talking about.”28 Concerning the valiant efforts by astronomers over the last
decade to pin down the value of the alleged Hubble constant, a variation comes to mind: “There’s no sense
in experimentalists trying to be precise when the theory they’re trying to prove is completely wrong.”
Table 1 | Published attempted measurements of the alleged “Hubble constant” 1929–2007
H0 (km s-1 Mpc-1) Principal Author Method Year
73.2 +3.1/-3.2 D. Spergel WMAP (Cosmic Microwave Background) 2007
72 ±6 X. Wang Type Ia supernovae 2006
68–74 G. Altavilla Type Ia supernovae 2004
48 ±3 C. Kochanek Gravitational Lens Time Delays 2004
75 +7 / -6 L. Koopmans Gravitational Lens B1608+656 2003
58 +17 / -15 V. Cardone Quadruply Imaged Gravitational Lens Systems 2003
81 ±5 & 75 ±8 N. Tikhonov Distances to Galaxies of the NGC 1023 Group 2002
90 – 95 D. Russell H I Line Width/Linear Diameter Relationship 2002
60 ±10 Y. Tutui CO-Line Tully–Fisher Relation 2001
72 ±8 W. Freedman Multiple (HST Key Project to Measure Hubble constant) 2001
46.9 +7.1 / -6.2 M. Tada Gravitational lens system PG1115+080 2000
50.3 +10.2 / -10.9 S. Patel Sunyaev–Zel’dovich Effect and X-ray spectroscopy 1999
62 ±5 R. Tripp Type Ia supernovae 1999
30 +18 / -7 C. Lineweaver Cosmic Microwave Background 1998
64 ±13 T. Kundic Time delay of gravitational lens system 0957+561A,B 1997
50 – 55 S. Goodwin Galaxy Linear Diameters 1997
70 ±10 S. Kobayashi Sunyaev–Zel’dovich Effect 1996
67 ±7 A. Riess Type Ia supernovae 1995
42 ±11 A. Sandage Luminous spiral galaxies 1988
67 ±4 N. Visvanathan Virgo cluster distance 1985
55 ±7 G. Tammann Cepheids, brightest stars, H II regions, luminosity classes 1974
100 ±10 G. de Vaucouleurs Survey of nearby groups of galaxies 1972
47 [10%] G. Abell Luminosity Function of the Elliptical Galaxies in Virgo 1968
75 [×2] A. Sandage Brightest star 1958
500 (five hundred) E. Hubble Cepheids 1929

One must concede that this panoply of radically different measurements in modern times of an alleged
“constant,” which is the foundation of the Big Bang theory, is troubling. Also, the Big Bang Theory is
demonstrably rooted in anachronistic religious tradition and it is naïve to think that this cosmological
model did not spring from the biblical cosmogonical paradigm. To interpret Genesis 1 as having anything
cogent to say about cosmology, specifically Georges Lemaître’s assumption that a “moment of Creation”
has any scientific validity whatsoever, is essentially creationism applied to physics. Besides alleging a
single creation event, the initial chapter of the Old Testament provides chronological details concerning
the sequence of the mythic six-day creation. In no uncertain terms, it is specified that the Sun, the Moon
and the stars were created after the land masses and seas of our planet, as well as its grasses and fruit trees.
An assumption of a single primordial cosmic creation event is then closely associated with intellectually
primitive ideas involving popular anachronistic myth in contrast to the disciplined scientific practice of
extended observational effort and rational analysis.
In Our Cosmic Habitat (Princeton U. Press, 2001), Martin Rees, Astronomer Royal of Great Britain
and Royal Society Research Professor at Cambridge confessed “99 percent confidence” in the convincing
picture of conventional cosmological wisdom that was built up over the last century. Yet, he also stated,

10
 I would prudently leave the other one percent for the possibility that our satisfaction is as illusory
as that of a Ptolemaic astronomer who had successfully fitted some more epicycles. Cosmologists
are sometimes chided for being often in error but never in doubt.29
Theoretical physicist Richard Price, in the introduction to The Future of Spacetime (Norton, 2002), made
some insightful comments on this same theme.
For the centuries of pre-Copernican astronomers there was no question whether the Earth was the
center of the world. If difficulties arose, they would look elsewhere for remedies. Those astronomers
constructed an extraordinarily complex calculational method to predict and explain the motion of
heavenly bodies. An originally simple method of prediction was found to be inadequate when
observations of planetary motion improved. Mathematical constructions, “epicycles,” were
invoked to improve the predictions, and the basic theory was coerced into an appearance of
working. This cycle of improvements continued, first in adding astronomical observations, then in
adding more unwieldy features to the method.
When we look back at what they were doing, we are incredulous. How could they not see that the
simple elegant idea of a Sun-centered world explained everything? They had not so much missed
what now seems obvious, as they had been seduced, step by step, down the wrong path. The beginning
of the path pointed in a reasonable direction, and from well along the path it was hard to see that
there were alternative paths.30
Hubble acknowledged that the observed velocity-distance relation could reflect the “de Sitter effect.”31
In 1916, this nascent alternative path interpreted the curvature of space to imply a relativistic time dilation
of ideal clocks according to their cosmological distance, but this early interpretation was later abandoned
in favor of Lemaître’s expanding Universe model, which was consistent with the culturally embedded
Western paradigm of a sudden supernatural cosmic creation event (i.e., Genesis 1). In just eight decades
(1929–2009), the synergistic achievements of astronomers, astrophysicists, engineers, computer scientists,
technicians and enlightened modern scientific thinking have overturned the Big Bang theory, which is really
biblical creationism applied to physics rather than to biology. It will be demonstrated that the popularized
“expanding Universe” model is not just wrong; it is of the same ilk as the spurious Aristotelian cosmology
in which all of the astrophysical bodies were allegedly affixed to “crystal spheres” rotating around the
Earth, which was imagined to be at rest at the center of the Universe. To presume that the mass-energy of
~1080 nucleons comprising the entire baryonic mass of the Universe could be compressed into a singular
region smaller still than a solitary nucleon and that no cosmic structure has an intrinsic age greater than
about 12 billion years is nothing less than an irrational biblically inspired distortion of science.
The now mainstream idea of an expanding Universe rests on the rash assumption that the observed
cosmological redshift is caused by a related recessional motion of the galaxies. One seemingly reasonable
assumption led to a series of other invented ideas, each needed to justify the prior, ultimately creating
today’s belief system of unreasonable ad hoc ideas. Each of these ideas invented to ‘rescue’ the Big Bang
theory is more unlikely than the last, culminating in “dark energy.” In contrast, physicist Howard Burton
of the Perimeter Institute in Canada has written,
The pursuit of beauty and elegance has always been a driving force in the development of
scientific theories. To its most radical proponents, this bias is based on a firm, axiomatic belief
that, at its core, nature simply must be beautiful. 32
One may add the corollary that nature must be simple, beautifully. In 1908, just before his unexpected
premature death, Hermann Minkowski established a fundamental geometric foundation for the special
theory of relativity and thus a geometric foundation for time that is of elemental importance in cosmology.
His creative work, which provided some of the most profound physical insights of the 20th century, was
misunderstood by Einstein to be a purely formal mathematical development, and is to this day commonly
(yet mistakenly) referred to as a mere “mathematical convenience.”33, 34 If one interprets the observed
cosmological redshift as indicative of cosmic expansion, logic implies an unphysical singularity in space
and time. It is then immediately suspect that this is the wrong interpretation of the observed phenomenon.
Properly interpreting the redshift as a relativistic temporal effect that is a function of distance according to
the exceedingly simple implications of Minkowski’s temporal geometry yields the following two equations
(derived in detail later). There are no free parameters; these are precise predictive equations.

11
 -1
⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎤
θ ( z ) = θ 0 ⎢ cos −1 ⎜ ⎥ arcsec (2)
⎢⎣ ⎝ ( z + 1) ⎟⎠ ⎥⎦

dV 4π ⎛ 1 1 ⎞
= − (3)
−2 ⎜ 4⎟
1 − ( z + 1) ⎝ ( z + 1) ( z + 1) ⎠
2
dz

Having not yet followed its derivation, the first equation here (2) is sure to seem odd to the expert eye.
However, when we plot Eq. (2) and compare it to 1.3 million SDSS data points with θ0 = 2.2, which
establishes a common point of (0.1, 5.2) for this data set, it is clear that Eq. (2) provides an essentially
perfect fit to the empirical observations. The empirical curve flattens out at greater distances for which it is
increasingly difficult to measure small galactic radii; statistical averaging of galactic radii at high-z will
favor intrinsically larger galaxies. The latter equation (3) will also be shown to be easily derived in a few
steps from first principles and geometry. Its correlation to the empirical data is also startlingly accurate.

Figure 9 | Predicted theta-z relationship from Eq. (2) with (z, θ) intercept of (0.1, 5.2).

Figure 10 | As compared to Fig. (7), the observations are a good fit to the physical model.
The discrepancies between the theoretical dV/dz curve and the empirical dn/dz curve are expected.

12
4. TIME
A discussion concerning the physics of time requires a broad philosophical context as an introduction,
particularly in the present epoch during which there is a misunderstanding of time, indeed an insufficient
model of relativistic time in physics. While various individual and cultural differences may exist, it is
reasonable to assert that all humans experience time physically and psychologically as relative magnitudes
between an irreversible ordered series of events that are measurable to some accuracy by various stable
periodic processes. It is also generally true that the human conception of time is formed from the perspective
of the present with an overview of acknowledged history. The simple daily calendar is a ubiquitous and
ancient measurement device based exclusively on Earth’s axial rotation; accordingly, the pervasive practical
model of time employed by Western science is the timeline, which typically displays a relevant series of
sequential dates or milestones. The majority of people in the world today still do not have a more
sophisticated concept of time than that it is related to experiential variation marked primarily by the obvious
distinction between day and night. Time is even conceived by many people to be the cause of observed
variation in some way, rather than a physical measurement related to some transformational process.

The artistically compelling WMAP Team interpretative model of cosmological history.35

Figure 11 | The canonical linear model of universal non-relativistic cosmic time (c. 2009).

Because the curvature of the Earth is so slight (~5.4 minutes of arc over a 10 kilometer distance),
ancient man experienced gravity to be unidirectional (parallel everywhere). Given this convincing illusory
sensory experience, it was natural to imagine a ‘flat’ Earth and early claims by an errant philosopher-
mathematician that the Earth must be spherical according to abstract thought would have contradicted
what seemed obvious and intuitively correct according to common experience. Similarly, in modern times,
experience throughout life of a uniquely ordered progression of sequential events separated by varying
lengths of time readily suggests the model of a single universal timeline (i.e., a ‘cosmic calendar’).
The idea of relativistic time developed in the context of the preceding paradigm. Although physicists
understood that the measured rate of time for distinct reference frames is not constant according to
relativity, time in physics continued to be modeled as it is typically experienced: a 1-dimensional
phenomenon devoid of a meaningful geometry. The much-publicized conventional interpretation of the
cosmic microwave background radiation and the simplistic model of cosmic history shown in Fig. (11) is
based on a naïve conventional model of cosmological time. The alleged calendar-like history of the

13
Universe shown in Fig. (11) is modeled by the ubiquitous single linear timeline, the only difference being
that no historical continuum exists before the alleged singular ‘Beginning.’ This “edge” of time at the
purported Big Bang is of similar naïveté to concepts of a perilous Earth’s “edge” found in some fanciful
medieval paintings. There is a need for a paradigm shift in the scientific conception of time today that is
similar to the shift in the conception of global topology that began in ancient Greece and was effectively
complete in Western academia within the first century C.E. 36 The model of the Universe and cosmic time
shown in Fig. (11) will soon be regarded as misconceived in a similar manner to the ‘flat’ Earth model
embraced by Western civilizations before the Common Era and more recently in the East. Therefore, the
new model replacing it requires a reinterpretation of the CMB and its observed anisotropy.
Consider a common object such as a particular apple to which one may associate a unique timeline.
The start of the timeline is dependent on the definition of apple. For instance, the “genesis event” may be
the inexact time when the bud from which the apple grew appeared, an inexact time related to the apple’s
growth curve, or perhaps the moment in which the apple was separated from its host tree. The genesis
event provides a demarcation point in time prior to which the apple, as defined, did not exist. The apple’s
timeline also has a termination point that is not well defined. It may be the moment in which the apple
was cut into pieces, some inexact time during the period in which it was eaten and digested, or some
inexact time during the period in which it rotted and could then no longer be distinguished as an apple.
Human perception of any physical thing is a representation of a process at a certain point in time that is
similar to a photograph (i.e., a snapshot in time); anything physical is made of atoms, which are only
temporarily arranged to create it. While it may not be functional to routinely think this way, object is not
fundamental; all we ever really perceive with our physical senses (i.e., all of physical reality) is process.
Prior to the advent of special relativity in 1905, time was naïvely imagined to be a cosmic property
(i.e., a single parameter relating to the whole Universe). This anachronistic concept of time models the
Universe as an object existing in and moving through time so that time is a phenomenon external to the
objectified Universe. Albert Einstein’s initial revolutionary contributions to the modern concept of time in
his epochal paper On the Electrodynamics of Moving Bodies (translated from the original German) include
localization of time coordinate, relativity of simultaneity, and relativity of time measurement.37 In the
context of special relativity, time is immediately understood to be an internal construct of the Universe
and a property whose measurement is generally restricted to a limited region of space in free fall
constituting a Lorentzian reference frame. Thus, relativity invalidates the idea of an objectified Universe
distinct from time; rather, time is an internal local feature of the singular holistic Cosmic Process.

5. SPACETIME
Hermann Minkowski’s concept of spacetime, introduced in 1908, was an epiphany instigated by
Einstein’s special relativity theory. Minkowski died suddenly and unexpectedly in January 1909 and so
never completed the development of his extraordinary ideas, nor was he able to properly communicate
them in detail (see Appendix C). A querulous young Einstein initially ridiculed Minkowski’s vital
contribution to relativity as “superfluous erudition,” and subsequently never properly understood it.38
Minkowski discovered that space and time are distinct transformational manifestations of a unified
spacetime fabric. His critical contribution to relativity was to geometrise time. In particular, he recognized
that the Lorentz transformation equations of special relativity require the strictly local time coordinate to
be imaginary in contrast to the three real-valued space coordinates. Consequently, the foundations of
mathematics imply that the time coordinate of a Lorentzian reference frame is fundamentally orthogonal
to any chosen space coordinate. The conventional idea that this is merely a “mathematical convenience”
is myopic. The mathematics provides fundamental physical insight; in the context of spacetime, the time
dimension is physically orthogonal to any space dimension. Perhaps the most important statement in
Minkowski’s September 1908 address entitled Space and Time, which was presented to an assembly of
German scientists, has been historically overlooked.
We should then have in the world, no longer space, but an infinite number of spaces analogously as
there are in three-dimensional space an infinite number of planes. Three-dimensional geometry
becomes a chapter in four-dimensional physics. Now you know why I said at the outset that space and
time are to fade away into shadows and only a world in itself [i.e., a spacetime Universe] will subsist. 39

14
 Just as each unique plane in 3-dimensional space is associated with a unique orthogonal vector, it
should be clear that each unique space (xn, yn, zn) of these “infinite number of spaces” in spacetime must
have an associated geometrically unique time coordinate (tn). Therefore, the prevalent idea that
“Minkowski space” is composed of three space dimensions (x, y, z) and a single time dimension (t) is a
simplistic interpretation of his mathematical insight that completely misses the point. Minkowski’s
“world” or “4-dimensional space-time continuum” incorporates an infinite number of geometrically and
functionally unique time dimensions (tn), not just one. Paraphrasing the preceding statement from
Minkowski’s talk, one may state what he made implicitly clear, though not explicitly.
We should then have in the world (i.e., the spacetime Universe) no longer time, but an infinite
number of time coordinates (one for each of an infinite number of distinct spaces), analogously as
there are in three-dimensional space an infinite number of directions. The geometry of the local
timeline becomes a chapter in four-dimensional physics.
The fundamental geometric interpretation of special relativity is that the time dimension is physically
orthogonal to any space dimension in a free-falling reference frame; the distinction between what is space
and what is time in the 4-dimensional spacetime manifold is only locally applicable. This is similar to the
strictly local definition of the altitude ‘dimension’ on the surface of the Earth. Global coordinates (X, Y, Z)
associated with an imagined cube circumscribed around the Earth have no physical distinction. Only the
local coordinates (xp, yp, zp), which are valid for the neighborhood of a single point p on the Earth’s surface,
are uniquely defined physically, with the z-axis unambiguously representing altitude. There is a similar
difference between the generic abstract “spacetime” dimensions (X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 ) and the four measurable
“space-time” coordinates of an observer’s reference frame (x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 ), where x 0 represents local time.
Let a great circle exist in the X 1 –X 2 plane of cosmic spacetime [see Fig. (17)]. None of the four generic
spacetime dimensions (X d ) has a specific physical interpretation. The orthogonal geometric relationship
between space and time that arises from the Lorentz transformation equations implies that there is no
universal time dimension (X 0 ) for an extended interval of space represented by such a curve, which is
imagined to circumnavigate the spacetime Universe. Rather, for any local region of space represented by the
neighborhood of a distinct point on that curve, local time (x 0 ) is represented by a local geometric “timeline”
orthogonal to the local tangent, (i.e., the local vertical to the curve at any point represents local time there).
A symmetric change in the direction of the local time dimension from a point on the curve to another implies
a symmetric relativistic temporal relationship between those points (i.e., a bilateral relativistic time dilation).
This corollary arising from special relativity’s geometric foundation implies the existence of a cosmological
redshift-distance relationship for galaxies that is independent of frequency shift related to any relative
motion, whether due to a Doppler velocity or a presumed expansion of space between galaxies.
Human thought is generally guided, limited and often confused by preconceived ideas formed in
reference to familiar experience. This is why many academics prior to the late 17th century believed that
the Sun, the planets and even the stars orbited the Earth and those of ancient civilizations believed that the
Earth was ‘flat.’ In common human experience, time is measured by some sort of clock, and in one way
or another, a clock is observed to record time by counting the cycles of a periodic behavior generally
referred to as a “tick.” It should be clear that when one observes two timepieces to tick at different rates,
one is not experiencing a difference in clock rate, but rather a difference in the unit of time measurement.
When relativity has no part to play in order to warrant the discrepancy, one never hears someone correctly
report, “The reference time unit counted by my clock is too long.” Rather, a commonly heard excuse for
tardiness is, “My watch is running slow” (i.e., falling behind the correct reference clock). The experiential
influence on the perception of time caused physicists of the past to focus their thinking on relative clock
rate rather than the relative duration (i.e., relative geometric length in spacetime) of the reference time
unit being counted, which produced a deficient 20th-century model of time in physics.

6. TIME DILATION
In his 1905 special relativity paper, Einstein asks the question, “What is the rate of this clock when
viewed from the stationary system?” In order to achieve greater precision in communicating physics, an
equivalent but superior alternative question to pose would have been, “What is the length of a second in
spacetime [as measured in the ‘moving’ reference frame] as perceived from the ‘stationary’ system?”

15
However, this would not have occurred to Einstein in 1905, particularly as this was several years before
the discovery of spacetime and the geometrisation of time by Minkowski.
A meter of time as a unit of time measurement is simply the time required for light to travel one meter
through vacuum. That time in the context of relativistic physics should be measured in meters rather than
seconds is not merely rhetorical; it is the only path toward truly understanding relativity. This is achieved
according to what Minkowski called his “mystic formula,” in which the speed of light in vacuum
represented by the constant of proportionality c is commonly normalized (c = 1).
x = ict (4)
In his famous Lectures on Physics at Caltech given some sixty years after Minkowski’s epochal
lecture, Richard Feynman stated (emphasis added),
A difference between a space measurement and a time measurement produces a new space
measurement. In other words, in the space measurements of one man there is mixed in a little bit
of time, as seen by the other.
…
Now in [the Lorentz transformations and the Minkowski metric] nature is telling us that time and
space are equivalent; time becomes space; they should be measured in the same units.40
If we understand Minkowski’s contribution to imply that time is to be treated mathematically and
therefore conceptually in the context of geometry, it then makes perfect sense to interpret temporal effects
in special relativity as an equivalent relative change in the length of the reference time unit, rather than
the relative rate of clocks. A shift in thinking from the algebra of relative clock rates in one dimension
(i.e., the real numbers) to the geometry of relative time lengths in ‘complex’ 4-dimensional spacetime
(naturally measured in meters in the context of geometry) allows the inherent symmetries of physical
measurements in special relativity to be modeled with unprecedented clarity. The geometric nature of
relativistic time revealed by Minkowski implies an infinite number of distinct cosmological timelines,
rather than just one, and distinct timelines associated with distinct cosmic regions cannot be parallel.
A puzzling aspect of special relativity is the symmetry of the time dilation phenomenon. As stipulated
by the principle of relativity, two observers in unaccelerated relative motion must each find the other’s
ideal clock to be falling behind an identical local reference clock, which typically presents conceptual
difficulties for physics students. If clock B is physically measured to be falling behind clock A, how can it
also be that clock A is physically measured to be falling behind clock B? This may seem to be a logical
impossibility. Needless widespread confusion concerning this issue arises from improperly thinking about
the phenomenon of relativistic time dilation in the context of clock rate (i.e., algebra) rather than the
geometry of distinct linear time coordinates. It is only with geometry that one can accurately model
special relativity with complete clarity, while the algebra originally employed by Lorentz is inadequate.
Like any clock, a vehicle odometer measures progress in one dimension. It is understood that this
common simple instrument completely ignores the underlying geometry; an odometer indicates how far a
car has traveled over a virtual linear coordinate (its “proper distance”) and nothing about the geometry of
its motion, which is irrelevant as concerns the primary purpose of the odometer. Consider the following
simple illustrative example of relative geometric measurement using familiar vehicle odometers.
Two roads in western Kansas (well known for its flat topography) intersect at a 60-degree angle; one
headed northeast, the other northwest. At the intersection, two experimenters each zero the trip odometers
of their respective cars. Subsequently, each drives exactly one kilometer down respective roads separated
by the acute angle and each then stops at the side of the road. Accordingly, the odometer in each car reads
exactly 1.0 km. Clearly, the westbound driver must look over his right shoulder behind him to see the
other car. Similarly, the eastbound driver must look over her left shoulder behind her to see the other car.
Because the cosine of 60 degrees is one-half, relative to the specific direction in which each odometer is
measuring progress, the other car is 500 meters behind. Because the drivers are readily aware of the
geometry involved in the measurement, it is understood that for each kilometer traveled from the
intersection as identically measured by respective accurate odometers, the other car will be perceived to
be falling behind by 500 meters. Each kilometer measured by the remote car’s odometer corresponds to

16
only 500 meters of progress in the distinct direction of travel being measured by the local car’s odometer.
Experientially, each car is simultaneously falling behind relative to the spatial progress of the other car,
yet there is no paradox because this symmetric “relativity” of measurement is a purely geometric effect.
Although the perception of time in our daily lives is of a universal 1-dimensional phenomenon, this is
an illusion somewhat similar to the immediate sensory illusion of a ‘flat’ Earth. The progress of time
measured by a clock incorporates the relativistic geometry of spacetime, but since every clock in common
experience measures time in very nearly the same direction in spacetime, it is natural to imagine that the
measurement of time by all clocks involves only one shared dimension of spacetime. If ideal clocks are
not synchronous, then our first thought born of experience is that the clocks are measuring time at
different rates and we stop there, short of a superior model. (The assumption of ideal clocks in theoretical
physics implies that every clock faithfully records local time in reference to the same unit of time
measurement so that clock discrepancies reflect physical phenomena, not clock inaccuracy.) Yet, if this
phenomenon is known to be symmetric, as is true for special relativity, the model of a single timeline and
two clocks recording time at different rates introduces a logical inconsistency. No symmetric relative
difference in respective time coordinates (i.e., each of two clocks are locally perceived to be gaining time
relative to the second remote ‘moving’ clock) can be modeled if the time measurements of both clocks are
restricted to the same geometric timeline. Special relativity (SR) forces us to conclude that there are many
possible directions of time in spacetime, just as there are many possible directions of Earth’s local
gravitational gradient in space (that direction being dependent on the local reference frame). A century
ago, just before his unfortunate premature death, Hermann Minkowski was trying to communicate the
very non-intuitive idea (in his era) that time in physics has a multidimensional geometry beyond the
perceived single dimension of everyday practical life. Einstein never properly understood this, and therefore
neither would those who assumed that Einstein’s understanding of relativity was complete and accurate.

Figure 12 | The geometry of symmetric relativistic time dilation in special relativity.

The required breakthrough is realizing that this relative projective geometry applies to time in SR.
This is a geometric model limited to relativistic temporal relationships. Space is not relevant.

In Fig. (12), one meter of time as measured in frame B represents less than one meter of time from the
perspective of frame A. Consequently, more than one meter of time in frame B corresponds to the local
meter of time in A; the length of the equivalent B reference time unit seems “too long.” The geometry is
perfectly symmetric, so from the perspective of an observer in frame B, all of the same is true in reference
to frame A. When someone complains, “My watch is slow,” what they really mean is that the periodic
process counted by their watch is producing a reference time unit that is greater than the international
standard second. Therefore, relative to an accurate clock, their watch ticks fewer times per standard hour
of time, but this asynchrony is due to a mechanical failure. The same principle applies to special relativity
in which all clocks are assumed to be ideal and to faithfully record local time with no error whatsoever.
Fundamentally, the symmetric retardation of the ‘moving’ clock relative to the local ‘stationary’ clock is
due to a change in the length of the ‘moving’ reference time unit, which is a symmetric geometric effect

17
in spacetime. The measured relative rate of the ‘moving’ clock is a derivative effect caused by the more
primary symmetric relative projective geometric relationship between the respective time dimensions of
the distinct reference frames. Upon consideration, it is impossible for the general theory of relativity to be
a geometric theory of space and time if the special theory of relativity upon which it is based is not also
most fundamentally a geometric theory of space and time.

7. THE FITZGERALD–LORENTZ CONTRACTION

Hold a ruler between your thumb and index finger and then extend your arm completely; the ruler takes
up its full length of about 30 centimeters in your field of vision. Now slowly rotate the ruler ninety
degrees so that it is parallel with your arm. From your geometric perspective, the ruler appears to contract
in length. It is understood that there is no intrinsic change to the ruler whatsoever involved in this
apparent contraction; it is strictly a visual geometric effect caused by the ruler rotating from one
dimension of space (x) into another distinct (i.e., linearly independent) dimension of space (y).
Recall now Feynman’s succinct and accurate description of relativity, “time becomes space.” Going far
beyond even Einstein’s imagination, Minkowski discovered spacetime and understood that no fixed physical
interpretation could be associated with any of its four dimensions.41 Relativity implies that we are not entitled
to restrict the measurement of time by observers in various distinct reference frames to a single dimension of
spacetime. This is reflected by Prof. Kip Thorne’s perspicacious statement describing Einstein’s relativity
(paraphrasing Feynman), “… what I call space must be a mixture of your space and your time, and what you
call space must be a mixture of my space and my time.”42 Therefore, the distinction between a particular time
coordinate and its space coordinates in the 4-dimensional “world” of spacetime is dependent on the reference
frame (i.e., geometric perspective in spacetime) of the observer. Accordingly, herein “space-time” with hyphen
refers to a general distinction applied locally in which the abstract generic coordinates of “spacetime” or
Minkowski’s “world” are resolved into distinct physical space and time coordinates.
Whereas a rotation in space (e.g., from x into y) causes an apparent visual contraction due to geometric
perspective, a rotation in spacetime (e.g., from x into t) causes a real physical contraction that is also due
to geometric perspective. In either case, we need only rotate with the object to see that the apparent
contraction is a geometric effect, rather than an intrinsic change to the object itself. That is to say, we need
to remain in the reference frame of the object such that its coordinates do not rotate relative to our
perspective of observation. The Fitzgerald–Lorentz contraction is an effect whereby a component of the
length of the ‘moving’ object in question exists in the time dimension of spacetime from the ‘stationary’
observer’s perspective. However, for the observer in the rest frame of the object, that observer’s time
dimension is a mixture of space and time measured in the ‘stationary’ frame. If the object were traveling
at a constant speed arbitrarily close to the speed of light, then one of its space dimensions would include
only an arbitrarily small space component from the perspective of the laboratory. This dimension would
instead be almost exclusively associated with the laboratory’s time dimension; “time becomes space.”

Figure 13 | SR length contraction interpreted as a geometric perspective in spacetime.

The principle of relativity implies that the contracted length of the rod (L' ) as defined by simultaneous
events in the laboratory frame is a projection of the full proper length of the rod (L). Logic implies
that the rod is projected from a mixture of space and time dimensions because it is not projected from
a mixture of space dimensions, as would be the case for a normal rotation in space.

18
 Like ancient people who must have had enormous difficulty conceptualizing the Earth as a sphere
(i.e., understanding that the local altitude vector rotates 90 degrees over about a 10,000 km distance),
for over a century physicists did not appreciate the geometric subtleties implied by special relativity;
time is no more a unique dimension of spacetime than altitude is a unique dimension of space.

8. THE COSMOLOGICAL BOUNDARY PROBLEM

Philosopher-mathematicians of ancient times who were confronted with the terrestrial boundary problem
lived in an era in which the topology of the Earth was not a problem of any practical concern, yet the
rhetorical question probably arose as to what happens if a ship sails in the same direction without deviating
from its course. If the Earth was truly flat as then popularly imagined, the ship might continue its journey to
arbitrarily large distance, but only if the imagined terrestrial plane filled with the ocean extended to infinity.
However, if this plane were finite in extent, then the ship would eventually have to encounter some kind of
physical boundary. The existence of any boundary was logically and philosophically unsatisfactory for a
number of obvious reasons. While the first possibility (an infinitely large ‘flat’ Earth) was conceivable in
theory, this idea seemed unlikely to be true. The task at hand was to make observations and measurements to
determine the true topology and physical size of the Earth. Modern astrophysicists and cosmologists have
faced the identical problem on a cosmic scale. It should come as no surprise that there is almost no
difference between the two problems and their similar solutions. Yet, it is surprising that modern scientific
professionals have exhibited confusion similar to that of their counterparts in the ancient world, who failed
to understand that the Earth is round (i.e., that gravity, which is trivially observed to be locally orthogonal to
the surface of the Earth, is not parallel everywhere, which is the key physical concept).

Figure 14 | An orthographic projection of Earth. Points A and B represent the identical location.
The distance A–X on the map is obviously πR, whether the path taken is a great arc over the perimeter
or the map’s linear diameter. Note that the local vertical (i.e., extended radii) at points along the two
perimeters can represent either a direction parallel to Earth’s surface, as is clearly the case at the
arbitrary point X, or a direction perpendicular to the surface (i.e., altitude) at that mapped location.

Figure 15 | Two spheres: a 3-D projection of the finite boundaryless spacetime Cosmos.
Points A and B represent the identical location. Points A and X (equivalently points B and X) represent
cosmological antipodes. The distance A–X on the map is the same, whether the path is represented by
any great arc on the surface of either sphere or the linear diameter through the interior of a sphere.
Note that the local vertical to any point on the surface of the spheres may represent local time there or
may represent the local z-direction of space, as is most evident at the point labeled X.

19
 Ignoring topography, Fig. (14) represents the finite boundaryless 2-D surface of a 2-sphere (i.e., the geoid).
Fig. (15) similarly represents the finite boundaryless volumetric ‘surface’ of a 3-sphere. It should be clear that
just as the respective perimeters of the two circles in Fig. (14) represent the identical set of points, the
respective surfaces of the two spheres in Fig. (15) similarly represent the same set of points. Let us imagine that
point X represents the location of our Galaxy. If the plane of its disk (i.e., the x-y plane) is tangent to the surface
of the spheres, the axis of rotation (i.e., the z-direction) is along the interior diameter (the dashed line).
The point A (and identically B, as it is the same point) represents the cosmic location that is the antipode to the
Milky Way. The interior linear diameter A–B represents the same great circle distance as any circumference of
either sphere, just as the linear diameter A–B in Fig. (14) represents a circumnavigation of the Equator.
Einstein’s conception of the general theory of relativity (GR) as a geometric theory of the gravitational
field is largely based on Minkowski’s contribution to special relativity. However, due to his ingenious
former mathematics professor’s premature death, Einstein never really understood what Minkowski had
done in geometrising special relativity; evidently, Einstein never understood the geometric nature of time.
Because of this, and a fundamental conceptual error that occurred at the beginning of his quest to unify
special relativity with accelerated reference frames, Einstein’s mathematical approach to general relativity
was greatly overcomplicated and so too were the subsequent cosmological models based on the new theory.
The fundamental interpretation of general relativity is “excess radius,” which is a geometric consequence
of the “spacetime curvature” modeled by the Einstein field equations. This “excess radius” exists, but not
exactly as it has been conventionally defined in Einstein’s version of GR. General relativity incorporates a
modeling error with observable empirical consequences, which shall be discussed in a later chapter.
The physical interpretation of the Minkowski metric [Eq. (5)] involves two essential ideas.
ds 2 = −c 2 dt 2 + dr 2 + r 2 dθ 2 + r 2 sin 2 θ dφ 2 (5)

1) Space and time are physically orthogonal dimensions in a locally Lorentzian reference frame,
2) Space and time are physically transformational dualities of spacetime (i.e., “time becomes space”).
Thus, the local physical distinctions of altitude and of cosmic local time are geometrically similar.

Figure 16 | The familiar distinction between the local and global altitude ‘dimension.’

Figure 17 | The cosmic local time coordinate is similar to Earth’s local altitude coordinate.
The strictly local time dimension is generally a mixture of cosmic spacetime coordinates X 1 and X 2 .

20
Figure 18 | Cylindrical space-time with one space dimension (x). The two edges of the
spacetime plane on the left are connected to form the cylinder on the right. The resulting space has a
Euclidean geometry but the topology of a Riemannian hypersphere. Conventional wisdom naïvely
assumes that this single time coordinate model is valid for a cosmological great circle with R = f (t).

Figure 19 | Cylindrical space-time with two space dimensions. Connecting opposite faces of a
rectangular cuboid whose depth represents the time dimension (x0) provides an intuitive schematic of
the resulting non-parallelism of local time coordinates over a connected dimension (here x 1 only).
Minkowski’s “infinite number of spaces” (review the quote at bottom of page 14) are here abstractly
represented by each differential slice (dx 1 θ, x 2 , x 0 θ). Clearly, each of these unique spaces has a
geometrically unique time coordinate (i.e., the local radial). If one similarly connects x 2 in order to
achieve a natural symmetry, the result is a sphere for which radials represent the unique local time
coordinate for the neighborhood of each unique point (representing a unique “space”). The surface of
the sphere represents the total cosmic extent of a local plane in space (e.g., the Galactic disk).

21
 Like the clever Greek philosopher-mathematicians who surmised by logic that the Earth is spherical,
perhaps contemplating the fate of a ship that continued to sail in one direction without deviating from its
course, today we can imagine a gedanken ‘spaceship’ conceived to circumnavigate the Universe in a
cosmic great circle. The perimeter of the circle in Fig. (17) represents a single closed (i.e., boundaryless)
dimension of cosmic space, curved not in space, but in the intangible “world” of Minkowski’s spacetime.
So, while the 1-dimensional perimeter of the circle exclusively represents space, its 2-dimensional interior
represents spacetime. The two coordinates shown (X 1 , X 2 ) do not have a fixed physical interpretation, but
rather generally represent a mixture of space and time that depends on the physical location mapped by a
point on the circle. Also, in the same way that ‘negative gravity’ does not and cannot exist in Fig. (16), the
local experience of proper time in Fig. (17) is identical everywhere.
The key concept that the ancient philosopher-mathematician had to embrace before he could easily
understand (with little immediate physical evidence to prove it) that the Earth was spherical was that the
direction of gravity (i.e., the local vertical or altitude ‘dimension’ of space) was not parallel over an area
beyond the local approximation. Similarly, the key concept that the modern astrophysicist-cosmologist
must embrace before it is easily understood that the Universe is finite yet boundaryless is that the local
time dimension in the spacetime Universe is not parallel over space other than to a close approximation
on an immediately local cosmic scale (i.e., a radius of perhaps a few million light years).
The observable physical implications of the cosmic temporal geometry shown in Fig. (17) are made
clear in Fig. (12); a symmetric geometric change in the direction of time in spacetime implies a symmetric
relativistic time dilation that is identical to the measurable effects of relative motion. Special relativity
tells us and experiment conclusively demonstrates that the perceived rate of an ideal clock in relative
motion is less than that of the ‘stationary’ laboratory clock. With no reference whatsoever to general
relativity, the identical theory, when properly interpreted in the context of Minkowski’s brilliant
mathematical insight, implies that the perceived relative rate of a cosmologically distant ideal clock must
be less than a local clock. This symmetric relativistic temporal effect, readily observable as ubiquitous
galaxy redshifts, is completely independent of relative motion. Moreover, the proportional mathematical
relationship between the distance to an “ideal clock” (e.g., a light source of known emission frequency)
and the corresponding redshift of such a light source due to relativistic time dilation is rigorously defined
by pure mathematics (i.e., geometry). Additionally, there are no free parameters that can be manipulated
to alter the precise prediction of observable relativistic time dilation effects as a function of distance.

9. COSMOLOGICAL LATITUDE
The concept of cosmological latitude is now introduced. This is an angular parameter relative to any
arbitrary point of observation in the Cosmos. It should be clear that this parameter is unrelated to
astrometry, pertaining exclusively to a remote object’s distance from an arbitrarily chosen point of
observation in the Universe and not to its position in the sky. As is intuitively true for the surface of a
sphere, there is no preferred location in space for a finite boundaryless Universe. Therefore, the vantage
point from which humans view the observable Universe (i.e., the Milky Way Galaxy) may be arbitrarily
selected as the origin of a concentric cosmological map. Its cosmological latitude ζ (zeta), which is a
coordinate relative to this origin rather than an absolute coordinate, is therefore defined to be zero.
Let the point A at 12 o’clock in Fig. (20) represent the spatial location of our galaxy and let the point B
represent the location of some distant galaxy whose cosmological redshift may be accurately measured.
The circle represents the closed total cosmological extent of what is locally determined to be an arbitrarily
defined single dimension of space (e.g., our galaxy’s axis of rotation). The cosmological latitude of a
distant galaxy at point B is its angular cosmological displacement from the observer up to and inclusive of
pi radians, which represents the location of the cosmological antipode (e.g., A–A' and B–B'). Note that
point A can just as well represent any arbitrary location in the Universe from which an observer looks out
to some other distant astrophysical object labeled B. Providing a historical perspective of a time before
the idea of an expanding Universe became firmly established within scientific academia, the brief
introductory section of a 1935 paper by collaborators Edwin Hubble and Richard Tolman at Caltech in the
Astrophysical Journal entitled “Two Methods of Investigating the Nature of the Nebular Redshift” is
reproduced in its entirety in the following quotation. The emphasis has been added.

22
 Light arriving from the extra-galactic nebulae exhibits a shift toward the red in the position of its
spectral lines, which is approximately proportional to the distance to the emitting nebula. The most
obvious explanation of this finding is to regard it as directly correlated with a recessional motion of
the nebulae, and this assumption has been commonly adopted in the extensive treatments of
nebular motion that have been made with the help of the relativistic theory of gravitation, and also
in the more purely kinematical treatment proposed by Milne. Nevertheless, the possibility that the
redshift may be due to some other cause, connected with the long time or distance involved in the
passage of light from nebula to observer, should not be prematurely neglected; and several
investigators have indeed suggested such other causes, although without as yet giving an entirely
satisfactory detailed account of their mechanism.
Until further evidence is available, both the present writers wish to express an open mind with
respect to the ultimate most satisfactory explanation of the nebular red-shift and, in the presentation
of purely observational findings, to continue to use the phrase “apparent” velocity of recession.
They both incline to the opinion, however, that if the red-shift is not due to recessional motion, its
explanation will probably involve some quite new physical principles.43

Figure 20 | The cosmological latitude zeta (0 ≤ ζ ≤ π) measured between cosmic antipodes.

Unlike conventional latitude, which is measured relative to an equator between positive and negative
antipodes, the cosmological latitude is measured directly between cosmic antipodes. Therefore, ζ is
always a positive value ranging between zero (at the arbitrary point of observation) and pi radians.
The effective spatial radius of the Universe (coefficient R), quantifies the spatial distance between
locations (d = Rζ ). A distance-related redshift exists between A and B even if R is time-independent.

The foregoing discussion concerning geometric cosmic time provides an alternate explanation for the
observed redshift of remote galaxies that is not predicated on the general cosmic expansion model rapidly
adopted by Lemaître and Hubble less than a century ago. The majority of scientific professionals are
likely to have assumed that interpretations of empirical evidence presented in recent years provide
conclusive evidence for an expanding Universe. However, we are no longer entitled to presume this
imagined expansion. A fully testable alternative explanation for the observed galactic redshift now
presents itself less than a century after the Big Bang hypothesis. According to scientific principles, prior
claims by recognized expert academic authorities are irrelevant, and previous alleged “facts” must now be
properly treated as assumptions. The quantitative predictions arising from the new relativistic geometric
model for the observed galactic redshift must be compared with empirical observations. If these predictions
more accurately reflect observations and if the greater theoretical edifice arising from the concept of
geometric cosmic time better integrates and explains the totality of empirical evidence without resorting
to implausible inventions (e.g., “inflation,” “dark energy,” “dark matter”) then the Big Bang theory must
be abandoned. The key result of this discussion is that in ensuing analyses we shall begin by assuming a
constant value for the effective radius of the Universe (R) as it appears in Fig. (20). While this will greatly

23
simplify derivations and calculations, the idea that the size of the Universe is unchanging over time is
such an unexpected development in the field of cosmology today that most people would otherwise find it
an invalid and even ludicrous leading assumption. This shall not be the case upon comparing quantitative
predictions with empirical observations. At that point, it will be clear that performing analyses while
assuming (dR/dt ≠ 0) would be a waste of time.
Eq. (6) is taken directly from Fig. (12); based exclusively on simple projective geometry, the measured
rate of a remote ideal clock (dτ) at cosmological latitude ζ relative to a local clock (dt) is
dt
= sec ζ (6)
dτ
Eq. (7) is the definition of redshift based on frequency where f0 is the natural emission frequency and f is
the observed (typically redshifted) frequency.
f0
= z +1 (7)
f
Measurement of photon frequency is fundamentally associated with time measurement. Let a photon
have a natural frequency f0 as measured by an ideal clock #1 in its emission rest frame. If, from the
perspective of a remote observer’s local ideal clock #2, a relativistic phenomenon causes clock #2 to
record time faster in comparison to clock #1, then according to clock #2, the same number of cycles in
a periodic process is counted in a greater amount of time. Accordingly, the apparent emission frequency
f of the photon in reference to clock #2 is lower than its natural frequency f0 (as measured by clock #1)
in proportion to the clock rate differential. Consequently, when the photon of natural emitted frequency
f0 according to clock #1 (τ) actually arrives at the remote location of clock #2 (t), it is physically
measured by clock #2 to have the lower frequency f according to
f0 dt
= (8)
f dτ
Combining equations (7) and (8) yields
dt
= z +1 (9)
dτ
Combining equations (6) and (9), observed redshift is expressed in terms of the cosmological latitude.
z + 1 = sec ζ (10)

⎛ 1 ⎞
ζ = cos −1 ⎜ (11)
⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠

As we do not assume that the cosmological redshift implies a general recession of the galaxies due to
cosmic expansion, but rather a relativistic temporal effect associated only with distance, let the effective
radius of the spacetime Universe be fixed over all time according to any clock (dR/dt = 0) and normalize
this cosmic radius (R = 1). Then the relationship between cosmological latitude and distance is simply
d AB = ζ AB (12)

Combining Eq. (11) and Eq. (12) yields a general equation (13) relating measured cosmological redshift
and relative distance, which was previewed in the Eq. (2) theta-z relationship and compared to empirical
data in Fig. (9). Skeptics with a conventional mindset must refrain from prejudging this equation prior to
understanding that conventional equations from Euclidean geometry for surface area and volume related
to distance do not apply. More importantly, the correlation between the predictions of the proposed new
model and all relevant empirical observations must be evaluated before passing judgment.

24
 ⎛ 1 ⎞
d ( z ) = cos −1 ⎜ (13)
⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠

Fig. (21) provides a visual model of Eq. (11). It represents half of a complete cosmological map
because the adjacent identical second sphere is not shown [see Fig. (15)]. The coordinates shown are
relative to the Milky Way’s arbitrary location. The primary purpose of this image is to show the relationship
between cosmological latitude (ζ ) and redshift (z). Like any 2-D map of 3-dimensional Earth, this partial
3-D map of the 4-dimensional spacetime Universe involves unavoidable distortion. It should be clear
that the metric operating on the distorted modeled space cannot be assumed to operate identically on the
actual space as is also true for any 2-dimensional map of a large region of the Earth. The Fig. (21) map
may be non-intuitive because our mind has been trained (and is thus inclined) to interpret the geometry
we see in terms of what is familiar. This sphere, which is a distorted map, is curved in spacetime, not in
space, so we must be guided by first principles (i.e., relativity), not our natural inclinations. Per the prior
discussion concerning Fig. (15), recall that the spatial distance represented by the internal diameter of the
sphere is identical to the spatial distance represented by a great arc on the surface of pi radians.

Figure 21 | The relationship between ζ and z in the finite boundaryless Universe. A possible
initial reaction to this model is to reject it on the grounds that “we believe that the Universe is flat.”44
Such a premature evaluation ignores other overwhelming supporting empirical evidence. This sphere
is a projection; the metric operating on the space modeled by the sphere’s surface does not correlate
to the geometry of the sphere’s surface. Note that this is not a model of space but of spacetime,
between which there is a broad distinction. The local vertical represents both space and time, just as
the local vertical to points on the Fig. (14) circles represents both surface and altitude directions.

The model shown in Fig. (21) incorporates an important insight that is a completely new yet intuitive
concept in cosmology. At cosmological latitude π/2 (i.e., ζ = 90º) the measured redshift of a galaxy at that
distance is arbitrarily large; thus, if too great a spatial distance (d ≥ π/2) separates two observers, it is
impossible for them to exchange information of any kind. Relative to every observer, there is an effective
radial boundary or cosmological redshift horizon beyond which the remaining more distant galaxies in the
Universe (i.e., those in the cosmic antipodal “hemi-4-sphere”) are invisible. Consequently, it is impossible
for the closed spatial geometry of the spacetime Universe to produce two diametrically opposed visible
images of the same object. There is nothing intrinsically unusual about the cosmological horizon; it is simply
a relative cosmological coordinate. To imagine that local time flows backward beyond this boundary
because the local vertical to this cosmic sphere represents local proper time is as childishly naïve as to

25
imagine that people living on the opposite side of the Earth exist “upside down.” If the cosmological redshift
proves to be a relativistic temporal effect, rather than indicative of expansion, then Fig. (21) is the modern
cosmological equivalent of the first terrestrial globe ever constructed by a mapmaker. The first terrestrial
globe is alleged to have been made by Crates of Mallus in about 140 B.C.E. That globe, though it may have
been lacking in detail, was the first truly accurate physical model of the Earth on the largest scale.

10. THE GEOMETRY OF THE UNIVERSE

The ancients naïvely imagined the Earth to be ‘flat’ and perhaps limitless. Similarly, people who
today have little familiarity with spacetime and the 4-dimensional geometry of a Riemannian 3-sphere
likely imagine cosmic space to be a kind of limitless celestial sphere (i.e., an infinitely large 2-sphere).
While the mapping in Fig. (15) provides an intuitive visualization of finite boundaryless cosmic space,
it is also necessary to first define the geometry mathematically and then to quantitatively relate it
to astrophysical measurement that can be made with good accuracy (i.e., cosmological redshift, z).
The derivation of Eq. (3), which relates an immediate and accurately measured observable (z) to an
indirect observable based on galaxy counts (V ), yields a true “precision cosmology.” This cosmology has
only two free parameters: the effective radius of the Universe (R) and extinction (A) due to the
intergalactic medium (IGM). Both of these parameters are subject to accurate estimation based on
empirical observations, the latter by the affect of the IGM on quasar radiation.
Approximating Earth (S3) to be a unit ball, the geoid surface area is 4π in units of square Earth radii.
Taking a similar approach for the S4 spacetime Universe, the radius of the envisioned cosmic 3-sphere is
conveniently normalized (R=1). Accordingly, the line element of a unit 3-sphere is

(
ds 2 = dψ 2 + sin 2 ψ dθ 2 + sin 2 θ dφ 2 ) (14)

The total volumetric “surface area” S3 of a 3-sphere of unit radius is 2π 2 according to

π π 2π
S3 = ∫ 0
dψ ∫ 0
sin ψ dθ ∫ 0
sin ψ sin θ dφ (15)

π
S3 = 4π ∫ sin 2 ψ dψ (16)
0

S3 = 2π (ψ − cosψ sin ψ ) ⎤⎦ 0 = 2π 2
π
(17)

Referencing Fig. (20) and Fig. (21), it should be clear that the cosmological latitude (ζ ) corresponds to the
value of the angular parameter ψ in the foregoing geometric equations (ζ ≡ ψ). What is modeled as a great
arc through cosmic spacetime (R·ζ ) is the radial distance measured over the shortest possible distance
through space between the telescope and a remote galaxy (i.e., the path of light between the two points).
Having conveniently adopted a cosmological unit radius (R = 1), Eq. (18), which is pure geometry, yields
a physically meaningful cosmological equation for the volume of enclosed space expressed as a function
of the cosmological latitude.
S3 = 2π (ζ − cosζ sin ζ ) (18)

From Eq. (11) we have equations (19) and (20).

1
cosζ = (19)
( z + 1)
1

⎛ 1 ⎞
2

sin ζ = 1 − cos ζ = ⎜ 1 −
2
2⎟
(20)
⎝ ( z + 1) ⎠

26
 Substituting for the three terms in Eq. (18) and simplifying yields Eq. (22). Thus, the volume of
enclosed space (S3) is expressed directly as a function of redshift (z). Note that Eq. (22) is an exact
formula based exclusively on geometry and first principles and that it involves no free parameters that can
be manipulated to alter its fundamental empirical prediction. It is expressed in units of R3.
⎧ ⎡ 1
⎤⎫
⎪ −1 ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎢⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞ 2
⎥⎪
S3 ( z ) = 2π ⎨cos ⎜ ⎟ − ⎢⎜ ⎟ ⎜ 1− 2 ⎟ ⎥⎬ (21)
⎪ ⎝ z + 1⎠
⎢⎣
⎝ z + 1⎠ ⎝ ( z + 1) ⎠ ⎥ ⎪
⎩ ⎦⎭

⎡ 1
⎤
⎢ −1 ⎛ 1 ⎞
⎛ 1 1 ⎞ 2
⎥ R 3 units
S3 ( z ) = 2π ⎢ cos ⎜ − − (22)
⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠ ⎜⎝ ( z + 1)2 ( z + 1)4 ⎟⎠ ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦

Eq. (22) is graphed in Fig. (22). At arbitrarily large redshift corresponding to a cosmological latitude of
90 degrees, the volume of enclosed space is half of the total volumetric surface area of a 3-sphere (π2).

Figure 22 | Graphs of Eq. (22); volume of space as a function of redshift. Ignoring the R3 units,
the dashed black line models the expected relative growth rate of volume at low redshift according to
a linear (Hubble) redshift-distance relationship and V ∝ r3. A plot with a linear volume scale at right
shows that 50% of the space inside the cosmological horizon (the ‘visible’ half of the Universe) is
contained within (z < 1.5). About 10% of this total ‘observable’ volume is beyond z = 10.

Differentiating Eq. (22) with respect to z is a somewhat lengthy but straightforward process.

⎡ ⎤
( )
1
du
u = ( z + 1) → S3 ( z ) = 2π ⎢ cos −1 u − u 2 − u 4 = − ( z + 1) = −u 2
−1 −2
2
⎥ (23)
⎣ ⎦ dz

dS3 ⎡ −1 du 1 ⎛ du du ⎞ ⎤
= 2π ⎢ − ⎜ 2u − 4u 3 ⎟ ⎥ (24)
dz ⎣ 1 − u dz 2 u − u ⎝ dz dz ⎠ ⎦
2 2 4

⎡ u2 ⎤ ⎡ u2 u3 2u 5 ⎤
dS3
= 2π ⎢ −
1
(
−2u 3 + 4u 5 ⎥ = 2π ⎢ )+ − ⎥ (25)
dz ⎣ 1− u 2 u2 − u4 ⎦ ⎣ 1− u u2 − u4 u2 − u4 ⎦
2 2

27
 ⎡ u2 ⎤ ⎧ 1 ⎡ 2 1 3 ⎫
dS3
= 2π ⎢ +
1
( )
u 3 − 2u 5 ⎥ = 2π ⎨ (
⎢⎣u + u u − 2u
5
)⎤⎥⎦ ⎬ (26)
dz ⎣ 1− u u −u ⎦ ⎩ 1− u ⎭
2 2 4 2

⎡ 1 ⎤ 4π ⎛ 1 1 ⎞
dS3
= 4π ⎢ (
u2 − u4 ⎥ = ) −2 ⎜
− 4⎟ (27)
1 − ( z + 1) ⎝ ( z + 1) ( z + 1) ⎠
2
dz ⎣ 1− u ⎦
2

Recall that this equation was previewed as Eq. (3) and initially graphed in Fig. (10) for comparison with
the scaled SDSS empirical data. In the following larger figure, which provides more detail of the data,
Eq. (27) is scaled and superimposed on the 2dF Survey data out to redshift z = 1.

Figure 23 | 2dF Survey (0.001 ≤ z ≤ 1) in red and Eq. (27) in black. Redshift data selected for high
quality is sorted into (∆z = 10-4) bins represented by the dots. 10(10 + 102 + 103) bins are plotted.
Variation in bin density due to fractal distribution of galaxies is apparent. The location of the peak of
the empirical curve (red) on the z-axis is dependent on the resolution of the telescope used in the survey.
It must increasingly shift to the left as the resolving power of the survey telescope declines because
more high-z galaxies are missed. Assuming that all galaxies are counted regardless of distance in an
ideal homogeneous Universe, the black line is the predicted trend in redshift bin counts. The fractal
distribution of galaxies at low redshift, which causes density decline with distance, depresses the
empirical curve at low redshift. Few galaxies are found in the local region (z < 0.001).

The conventional pseudo-equivalent version of Eq. (22) is Eq. (28), where V is the co-moving volume,
defined as the volume in which densities of non-evolving objects (assumed to be) locked into Hubble
flow are constant with redshift. It was thought that differential number counts probed the co-moving
volume as a function of redshift. Equation (28) is derived assuming a homogeneous, isotropic Universe
with constant curvature and zero cosmological constant (the Einstein–de Sitter model). The derivative of
Eq. (28) with respect to z is Eq. (1), which is plotted as the black line in Fig. (7) and Fig. (24).
3 3
32 ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎛ c ⎞
V (z) = π ⎜1 − ⎜⎝ H ⎟⎠ units (28)
3 ⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠ 0

28
 Although galaxies get harder to see at high redshift, SDSS still counts some fraction of the selected
population beyond redshift z = 1. An important question to ask is, what fraction? According to Eq. (28),
the spatial volume bounded by (1 ≤ z < 2) is double that within a redshift of one, so this textbook equation
suggests that an ideal telescope would count twice as many galaxies in this farther region than for z < 1.

Figure 24 | Graph of Eq. (27) and Eq. (1) showing the volume as a bounded area. The area under
the Eq. (27) curve in red models a physical volume, while that for the Eq. (1) curve in black models
co-moving volume. For the red curve, it can be seen that a redshift of z = 1.5 corresponds to half the
total volume, which is about 20 of the small squares corresponding to about 5 unit squares or (π2/2).

Figure 25 | SDSS DR7 SpecObj redshift data sorted into bins of integer redshift. Observations
(in green) clearly follow the modeled volume trend in red. As the second and third green columns are
of similar magnitude, the spatial depth of bins 2 and 3 must be much smaller than the depth of bin 1
because galaxies in bin 3 are obviously almost as easy to see as those in bin 2. The volume trend in
gray according to the standard cosmological model shows a doubling of volume from bin 1 to bin 2.

29
 The graphed SDSS data in Fig. (25) can be recreated directly from the online SDSS database using the
following SQL statement. See http://pdfref.net/m2/p030.1
SELECT
ROUND(z, 0) + 1 AS z
, COUNT(1)/837377.0 AS pct /* 837377 is the total ungrouped count (z >= 0.001) */
FROM
SpecObj
WHERE
objType IN (0, 1) /* galaxies and QSO only */
AND zStatus IN (3, 4, 6, 7, 9) /* selected for high quality */
AND z >= 0.001 /* mostly removes misidentified double stars */
GROUP BY
ROUND(z, 0) + 1
ORDER BY 1;

It is important to understand the difference between the red curve and the black curve in Fig. (24) with
the corresponding red and gray columns in Fig. (25). The area under the red curve models a real physical
volume of space. In this context, the redshift is simply interpreted as a distance (d); lookback time (d/c) is
irrelevant because the model assumes no change in the volume of the Cosmos over time. The red bars in
Fig. (25) imply that if a survey telescope could observe and count distant galaxies just as effectively as
nearby galaxies, the empirical green bars would follow the red bars exactly, assuming a large-scale
homogenous distribution of galaxies. In contrast, the co-moving volume interprets lower redshift (z < 2)
primarily as an increasing distance that implies increasing volume and higher redshift (z > 2) as lookback
time in an expanding Universe to epochs of a decreasing volume. Thus, the same total volume of space is
spread over an increasing amount of lookback time, as represented by the redshift, the farther back in time
we initiate lookback. Moreover, as one approaches the mythical spacetime singularity at T = 0, and as the
total available amount of lookback time approaches zero, the available volume of the Universe also
approaches zero. Inflation was an ad hoc invention to allow the radius to be greater than cT near T = 0.
It is commonly assumed that the intensity of electromagnetic radiation from an isotropic point source is
inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source. This “inverse square law” arises from
the equation for the surface area of a Euclidean sphere. While this law may apply locally, just as
Euclidean rather than Riemannian geometry applies to the neighborhood of a point on the surface of a
sphere, it obviously cannot apply on the large scale for a finite boundaryless 3-space. In the context of
cosmology, photons emitted by an isotropic point source fill S3, which is modeled by Eq. (22), not the
naïve familiar equation for a Euclidean sphere. Being the derivative of S3, the geometric equation for the
surface area S2 enclosing S3 is then trivially determined simply by removing the integration from Eq. (16).
Recall that (ζ ≡ ψ). This equation provides the physically meaningful result of an increase in S2 with
distance (here expressed in terms of cosmological latitude) only within the specified interval.
⎡ π⎤
S2 = 4π sin 2 ζ ⎢⎣ 0 ≤ ζ ≤ 2 ⎥⎦ (29)

Substituting Eq. (20) into the above yields an exact formula for S2 in terms of redshift.
⎛ 1 ⎞
S2 = 4π ⎜ 1 − R 2 units (30)
⎝ ( z + 1)2 ⎟⎠
It is important to note that Eq. (30) expresses (0 ≤ S2 ≤ 4π) in terms of the normalized cosmic radius,
not the corresponding physical distance from the observer (d = π/2). Consequently, at high redshift, the
area of photon dispersion from an isotropic point source is modeled to be somewhat smaller than that
modeled by the inverse square law arising from Euclidean geometry. The conventional practice of
interpreting the apparent magnitude of an astronomical standard candle in the context of the inverse
square law is obviously naïve for a finite boundaryless Universe. Indeed, it is similar to the naïve ancient
practice of extending locally-valid rules of Euclidean geometry to Earth’s entire surface. Even over short
distances (in comparison to Earth’s radius), the locally-applicable geometric approximation fails.

30
Figure 26 | Graphs of Eq. (30); Photon dispersion area as a function of redshift. Ignoring the
R2 units used for the red curve, the dashed black line models the expected relative growth rate of
surface area at low redshift according to a linear (Hubble) redshift-distance relationship and the
Euclidean relationship A ∝ r2. The geometry of a Euclidean sphere is not applicable to a finite
boundaryless spacetime Universe for similar reasons (e.g., the boundary problem) that locally
practical plane geometry is not applicable to the spherical surface of the Earth.

Figure 27 | Graphs of Eq. (13). Ignoring the units used for the red curve, the dashed black line
models the linear Hubble redshift-distance relationship. In addition to photon dispersion, intergalactic
dust absorbs and scatters photons. It is reasonable to model this effect as linear with respect to
distance, however redshifted light from distant sources better penetrates the local IGM dust.

31
11. THE APPARENT LUMINOSITY OF EXTRA-GALACTIC SUPERNOVAE
Per Eq. (30), the bolometric flux of a standard candle solely due to geometric dispersion of photons is
L
Fd ( z ) = (31)
⎛ 1 ⎞
4π ⎜ 1 −
⎝ ( z + 1)2 ⎟⎠
However, the time dilation effect of the cosmological redshift will cause fewer photons to impinge on a
CCD per unit time by a factor of (z + 1)-1 and will additionally reduce their energy by a factor of (z + 1)-1.
This means that the measured bolometric energy flux will be reduced accordingly. To account for this
well-known requirement, we must multiply Eq. (31) by (z + 1)-2.
L
F (z) = (32)
4π ⎡⎣( z + 1) − 1⎤⎦
2

It is convenient to represent the apparent brightness (F) as a bolometric apparent magnitude [see Eq. (35)].

⎛ ⎞
L
m ( z ) = C − 2.512 log ⎜ ⎟ (33)
⎜ 4π ⎡( z + 1)2 − 1⎤ ⎟
⎝ ⎣ ⎦ ⎠
With L normalized to unity, the arbitrary constant C is chosen so that a redshift of z = 0.01 corresponds
to a magnitude of m = 14. Accordingly, a common reference point is established with Fig. (29).
⎛ ⎞
1
m ( 0.01) = 14 → m ( z ) = 15.50 − 2.512 log ⎜ ⎟ (34)
⎜ 4π ⎡( z + 1)2 − 1⎤ ⎟
⎝ ⎣ ⎦ ⎠

Figure 28 | Graph of Eq. (34). At about z = 0.2, the modeled redshift-magnitude curve in red begins
to deviate up from a straight line (in black). This behavior is what led astrophysicists to conclude that
the alleged cosmic expansion is accelerating. The alleged transition from deceleration to acceleration
is not just unlikely, it is a physical interpretation of the observable that is contrary to the laws of physics
(i.e., like Ptolemy’s epicycles or an expedient “miracle,” it is unequivocally physically impossible).

32
 Fig. (7) and Fig. (8) definitively imply that the Big Bang paradigm is incorrect and that its modeling
errors are not small. Consequently, the expected redshift-luminosity curve based on the assumption of an
expanding Universe, implying a nearly linear redshift-distance relationship, is catastrophically wrong.
The empirical data in Fig. (8) can be considered objective and reliable because the data is based on the
statistical averaging of more than 1.3 million data points (four frequency bands for each galaxy).
Moreover, the observation and recording of the redshift and Petrosian radius of SDSS galaxies was not
influenced by a perceived need to match an existing (Big Bang) theoretical model, as has been typically
required for astronomical research work’s acceptance for publication in a peer-reviewed journal.
Conventional textbook cosmology employs an inverse square law and assumes that a decade increase
in redshift (e.g., 0.01 to 0.1) corresponds to a decade increase in distance, so the well-known expected
decrease in the luminosity (b) of a standard candle over this same range of redshift is one hundred (100),
or about plus five (+5) magnitudes on the astronomical luminosity scale according to Pogson’s formula.

m = C − 2.512 log(b) ⎡⎣ 2.512 = 100 5 ⎤⎦

1
(35)

In his famous book, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Thomas Kuhn wrote (emphasis added),
That scientists do not usually ask or debate what makes a particular problem or solution legitimate
tempts us to suppose that, at least intuitively, they know the answer. But it may only indicate that
neither the question nor the answer is felt to be relevant to their research. Paradigms may be prior
to, more binding, and more complete than any set of rules for research that could be unequivocally
abstracted from them. 45
The alleged empirical curve in Fig. (29) is an example of how scientific research is similar to all other
human activities in that it is controlled to an extreme degree by the dominant paradigm. Over two decades
of redshift (0.01 to 1.0), the allegedly objective measurements of Type Ia supernovae apparent luminosity
decreases linearly by almost exactly the 10 magnitudes (∆m = 24-14) prescribed by the Big Bang paradigm.
Note the telling use of the added word “effective” as a caveat in the label of the apparent luminosity axis.
It is as if its authors (Perlmutter et al.) are saying, “This average slope is not what we actually observe,
but we observe this effective slope increase, given software analysis of telescope CCD data constrained by
the Big Bang paradigm and what we are allowed to report in a peer-reviewed scientific journal.”

Figure 29 | Published supernovae apparent bolometric magnitude curve.46 Note the difference
of 6 magnitudes in the maximum value of the vertical axis as compared to Fig. (28). The slope of this
curve is much steeper than the curve in Fig. (28), which does not yet model extinction.

33
 In Fig. (28), the model produces a decrease in the apparent luminosity of a standard candle (e.g., SN Ia)
of about 5.5 magnitudes over (0.01 ≤ z ≤ 1.0) that is due exclusively to photon dispersion. This is about
4.5 magnitudes (a factor of about 63) short of the expected change (10 magnitudes) according to the
standard cosmological model (i.e., the Big Bang paradigm). It is unlikely that extinction due to the IGM
dust would cause this 4.5 magnitude discrepancy, but it is reasonable to suppose that extinction may
decrease the apparent luminosity of supernovae with increasing distance.
As discussed in Fig. (25), extinction (A) due to an assumed uniform cosmic distribution of IGM dust
can be accurately approximated as a linear function of distance. Distance is modeled as an exact function
of redshift by Eq. (12), so modeling extinction (light dimming due to absorption and scattering) as a linear
function of distance simply requires including a coefficient (ε) in this equation.
⎛ 1 ⎞
A = ε cos −1 ⎜ (36)
⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠

The SDSS and 2dF data imply that the average slope of the Fig. (29) graph is inaccurate, but if we are to
believe this graph then Eq. (34) suggests that it shows an increase of 5 magnitudes over (0.01 ≤ z ≤ 1) just
due to extinction. Accordingly, ε ≈ 5.5 and C = 14.73 in a complete redshift-magnitude equation (37).
⎛ ⎞
1 ⎛ 1 ⎞
m ( z ) = C − 2.512 log ⎜ ⎟ + ε cos −1 ⎜ (37)
⎜⎝ 4π ⎡( z + 1) − 1⎤ ⎟⎠
2
⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠
⎣ ⎦

Figure 30 | Graph of Eq. (37). Modeling a large extinction effect in an attempt to match the slope
of the Fig. (29) curve causes a significant deviation from the shape of the empirical curve. The shape
of the reported empirical curve perfectly matches modeled behavior with minimal extinction, yet its
slope is inconsistent with the redshift-distance relationship implied by the SDSS and 2dF surveys.

The corroborating 2dF and SDSS data is inconsistent with the Fig. (29) slope, so it is virtually certain
that the data plotted in Fig. (29) was to a greater or lesser extent adulterated in order to make it conform
with the Big Bang paradigm. Ironically, too much of a deviation from this paradigm would have rendered
the SNe data unpublishable and would have led to ridicule of the research teams who produced the
‘deviant data.’ Prior to this book, a substantially different overall slope to the approximately linear curve
would have been considered “impossible,” so publishable empirical observations had to be made to fit
within socially-allowed boundaries. According to the implications of the galaxy redshift survey data, the
question is not whether the data plotted in Fig. (29) is empirically accurate, but the extent of the error. It is
likely that the shape of the curve is accurate while its slope was model-driven rather than data-driven.

34
 Even assuming that an expanding Universe makes any physical sense, first principles of modern
physics imply that a sudden transition from a decelerating expansion induced by gravity to an accelerating
expansion is a physically impossible fantasy. This kind of thinking is indistinguishable from the invention
of epicycles as an interpretation of the observed retrograde motion of the planets. The apparent increase in
the slope of the SNe redshift-luminosity curve is therefore indicative of a scientific crisis. The principles
of modern science (though not those of religion) preclude the arbitrary invention of an inexplicable
miraculous phenomenon that is inconsistent with the entire foundation of modern physics. Because a
sudden acceleration of the entire Cosmos is physically impossible due to the fact that information to
induce the imagined fantastic phenomenon can travel no faster than the speed of light, the observation
must imply something else. Rather than preternatural “dark energy,” Fig. (29) implies human fallibility.
The graph in Fig. (29) was produced for a specific purpose. Initially, prior to the unexpected 1998
“discovery” of an accelerating expansion, astronomers and astrophysicists, who were operating under the
controlling influence of the Big Bang paradigm, were expected to accurately measure both the alleged
“Hubble constant” and the “deceleration parameter” (q). As is made evident in Fig. (28) and Fig. (30), it
is no accident or error that they discovered the unexpected slope increase. It is clearly the case that the
two matching sets of empirical data in Fig. (1) and the average slope of the empirical curve in Fig. (29)
are inconsistent with one another. In this case of dissimilar information, both cannot be correct. It is
obvious which of the three data sets is faulty. The vertical error bars in Fig. (29) are certainly not accurate
on an absolute scale; if the SDSS and 2dF data are accurate, then the average slope of the Fig. (29) curve
(~5 magnitudes per decade of redshift) is considerably higher than in physical reality. If extinction effects
are indeed significant, there should be even greater deviation of the empirical curve from a straight line.

Also see Appendix F.

Figure 31 | Edwin Hubble’s 1929 graph. The title of the 1929 paper appearing in volume 15 of
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, “A Relation Between Distance and Radial Velocity
Among Extra-Galactic Nebulae,” as well as the axis labels and title of “FIGURE 1” shown here
provided what seemed to be a definitive interpretation of observations. Hubble’s presentation of his
observational data as evidence for Lemaître’s expanding Universe idea, while not a direct lie, was a
significant distortion of the facts enabling him to claim a self-aggrandizing major discovery that was
superficially consistent with predominant Western religious beliefs arising from the biblical Genesis 1.

The “enduring truth” that Edwin Hubble discovered was that there was some fundamentally unknown
relationship between distance to a galaxy and its redshift. His famous graph of galactic redshifts with a
constant slope of 500 km/s/Mpc was in effect another one of his typical departures from the truth; his
published data was inaccurate and did not justify the linear redshift-distance relationship that he claimed.
Because the inverse of H0 yields the Hubble time, it later became clear that the slope he claimed for this
relationship was too steep by about an order of magnitude, or else the purported “expanding Universe”
would have to be younger than the already well-established minimum geologic age of the Earth.

35
 History repeats itself. If the redshift-distance relationship data plotted in Fig. (29) is accurate, then at an
arbitrary point in cosmic history, the decelerating effect of gravity suddenly and inexplicably transmuted
into a repulsive accelerating potential. Additionally, this would mean that the massive number of
corroborating unbiased observations that comprise the 2dF and SDSS galaxy redshift surveys are
misleading, while the slope of the supernovae data that is inconsistent with this data is not. Moreover, the
Universe is orders of magnitude younger than is evidently required to build the structures it contains.
Fritz Zwicky, an eminent astrophysicist at Caltech who coined the terms “supernova” and “neutron star,”
made a confident statement in a 1960 paper concerning the age of the largest structures in the Universe.
The age of 1018 years for rich compact clusters of galaxies may be shortened somewhat by
considering certain interactions between galaxies that lead to more inelastic and resonant
encounters between galaxies. Unless, however, far greater efficiency for the transfer of energy and
momentum is postulated for such interactions than is compatible with our present-day knowledge
of physical phenomena, the age of rich spherically symmetrical and compact clusters of galaxies is
clearly greater than 1015 years. 47
Prior to the advent of geologic time, which was largely initiated by James Hutton (1726–1797),
biblically inspired estimates for the age of the Earth that were accepted as fact by most academics in elite
institutions of higher learning were off by about six orders of magnitude, which is about the same
difference between Zwicky’s numbers and the current constraint on the age of all astrophysical objects
according to the Big Bang paradigm. It is now necessary to concede that 20th-century cosmology is
largely based on a loose interpretation of mystical writings by primitive Hebrew tribesmen living in the
desert thousands of years ago who had no understanding of biological, geological, or cosmological history.
The Big Bang theory represents a misstep in the scientific process that requires a major correction. The slope
of Hubble’s original diagram precluded Earth’s existence; so too, the slope of the SNe redshift-distance
relationship in Fig. (29), as currently interpreted, precludes the existence of observed galaxy clusters.

12. EVIDENCE OF LARGE-SCALE HOMOGENEITY

In his 1970 article in Science entitled “The Case for a Hierarchical Cosmology,” written some years
before Mandelbrot brought forth the concept of fractals, Gérard de Vaucouleurs posed a critical question.
In fact, since [the mean density of the Universe] ρ is so evidently not a constant independent of
space coordinates in our neighbourhood, how large a volume of space do we need to consider
before the average density in this volume may be accepted as a valid estimate of ρ? 48

Figure 32 | Relative apparent galaxy space density variation. For each data point (z, ρ), the
enclosed survey population is divided by the normalized modeled volume [ρ = N/V(z)].

36
 The graphed SDSS data in Fig. (32) can be recreated from the online SDSS data using the following
SQL statement, the corresponding numerators from Eq. (28) and Eq. (22), and scaling coefficients (k).
http://pdfref.net/m2/p037.1
SELECT
COUNT(1) as N /* each z queried to yield datapoint (z, N/S3) */
FROM /* use scaling coefficients (k) for common point (0.1, 10)
SpecObj
WHERE
objType IN (0, 1) /* galaxies and QSO only */
AND zStatus IN (3, 4, 6, 7, 9) /* selected for high quality */
AND z >= 0.001 /* mostly removes misidentified double stars */
AND z <= 0.002; /* also 0.003, 0.004, … 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, etc. */
/* perform this query over range of z and divide N by corresponding S3 value from Eq. (22) */

Note that the y-axis of the black curve covers five orders of magnitude. Based on the Big Bang model,
this curve implies that at the distance of the Abell 2255 cluster shown in Fig. (5), either limited resolution
has caused a 100-fold decrease in bin counts as compared to z = 0.002, or that the actual galaxy space
density has dropped by about 2 orders of magnitude in the range (0.002 ≤ z ≤ 0.08). Clearly, neither one
of these options is a real possibility. On the other hand, the red curve, which is based on the new
cosmological model, shows a nearly constant space density over the complete range of redshift, which is
consistent with the necessity of a homogenous isotropic distribution of galaxies on the large scale.
Referencing the smaller Fig. (22) graph, z = 0.45 encloses about 20% of the observable cosmic volume.
Then, if not a single galaxy were counted beyond this redshift, the modeled apparent relative space
density out to arbitrary redshift would decline by a factor of just 5. The actual observed decline is a factor
of about 4. The red curve, which is based on geometric cosmic time (i.e., the Universe is not expanding),
is a realistic interpretation of the survey and is distinct from the conventional black curve.
Einstein’s homogeneous and isotropic Universe must naturally have a constant galaxy space density,
graphed as a horizontal line over the complete range of redshift. In a sense, the planet Earth is a
microcosm of the entire Universe. On its surface, we see chaos in the form of fractal geometry down to
the scale of a rock that we can hold in the palm of our hand. One might literally hold a rock out at arm’s
length against the background of a distant mountain range and easily visualize the rock to be another peak in
the range. Yet, from a sufficient distance, the Earth (the proverbial “blue marble”) appears to have a
perfectly smooth surface, which is due to the fact that gravity naturally causes spherical symmetry.
According to the general theory of relativity the metrical character
(curvature) of the four-dimensional space-time continuum is defined at
every point by the matter at that point and the state of that matter.
Therefore, on account of the lack of uniformity in the distribution of
matter, the metrical structure of this continuum must necessarily be very
complicated. But if we are concerned with the structure only on a large
scale, we may represent matter to ourselves as being uniformly
distributed over enormous spaces, so that its density of distribution is a
variable function which varies extremely slowly. Thus our procedure
will somewhat resemble that of the geodesists who, by means of an
ellipsoid, approximate to the shape of the earth’s surface, which on a
small scale is extremely complicated. – Albert Einstein (1916) 36, 37

The identical geometric principle applies to the Universe as a whole, although it manifests as a 4-D
spacetime structure mapped by Fig. (15) and Fig. (21). Just as gravity precludes the Earth from having
any significant deviation from an isotropic mass distribution, the same applies to the entire Universe;
so, just as the Earth is round and smooth on a large scale, the same is true for the spacetime Universe.
The stair step in Fig. (23) at z = 0.02 implies a significant transition there. Figure (27) implies that at this
redshift we are probing out about 18% of the distance to the redshift horizon and Fig. (22) reveals that this
distance corresponds to only a very small fraction (~1%) of the theoretically observable volume of space.
Answering de Vaucouleurs’s question, this is a surprisingly small volume relative to the totality of cosmic
space, although a very large volume considering the number of widely separated galaxies it contains.

37
13. OBJECTS OBSERVED AT VERY HIGH REDSHIFT
A 1994 NASA press release entitled “Hubble [Telescope] Uncovers New Clues to Galaxy Formation”
has an introductory section entitled The Paradox: Grown-up Galaxies in an Infant Universe.
Hubble Space Telescope’s recent observations identify fully formed elliptical galaxies in a pair of
primordial galaxy clusters that have been surveyed by teams lead by Mark Dickinson of the Space
Telescope Science Institute and Duccio Macchetto of the European Space Agency and the Space
Telescope Science Institute. Although the clusters were first thought to be extremely distant because
of independent ground-based observations, the Hubble images provide sharp enough details to
confirm what was only suspected previously.
The surprise is that elliptical galaxies appeared remarkably “normal” when the universe was a
fraction of its current age, meaning that they must have formed a short time after the Big Bang.
Dickinson, in studying a cluster that existed when the universe was nearly one-third its current age,
finds that its red galaxies resemble ordinary elliptical galaxies, the red color coming from a population
of older stars.
This has immediate cosmological implications, since the universe must have been old enough to
accommodate them. Cosmologies with high values for the rate of expansion of space (called the
Hubble constant, which is needed for calculating the age of the universe) leave little time for these
galaxies to form and evolve to the maturity we’re seeing in the Hubble image, Dickinson emphasizes.
[Macchetto and Giavalisco identified] a whole cluster of primeval galaxies in that region of the sky...
“The very presence of the cluster ... is unexpected and counter to many theories of cluster and galaxy
formation,” says Macchetto. 49
A different NASA press release entitled “Hubble [Telescope] Identifies Primeval Galaxies, Uncovers New
Clues to the Universe’s Evolution” appears more prominently on the HubbleSite News Release Archive.50
Andrea Cimatti et al. published similar observations in a July 2004 issue of Nature. The following is
the abstract from their article entitled “Old galaxies in the young Universe.”
More than half of all stars in the local Universe are found in massive spheroidal galaxies, which are
characterized by old stellar populations with little or no current star formation. In present models,
such galaxies appear rather late in the history of the Universe as the culmination of a hierarchical
merging process, in which larger galaxies are assembled through mergers of smaller precursor
galaxies. But observations have not yet established how, or even when, the massive spheroidals
formed, nor if their seemingly sudden appearance when the Universe was about half its present age
(at redshift z < 1) results from a real evolutionary effect (such as a peak of mergers) or from the
observational difficulty of identifying them at earlier epochs. Here we report the spectroscopic and
morphological identification of four old, fully assembled, massive (1011 solar masses) spheroidal
galaxies at l.6 < z < 1.9, the most distant such objects currently known. The existence of such
systems when the Universe was only about one-quarter of its present age shows that the build-up of
massive early-type galaxies was much faster in the early Universe than has been expected from
theoretical simulations. 51
Professor Hans Jörg Fahr of Universität Bonn in Germany exhibits exceptionally rare vision and courage
for a professional academic in the field with the following remarkably accurate insights.
When galactic objects are seen at redshifts larger than z = 6 then it means that they must have emitted
their light at a phase when the Universe only had a radius of one seventh (i.e., a volume of 1/350!).
According to most of the cosmological models, this phase can only be less than one billion years
after the Big Bang event. Since these galactic objects for sure should have ages of more than one
billion years, they thus cannot be objects of this Big Bang universe, unless present cosmologies are
completely wrong. Then the idea may be suggested as a solution that possibly the Universe may not
have an age at all, it only runs through cycles of always repeating processes of production and
destruction of objects and hierarchical cosmic structures at all scales of time and space. The
Universe is something like a self-sustaining system of nonlinearly interacting non-equilibrium
subsystems, dissolving themselves at some places and thereby driving action flows which create
identical cosmic entities at other places (see Hoyle et al., 1993, Fahr, 1996, 2002). 52

38
 A March 2005 press release by the European Southern Observatory (ESO) describes yet another
corroborating discovery by Christopher R. Mullis et al.53
Combining observations with ESO’s Very Large Telescope and ESA’s XMM-Newton X-ray
observatory, astronomers have discovered the most distant, very massive structure in the Universe
known so far.
It is a remote cluster of galaxies that is found to weigh as much as several thousand galaxies like
our own Milky Way and is located no less than 9,000 million light-years away.
The VLT images reveal that it contains reddish and elliptical, i.e. old, galaxies. Interestingly, the
cluster itself appears to be in a very advanced state of development. It must therefore have formed
when the Universe was less than one third of its present age.
The discovery of such a complex and mature structure so early in the history of the Universe is
highly surprising. Indeed, until recently it would even have been deemed impossible.54
Astronomer Laura Ferrarese made the following comment in a January 2003 issue of Nature.
It has been pointed out that at a redshift of 5 we are [supposed to be] looking back in time to when
the age of the Universe (about 1 billion years) was approximately equal to the dynamical timescale
of a typical galaxy — roughly speaking, the stellar orbital time, or the time it takes a galaxy to
communicate with itself through its own gravitational potential. Thus, the very existence of
quasars at such high redshifts is a challenge to models of structure formation. 55
One of the most fundamental concepts in astronomy and astrophysics is lookback time. Depending on
its measured redshift, light observed today on Earth arriving from a distant galaxy was emitted at the
source hundreds of millions or billions of years ago relative to a terrestrial clock. Due to the finite speed
of light, the farther we look out in space with a telescope on Earth, the farther we look back in time as
measured by a local ideal clock. The Big Bang paradigm naïvely interprets this lookback time as intrinsic
rather than relativistic. The propagation time of a photon as measured relative to an Earth clock allegedly
corresponds to the aging of the Universe as a whole, as if the Cosmos were an object existing in time.
However, relativity implies that time is a strictly local property internal to the Universe, which is a
hierarchical collection of spatially and temporally distinct processes identified as objects (e.g., galaxies).
Per Eq. (6), the following graph is a simple but profound model of geometric relativistic cosmic time.

Figure 33 | Propagation time of a photon. With increasing distance, an ideal clock ticks at an ever
decreasing rate relative to an Earth clock. The source ages slower relative to the Earth and the photon
propagates in less time according to the remote clock from the perspective of Earth. Strangely, at our
cosmological redshift horizon, “time stands still” relative to a reference Earth clock.

39
 The abscissa of Fig. (33), indicating photon source distance, correlates to the map of the finite
boundaryless Cosmos shown in Fig. (21). The maximum distance on the scale represents the distance to
our cosmological redshift horizon, or one quarter of the cosmic circumference. The ordinate represents
time as a distance (ct). The black line at 45 degrees represents conventional lookback time according to a
terrestrial clock correlated to source distance. The maximum time corresponds to the maximum distance a
photon can travel in the Cosmos before all of its energy is dissipated due to the cosmological redshift.
This has no bearing on the maximum possible age of an object in the Universe. The red curve models
symmetric cosmic relativistic time dilation. From the perspective of an astronomer on Earth, ideal clocks
of increasing distance from the Earth measure proper time at a slower relative rate; light arriving from a
distant galaxy takes more time to propagate according to the observatory clock than the perceived ‘slow’
clock at the photon source. For example, in the case of a galaxy at 0.7 on the distance scale (z ≈ 1.2),
while the Milky Way has aged n years from the time the photon was emitted to the time it was observed,
the source galaxy has aged only about 3n/7 years. At the extreme limit of cosmological redshift, proper
time is linearly independent from local time. “There is a place where time stands still.”56 An arbitrary large
amount of local time may correspond to an arbitrarily small amount of time in the vicinity of the relative
cosmological horizon. Moreover, the effect is symmetric; according to an observer at our relative
cosmological horizon, it is our clocks that are measuring relativistic cosmic time at an arbitrarily slow rate
relative to the local clock. This being the case, it is impossible to associate the property of age to the
Universe as a whole, for no universal reference clock exists with which to make such a measurement.
There is no measurable absolute cosmic time and therefore no intrinsic age to any region of the Universe.
However, each assembled (hierarchical) physical object, from a single atom synthesized in a supernova to a
supercluster of galaxies, is a process having an intrinsic proper age that can be measured to some degree of
accuracy by a local ideal clock. For objects involving strong gravitational fields or significant rotational
velocity, the choice of the location of the reference clock clearly affects measurement of the object’s age.
Recent statements appearing in the literature concerning alleged observations of the “young Universe” are
naïve interpretations of lookback time based on the anachronistic Newtonian concept of absolute time,
which was incorporated in the cosmic time parameter (t) of the Robertson–Walker metric. This metric, which
describes the homogenous, isotropic Friedman-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker (FLRW) expanding Universe,
fails to recognize Minkowski’s legacy of geometric relativistic time. The metric also fails to specify a
topology, but rather leaves this as a free parameter. This metric is an example of a canonical mathematical
model that incorporates a simplistic anachronistic naïve subjective view of absolute cosmic time.
S+1 ( r ) = sin ( r )
2 2 2 2 2 2
k (
ds = c dt − R ( t ) ⎡⎣ dr + S ( r ) dθ + sin θ dφ ⎤⎦
2 2 2
) S−1 ( r ) = sinh ( r ) (38)
S0 ( r ) = r
The Big Bang paradigm does not allow any galaxies, let alone bright and fully-formed (i.e., old)
galaxies to be observed at z ~ 10, but geometric relativistic cosmic time allows for galaxies of all kinds to
be observed at any redshift and the decrease in apparent luminosity between a standard candle observed at
z = 2 and at higher observable redshifts is due almost exclusively to time dilation. Observations of high-
redshift objects enabled by recent technical innovations suggest that there is no intrinsic age difference
between the local Universe and the high-redshift Universe. Astrophysical objects (i.e., processes) of
various ages, from the very ancient to the newly emergent, coexist in all regions of the Universe.
We report the first likely spectroscopic confirmation of a z 10.0 galaxy from our ongoing search for
distant galaxies with ISAAC/VLT. Galaxy candidates at z >~ 7 are selected from ultra-deep JHKs
images in the core of gravitational lensing clusters for which deep optical imaging is also available,
including HST data. The object reported here, found behind Abell 1835, exhibits a faint emission
line detected in the J band, leading to z = 10.0 when identified as Ly-a, in excellent agreement with
the photometric redshift determination. Redshifts z < 7 are very unlikely for various reasons we
discuss. The object is located on the critical lines corresponding to z = 9 to 11. 57
Objections to claims such as the above, including reliable observation of what are clearly large mature
galaxies at very high redshift (e.g., HUDF-JD2) can no longer be based on cosmological arguments. 58, 59

40
14. COSMIC MICROWAVE BACKGROUND RADIATION
In the late 1940s and in the 1950s when the Big Bang concept was still considered a tenuous theory,
George Gamow and his graduate student collaborators, Ralph Alpher and Robert Herman, made a historic
prediction. They posited that if there had indeed been a hot Big Bang followed by an expansion of the
Universe, then some heat from the explosion that had cooled with the expansion must remain. In his 1952
book, The Creation of the Universe, Gamow predicted that the radiation temperature of the expanded and
cooled primeval fireball would be about 50 K. Alpher and Herman had proposed a temperature of 5 K,
although they stated that actual temperature measurements would be higher due to the contribution of
thermal energy produced by stars in addition to the calculated residual primordial heat.60, 61 , 62 , 63
In 1965, Arno Penzias and Robert Wilson of the Bell Telephone Laboratories made the following
observation, which was published in the Astrophysical Journal. This is the entire abstract of their paper.
Emphasis on the word possible has been added.
Measurements of the effective zenith noise temperature of the 20-foot horn-reflector antenna
(Crawford, Hogg, and Hunt 1961) at the Crawford Hill Laboratory, Holmdel, New Jersey, at
4080 Mc/s have yielded a value of about 3.5 K higher than expected. This excess temperature is,
within the limits of our observations, isotropic, unpolarized, and free from seasonal variations
(July, 1964 - April, 1965). A possible explanation for the observed excess noise temperature is
the one given by Dicke, Peebles, Roll, and Wilkinson (1965) in a companion letter in this issue. 64
The following passage is from the paper by the Princeton University team of Dicke, Peebles, Roll and
Wilkinson to which Penzias and Wilson referred. It is this famous paper and its four-decade legacy that
has given physicists at Princeton a large personal stake in continued support of the Big Bang theory.
Could the universe have been filled with blackbody radiation from this possible high-temperature
state? If so, it is important to notice that as the universe expands the cosmological redshift would
serve to adiabatically cool the radiation, while preserving the thermal character. The radiation
temperature would vary inversely as the expansion parameter (radius) of the universe…
While all the data are not in hand we propose to present here the possible conclusions to be
drawn if we tentatively assume that the measurements of Penzias and Wilson (1965) do indicate
blackbody radiation at 3.5º K. We also assume that the universe can be considered to be isotropic
and uniform, and that the present energy density in gravitational radiation is a small part of the
whole. Wheeler (1958) has remarked that gravitational radiation could be important.
For the purpose of obtaining definite numerical results, we take the present Hubble redshift age
to be 1010 years. 65
The coincidence between the discovery of the cosmic microwave background (CMB) and the search
for a predicted ubiquitous cooled remnant of a primordial explosion assumed to have started the Universe
was not considered to be a coincidence. For all intents and purposes, the discovery was quickly accepted
as the definitive proof of the Big Bang; Penzias and Wilson shared the 1978 Nobel Prize in physics for
their discovery. What nobody suspected in 1965 was that Willem de Sitter had been right; the cosmological
redshift was a clock rate effect, not a motion effect. As it is now accurately explained as the geometric
relationship between local time coordinates in a finite boundaryless spacetime Universe, the assumption
of a general recession of the galaxies is eradicated at a stroke and with it the fundamental premise for an
expanding Universe. There is then no reason to presuppose that the CMB is the cooled heat from a
primordial state; the only alternative is that it must be the result of a ubiquitous real-time radiation emission.
The assumption of a Big Bang event a finite time ago leads to the second assumption that photons
produced by this source event long ago and far away must exist. However, the isotropy of the background
portion of the microwave radiation that is detected leads to the horizon problem. Considering the finite speed
of light, how is it possible for causally disconnected regions of the Universe to have the same temperature?
Inflation was invented to solve this problem. The inflation theory alleges that the Universe grew by a factor
of ~1050 in ~10-32 second at ultra superluminal (>>c) speed. 66 This is an ad hoc solution to the problem
employing an implausible unphysical phenomenon in order to rescue the paradigm of a suddenly created
Universe from its inconsistencies with scientific principles. In contrast, the concept of geometric cosmic
time is fundamental science based on quite simple and irrefutable mathematical and physical principles.

41
 In November 1989, NASA launched the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) spacecraft.67 Its far
infrared (IR) absolute spectrophotometer (FIRAS) instrument determined that the CMB has a nearly perfect
blackbody spectrum with a temperature of 2.73 kelvin. Over a decade later, the Wilkinson Microwave
Anisotropy Probe (WMAP), named after science team member Prof. Wilkinson of Princeton, was launched
into orbit on 30 June 2001 from the Kennedy Space Center and inserted into the second Lagrange Point (L2)
about a million miles beyond Earth on the Solar-Terrestrial radial.68 Its accomplished mission was to make
the first detailed full-sky map of the microwave background radiation with 13' angular resolution, or about
33 times better resolution than COBE. There is no doubt that the making of this map was a significant
technical achievement and the team must be applauded for their historic accomplishments. However, they
must also be chastened for the content of the WMAP website. Instead of exhibiting proper scientific
decorum by communicating sober observational facts and humbly suggesting one particular scientific
interpretation of them, the website seems to literally preach a “revealed truth.” One is confronted with
subjectively manipulated observational data and statements implying no room for doubt. It apparently never
occurred to anyone on the team that the scientific goal of correctly interpreting the real meaning of the
empirical data gathered by the WMAP instruments might remain to be achieved.
From the original WMAP website under the ironic title, “Some Theories Win, Some Lose,” we learned
about the so-called “winning” theories.69 The emphasis in the last bullet point has been added.
• Universe is 13.7 billion years old, with a margin of error of close to 1%.
• First stars ignited 200 million years after the Big Bang.
• Light in WMAP picture is from 379,000 years after the Big Bang.
• Content of the Universe:
o 4% Atoms, 23% Cold Dark Matter, 73% Dark Energy.
o The data places new constraints on the Dark Energy. It seems more like a
“cosmological constant” than a negative-pressure energy field called “quintessence.”
But quintessence is not ruled out.
o Fast moving neutrinos do not play any major role in the evolution of structure in the
universe. They would have prevented the early clumping of gas in the universe, delaying the
emergence of the first stars, in conflict with the new WMAP data.
• Expansion rate (Hubble constant) value: Ho= 71 (km/sec)/Mpc (with a margin of error of about 5%)
• New evidence for Inflation (in polarized signal)
• For the theory that fits our data, the Universe will expand forever. (The nature of the dark energy is
still a mystery. If it changes with time, or if other unknown and unexpected things happen in the
universe, this conclusion could change.)
The new WMAP website includes the following statement from a 7 March 2008 press release.
Prior to the release of the new five-year data, WMAP already had made a pair of
landmark finds. In 2003, the probe’s determination that there is a large percentage of
dark energy in the universe erased remaining doubts about dark energy’s very existence.
That same year, WMAP also pinpointed the 13.7 billion year age of the universe.70
The above pontifical claims supporting the Big Bang theory do not hold up to scientific scrutiny, which
can be proven easily by empirical observations guided by a corrected theoretical foundation. If the CMB
is produced in real-time, rather than having been sourced in a primordial event, then conservation of
energy implies that the production of the CMB is fed by a real-time phenomenon in which microwave
radiation is emitted in a ubiquitous process of energy transformation. This process has already been
identified through analysis of the WMAP data.
It is often quoted that observation of the cosmic microwave background radiation established the hot
Big Bang paradigm beyond reasonable doubt and provided firm observational evidence for an evolving
Universe with a well-defined beginning. What this reveals is that the cosmological redshift was not itself
considered proof of an expanding Universe beyond reasonable doubt. In other words, the redshift was
appropriately considered to be subject to a possible alternative explanation. The common perception that
the redshift and the CMB are corroborating independent proofs of the Big Bang is false; the conventional
interpretation of the CMB is in fact predicated on the idea of an expanding Universe. Because of this, no

42
alternative explanation for the CMB has ever really been considered as a possibility, yet the following is a
brief cogent quote from an article in the January 2005 issue of Physics World referencing work published
in the 26 November 2004 Physical Review Letters.71 These comments seem to have been summarily
discounted by the vast majority of the relevant academic community.
The cosmic microwave background is often called the echo of the Big Bang, but recent research
suggests that some of its features might have their origins much closer to home. Although most
cosmologists think that the tiny variations in the temperature of the background are related to
quantum fluctuations in the early universe, Glenn Starkman and colleagues at CERN and Case
Western Reserve University in the US have now found evidence that some of these variations
might have their roots in processes occurring in the solar system. If correct, the new work would
require major revisions to the standard model of cosmology. … “Each of these correlations could
just be an accident,” says Starkman. “But we are piling up accident on accident. Maybe it is not an
accident and, in fact, there is some new physics going on.” 72
A hint as to what is going on is found in the following series of WMAP images.

“Internal Linear Combination Map” (1) W-Band Map (95 GHz)

(2) V-Band Map (61 GHz) (3) Q-Band Map (41GHz)

(4) Ka-Band Map (33 GHz) (5) K-Band Map (23 GHz)

Figure 34 | WMAP full-sky temperature maps (linear scale from -200 to +200 µK).
Courtesy WMAP Science Team.

43
 The touted results of the WMAP mission were summarized for the popular press in a single processed
digital image described as follows (emphasis added).
The Internal Linear Combination Map is a weighted linear combination of the five WMAP
frequency maps. The weights are computed using criteria which minimize the Galactic
foreground contribution to the sky signal. The resultant map provides a low-contamination image
of the CMB anisotropy. 73
In other words, the much publicized map is a convenient fabrication created by removing essential data.
The label of “contamination” for empirical data is very likely to be a subjective assessment. Removal of
empirical data that inconveniently does not fit the theory one is trying to prove is bad science at best.
Each of the five authentic source maps in Fig. (34) is an equal-area Mollweide projection that depicts the
entire celestial sphere as an oval with the central meridian corresponding to the plane of the Milky Way.
The maps exhibit the same linear temperature scale from -200 to 200 µK (±2×10-4 K). The red color
represents the “warmer” regions while the blue color represents the “cooler” regions as compared to the
median CMB temperature in blue-green. The Galaxy is obviously a significant source of microwave
radiation, including excess emission whose source could not be identified.
The cause of observed inner galaxy excess microwave emission is assumed to be synchrotron
emission from highly relativistic electron-positron pairs produced by dark matter particle
annihilation as more conventional sources have been ruled out.74, 75
The above quote is from a paper by Douglas Finkbeiner, a Hubble Fellow at Princeton and an assistant
professor at Harvard’s Center for Astrophysics. This is a far-reaching assumption and yet another example
of modern “epicycles” (i.e., an unphysical ad hoc invention attempting to describe observed phenomena).
In light of the revelation that the cosmological redshift does not imply an expansion from a primordial
explosion, the implications of the empirical observations are clear: The unknown astrophysical source of
the excess Galactic microwave radiation is the same as for the cosmic microwave background radiation.
The distinction drawn between the microwave background, whose source was assumed to be known, and
the portions of the microwave foreground openly acknowledged to be of unknown origin is arbitrary.
While the nearly isotropic microwave background and the microwave foreground can be distinguished so
that the latter can be removed, there is a phenomenological connection between them. Moreover, the
microwave foreground is not limited to the obvious Galactic source but also has an apparent Solar System
origin that was too subtle to be noted and removed from the initial WMAP data release.
— astrophysicists have found that the plane of the solar system threads itself through hot and cold
spots in the cosmic microwave background, suggesting that some of the variations in the latter are
not caused by events that took place in the early universe.76
The critical question one must ask is, “What does the Solar System have in common with the galaxy?”
Both the Solar System and the galaxy are dynamical gravitational systems involving rotational motion.
The Sun represents approximately 99.9% of Solar System mass and the solar equatorial plane is inclined
about 7 degrees to the Ecliptic plane. Let us assume that, according to some relativistic gravitational
phenomenon (to be described later), the Sun’s equatorial plane is associated with an excess microwave
radiation temperature, just as is evident for the plane of our galactic disk according to the empirical
temperature maps in Fig. (34). Then, as the Earth pursues its annual rotation around the Sun in the
Ecliptic, it must literally “thread itself through hot and cold spots.” Moreover, it would generally appear
that the regions of the sky on opposite sides of the Ecliptic plane would have different temperatures.
Also, in 2003 Hans Kristian Eriksen of the University of Oslo and his co-workers presented more
results that hinted at alignments. They divided the sky into all possible pairs of hemispheres and
looked at the relative intensity of the fluctuations on the opposite halves of the sky. What they
found contradicted the standard inflationary cosmology—the hemispheres often had very different
amounts of power. But what was most surprising was that the pair of hemispheres that were the
most different were the ones lying above and below the Ecliptic, the plane of the earth’s orbit
around the sun. This result was the first sign that the CMB fluctuations, which were supposed to
be cosmological in origin, with some contamination by emission in our own galaxy, have a solar
system signal in them—that is, a type of observational artifact.77

44
 If our Sun is a local source of microwave radiation in this manner, then every star in our galaxy
provides a similar microwave radiation source. Moreover, every galaxy produces the same real-time
microwave emission shown in Fig. (34), which was subjectively eliminated from the Internal Linear
Combination Map because it is inconsistent with the Big Bang paradigm. It follows that the cosmic
microwave background should appear to be warmer for regions of the sky associated with high
concentrations of galaxies and lower for large cosmic voids where there is a paucity of galaxies. This is
precisely what is observed by our instruments. However, in the context of the Big Bang paradigm, the
warm spots have been interpreted to be caused by inverse Compton scattering of assumed background
CMB photons (i.e., the Sunyaev–Zel’dovich effect). This is similar to interpreting the cosmological redshift
as indicative of a recession velocity; the astrophysical observation is accurate but the scientific explanation
is wrong. The cooler spots have been interpreted as being due to the integrated Sachs-Wolfe effect
(uneven CMB spectrum attributed to gravitational redshift), which is yet another example of modern
‘epicycle theory.’ Certainly the huge “WMAP cold spot” cannot be explained by this phenomenon.
The field of view of the Hubble Ultra Deep Field (HUDF) image is about 10-7 of the sky. Within this
image, there appear to be about 104 discrete galaxies, so the HUDF suggests that there are on the order of
1011 distinct galaxies in the observable Universe (see Appendix E). Abstractly representing the total
observable Universe, the circle in Fig. (35) has an area of about 8000 square millimeters as printed.
Ignoring fractal effects within about z = 0.5, a total population of 1011 implies 12.5 million galaxies per
square millimeter within the area of the gray circle. Recall that with no expansion there is no intrinsic
difference between the nearby Universe and the high-redshift Universe. Each galaxy is a source of
copious microwave radiation, as is conspicuous for the Milky Way in Fig. (34). It is not difficult to
visualize that the observed cosmic microwave background radiation has nothing whatsoever to do with
the purported Big Bang, which reliable evidence now suggests never occurred; the CMB has been
produced continuously, arguably for an eternity, and the spatially finite Universe is an ideal blackbody.

Figure 35 | Area plot of Eq. (22). The relative radial distance tick marks are at z = 0.01, 0.5, 1, 2, 3.

45
 The dominant paradigm generally controls what most people see (i.e., their interpretation of perception).
For centuries before Copernicus, Galileo and Kepler, astronomers observed the seasonal motion of the
Sun on the horizon, the circular rotation of the stars and the more subtle retrograde motion of the
“wandering” planets. These observations did not lead them to understand the simple and obvious
kinematics of the Solar System. Instead, they continued to defend the intellectually primitive and illogical
dominant paradigm with religious fervor. The same thing has happened in recent decades in the context of
the Big Bang theory. All of the observational evidence for a correct scientific understanding of nature is
available, but the intellectual and political momentum of the Big Bang theory in academia has heretofore
prevented the broad realization that the theory is not only false, but utterly inconsistent with the known
rational laws of physics. History has proven repeatedly that the common human condition is not just
being incorrect, but the pernicious combination of false confidence, persuasive authority and extreme
error in thinking, which is prevalent in religion and politics, but not entirely absent from science.
If, according to conventional wisdom, one assumes that the cosmic microwave background radiation is
sourced from a cosmic creation event long ago and far away, one would never conceive of including a
dynamical analysis of the microwave background with the idea that not all of it is sourced from far away.
To date, the ubiquitous microwave radiation has only been analyzed in the context of spatial variation
(anisotropy), with no thought whatsoever given to variation over time. However, the apparent Solar
System signal discovered by research groups studying the WMAP data is quite certainly indicative of a
dynamical signal modulation associated with the orbital motion of the Earth.
If energy in the form of microwave radiation is produced by dynamical gravitational systems in real
time, then we must surely observe the phenomenon of energy transformation that yields the microwave
background, although no causal connection between the two was ever previously suspected. There is only
one possible source of the energy and this is loss of rotational kinetic energy in the form of axial spin as
well as orbital gravitational potential. It will be shown that the principles of relativity imply that all
spinning self-gravitating bodies must experience a secular loss of angular momentum. Similarly, even in
the absence of mechanical drag, all orbits must decay due to the same relativistic effect of the
gravitational field, which is associated with the fundamental concept of temporal geometry applied to
accelerated reference frames. Therefore, planets slowly migrate towards their host star, which in particular
cases may be counteracted by stellar angular momentum transfer, causing oscillation of the orbital radius
and cyclical planetary climate change. 78 Similarly, binary stars must exhibit orbital period oscillations.79
Conservation of energy implies that the energy dissipated by dynamical gravitational systems due to this
relativistic effect, most evidently as the secular spin-down of pulsars, must manifest in some other form.80
The observation of the ubiquitous cosmic background radiation, which can no longer be attributed to a
primordial cosmic explosion, suggests that all dynamical gravitational systems lose energy, emitted as
electromagnetic radiation. Moreover, the maximum brightness (i.e., temperature) of this radiation must
occur in the equatorial plane of rotating systems where the tangential velocity is a maximum.
If we cannot assume a primordial source of the CMB, then an analysis of astrophysical energy budgets
must reveal its real-time source. As we know more about the Earth and the Moon than any other
astrophysical system, this is a good place to start. The secular acceleration of the Moon, whereby the
mean distance to the Moon is observed to be increasing by 3.8 cm/yr in the current epoch, is a well-known
phenomenon, which has been accurately measured by lunar laser ranging (LLR).81 A trivial calculation of
gravitational force times distance (3.8 m/cy) reveals that the energy cost of this motion over a century is
GM E M M
W = F ⋅d = ⋅ 3.8 ≈ 7.5 × 10 20 J/cy (39)
aM2
According to conventional wisdom, the Moon is being boosted in its orbit due to angular momentum
transfer from the Earth. If this is correct, then over a century, the Earth loses about 7.5×1020 joules of
rotational kinetic energy in order to account for the LLR observations. There is, however, another possible
explanation. Let us imagine that a heretofore unmodeled relativistic gravitational effect causes a secular
dissipation of orbital energy. As the Moon is gravitationally bound to the Sun to a greater degree than to
the Earth, the Earth-Moon system is more like a co-orbiting double-planet system than a satellite orbiting

46
a host planet. If the gravitational interaction with the Sun dominates over the Earth-Moon interaction,
then this presently hypothetical effect (described and explained in a later chapter) will tend to cause a
decay of both of their solar orbits that dominates over the same effect between the two co-orbiting bodies.
As the Earth and Moon are separated by an average distance of about 384,000 km and on average one is
closer to the Sun than the other, it is reasonable to suspect a differential decay rate of both bodies with
respect to the Sun that very slowly increases the mean Earth-Moon distance.
The known geologic and biologic history of the Earth precludes the idea that the Earth-Moon
barycenter has undergone an unceasing secular decay of its solar orbital radius. However, there is good
evidence of cyclical planetary climate change over hundreds of millions of years between brief extreme
periods of an essentially frozen “snowball Earth” and an “ultra-warm greenhouse” world.82, 83 It is then
reasonable to suspect an oscillation of the Earth-Moon system’s mean distance from the Sun over
geologic time periods. An energy dissipation phenomenon that causes secular orbit decay counteracted by
solar effects (e.g., solar wind and angular momentum transfer) would cause just such an oscillation.
If the conventional explanation for the secular acceleration of the Moon (tidal dissipation) is correct,
then the energy dissipation rate correlated with the observed spin-down rate of the Earth should closely
match the energy requirement calculated in Eq. (39).
According to the NASA Earth Fact Sheet, the Earth’s moment of inertia is

( )( )
2
I = 0.3308 5.9736 × 10 24 kg 6.3781 × 10 6 m = 8.0387 × 10 37 kg m 2 (40)

Relative to an inertial frame, the Earth’s axial rotation rate in the current epoch is
2π
ω1 = (41)
86164.1 sec
Over a century, the work (W) done to increase the average distance between the Earth and the Moon by
3.8 meters should accurately correspond to a decrease in Earth’s angular velocity.

2W
ω 2 = ω 12 − (42)
I
If the Earth were losing rotational kinetic energy to match the secular gain in the Moon’s orbital energy,
the resulting increase in length-of-day (lod) over a century would be about 0.15 millisecond.
2π 2π
Δlod = − ≈ 1.5 × 10 −4 sec (43)
ω 2 ω1
However, from astronomical records dating back several millennia, the long-term increase in the mean
length-of-day has been established to be about 2.3 milliseconds per century and data limited to the last
200 years of astronomical observations (1798–1998) implies that the mean length-of-day increase over
that period was about 1.5 milliseconds per century.84, 85 As the secular acceleration of the Moon requires
only a small fraction of the rotational energy dissipated by the Earth, it is conventionally assumed that the
remainder (more than 3 terawatts or over 6 milliwatts per square meter of the geoid) dissipates as heat due
to tidal friction, primarily occurring in a turbulent bottom boundary layer in shallow seas. Though an
unlikely explanation, this was the best model previously available. However, it is now proposed that
terrestrial spin-down is due primarily to a previously unsuspected relativistic phenomenon, which will be
introduced in Chapter 15, and that the energy radiated from the Earth correlated with its spin-down
manifests primarily in the microwave region of the spectrum. While a detailed theory of the mechanism
remains to be worked out, this suspected relationship between gravity and electromagnetism is subject to
empirical verification, inclusive of the prediction in Fig. (36). The empirical observation of the CMB and
the absence of a primordial source (Big Bang) lead to the conclusion that it is a ubiquitous real-time
emission correlated in part with the phenomenon of astrophysical spin-down as well as orbit decay.

47
Figure 36 | Predicted µ-wave temperature variation calendars. These are the two expected
dynamical signatures observing from the location of L2 in the direction of South Ecliptic latitude
(e.g., Planck). Separate out-of-phase annual sinusoids are correlated to solar and terrestrial spin-down.

48
15. AN OVERSIGHT IN THE FOUNDATION OF GENERAL RELATIVITY
It will be shown that the metric theory put forward by Einstein yields only a subset of all empirical
implications arising from a complete synthesis of special relativity with accelerated reference frames.
This exposition provides only an introduction to this subject, yet enough information will be provided to
demonstrate conclusively to a suitably broad audience that the general theory of relativity incorporates a
conceptual flaw. This flaw originated with a simple logical error made at the very beginning of Einstein’s
effort to apply the principles of special relativity to the phenomenon of gravity.
By definition, the path of light establishes a geodesic between two points in vacuum, for there is no
shorter distance between those points than that measured along this path of minimum action:
All length-measurements in physics constitute practical geometry in this sense, so, too, do
geodetic and astronomical length measurements, if one utilizes the empirical law that light is
propagated in a straight line, and indeed in a straight line in the sense of practical geometry. 86
Consider the polar coordinate system of inertial frame K (i.e., ideally free of any acceleration) shown in
Fig. (37a). If we imagine that a standard measuring-rod is employed to measure the radius of K, it is
imperative that this rod be carefully placed end-over-end along the shortest possible distance between the
origin and the periphery (i.e., along a radial geodesic). Per Einstein’s foregoing quotation, this geodesic is
defined by the radial path of light, which in practice may be traced by a radial laser placed at the origin
(red beam). Let the direction of the red laser designate the 0º azimuth angular reference coordinate of K.
Let the number of standard rods measured over the radius along this geodesic be exactly n so that we may
state that the radius of the inertial reference frame K is n standard units.

Figure 37 | The radial geodesic is defined by the path of a physical coherent light beam.

At the origin of K, let a green laser be fixed to a rotating stage with angular period P. Thus, every P
seconds the green laser momentarily points in the same direction as the red laser. The direction in which
this laser points, as fixed in the co-rotating coordinate system, is designated as its 0º azimuth. It should be
clear that this rotating coordinate system is a mathematical abstraction representing a virtual rotating
reference frame K'. Consequently, the coordinate 0º reference radial of K' sweeps out a complete circle of
2π radians in P seconds and this mathematical fact is completely independent of any physical law.
Contrariwise, due to the finite speed of light, photons emanating from the green laser require some
amount of time to propagate. In this time, the rotating Euclidean polar coordinate system of K' will have
advanced by some angular displacement Δθ. It is clear that at coordinate radius n as defined in K, the
green laser’s photons will not strike the 0º reference radial of K'. Relative to the K' coordinate system, the
coherent beam of photons traveling at the limiting speed c must curve in accord with the local tangential
velocity of K'. For illustrative purposes, this curve is exaggerated in Fig. (37b). The geometry of this
curve ρ (rho), is defined by the physical principles of the special theory of relativity. In contrast, the linear
coordinate radius r is defined exclusively by kinematics. The local curvature of a coherent radial light
beam relative to a radial of the rotating coordinate system of K' arises due to the physical principle that the

49
speed of light is finite and constant for all observers, regardless of their motion. Consequently, the
tangential velocity (v) of a rotating observer at any point p along the curved light path ρ in K' has no effect
on the measured speed of the radial photons emitted by the co-rotating green laser. Consequently, one
may construct the simple spatial vector diagram shown in Fig. (37c), which establishes the precise
geometric relationship between dr and dρ.
Let us imagine an ideally co-rotating observer in K' who wishes to measure the distance from the origin
of the rotating reference frame K' to some peripheral point p. If a standard measuring-rod is employed to
measure the radius of K', it is again imperative that this rod be carefully placed end-over-end along a
radial geodesic, which according to the laws of physics is physically defined by a radial coherent light
beam as it is experienced to exist by the ideally co-rotating observer in K'. This light beam is represented
by the green curve in Fig. (37b), which represents the straightest possible line and the shortest distance
through space, as space is experienced to exist and as it is measured in the rotating reference frame.
It is evident that for each point p in K' there are two distinct radial coordinates: the coordinate radius r
and the distinct physical radius ρ. Because light cannot propagate collinear with the geometric definition
of the coordinate radius r in the rotating frame, this radius is an unphysical abstraction in that frame; it is
strictly a mathematical coordinate that references the corresponding physical radial coordinate as it is
defined in the stationary inertial frame. The laws of physics dictate that a geometric distinction exists
between the coordinate radius r and the physical radius ρ for a rotating reference frame K' [Fig. (37b)],
yet no such distinction exists for a similar inertial reference frame K [Fig. (37a)].
Let an observer in an inertial frame K measure the radial distance from the origin of K to a peripheral
point p as n units of a standard measuring-rod, where (n >> 1). Let K now incur a rotational velocity and
let the observer then remeasure the radial distance from the origin of the rotating frame K' to the same
peripheral point p as n' units of the standard measuring-rod. According to the principles of relativity, it is
necessarily the case that n' is greater than n; the geodesic path in the accelerated frame, which is curved
relative to the coordinate radius, accommodates a greater number of measuring-rods. The geometric
meaning of the word “radius” as it refers to the physical measurement of a spatial interval is not identical
for an inertial frame and for a rotating frame. Thus, a fundamental physical effect incurred due to
centripetal acceleration is the relativistic dilation of the physical radius corresponding to a point at a fixed
coordinate radius. This implies a measured “excess radius” for a rotating frame as compared to the same
inertial frame. The local differential relationship between the physical radius ρ and the coordinate radius r
is precisely defined in terms of the local characteristic tangential velocity vr = ωr. Note that if there is no
rotation (vr ≡ 0), Eq. (45) reduces to the trivial equality applicable to the inertial frame.
dρ 1 1 1
= = = (44)
dr cos α 1 − sin 2 α v2
1 − r2
c
−1
⎛ v2 ⎞
d ρ = ⎜ 1 − r2 ⎟ dr 2
2
(45)
⎝ c ⎠
According to the historical record, it is readily apparent that Albert Einstein never appreciated this
subtle consequence of the principles of relativity. This is because his focus was clearly on the algebra of
the Lorentz transformation equations, specifically suggesting the idea that a relative velocity is required to
produce a relativistic length contraction in the context of a rotating reference frame. Since a velocity is
exclusively associated with the tangential coordinate, Einstein wrongly assumed that no relativistic effects
of a geometric nature applied to the radial coordinate of a rotating frame of reference, but this has been
demonstrated to have been a serious oversight. When we look at the intrinsic curve of the green laser light
beam relative to the K' coordinate system in Fig. (37b), having a geometry that is precisely defined by the
simple vector diagram in Fig. (37c), we are quite literally visualizing the most fundamental and accurate
definition of “curved spacetime.” It differs from the conventional definition in that it represents the
transformation of time into space according to a physically intuitive and simply described geometry.

50
 Historically, the rotating coordinate system K' in Fig. (37b) was imagined to be a rotating “rigid disk.”
This likely stemmed from a 1909 paper published by Max Born in which he discussed the relativistic
treatment of rigid bodies. 87 Subsequently, Einstein’s close friend and colleague, Paul Ehrenfest, put
forward the idea that Born’s relativistic local rigidity criterion implied that a rotating disk’s circumference
must incur a relativistic effect due to tangential velocity, while its radius will incur no such effect.88 It is
readily apparent that special relativity requires a standard measuring rod along the periphery of a rotating
frame to contract relative to the inertial frame due to its tangential velocity. Consequently, Einstein argued
that the conventional Euclidean ratio between radius and circumference does not hold for a rotating
reference frame. Although this conclusion was correct, Einstein’s methodology was flawed; he failed to
see how the Equivalence Principle must lead immediately to valid quantitative geometric relationships
applicable to a real gravitational field. In the context of the Equivalence Principle, a rotating frame of
reference, while limited to 2-dimensional space, is an almost perfect analogy to a real gravitational field,
assuming a static symmetric field (i.e., the Schwarzschild assumptions).
For some years prior to Ehrenfest’s paper, a young Einstein (he turned 30 that year) tried and failed to
find a synthesis between special relativity and gravity. Ehrenfest’s flawed argument clearly electrified
him, resulting in a line of thinking described in his popular book on relativity in the section entitled
“Behavior of clocks and Measuring-Rods on a Rotating Body of Reference.”
If the observer applies his standard measuring-rod (a rod which is short as compared to the radius of
the disc) tangentially to the edge of the [rotating] disc, then, as judged from the Galileian system
[inertial frame K], the length of this rod will be less than 1, since, according to Section 12, moving
bodies suffer a shortening in the direction of the motion. On the other hand, the measuring-rod will
not experience a shortening in length, as judged from K, if it is applied to the disc in the direction of
the radius. If, then, the observer first measures the circumference of the disc with his measuring-rod
and then the diameter of the disc, on dividing the one by the other, he will not obtain as quotient the
familiar π = 3.14…, but a larger number, whereas of course for a disc that is at rest with respect to K,
this operation would yield π exactly. This proves that the propositions of Euclidean geometry cannot
hold exactly on the rotating disc, nor in general in a gravitational field, at least if we attribute the
length 1 to the rod in all positions and in every orientation.89
He points out in a footnote that the laws of special relativity hold exclusively for the inertial system K.
Throughout this consideration we have to use the Galileian (non-rotating) system K as reference
body, since we may only assume the validity of the results of the special theory of relativity relative
to K (relative to K' a gravitational field prevails). 90
The historical record makes it clear that the analysis of a rotating rigid disk in the context of special
relativity played a pivotal role in the development of general relativity. Early on in the pursuit of the
theory, in a letter to Arnold Sommerfeld dated 29 September 1909, Einstein writes:
The treatment of the uniformly rotating rigid body seems to me to be very important because of an
extension of the relativity principle to uniformly rotating systems by trains of thought which I
attempted to pursue for uniformly accelerated translation…91
In “Part 3” of his 1916 Annalen der Physik paper on general relativity, Einstein writes about a system of
coordinates K' in uniform rotation relative to an inertial reference frame K:
…we envisage the whole process of measuring [in K'] from the “stationary” system K, and take into
consideration that the measuring-rod applied to the periphery undergoes a Lorentzian contraction,
while the one applied along the radius does not. Hence Euclidean geometry does not apply to K'. 92
In a 1921 lecture to the Prussian Academy of Sciences entitled “Geometry and Experience,” Einstein
made it clear that the decisive step leading to the method employed to develop his system of equations
describing gravitation was Ehrenfest’s (flawed) interpretation of the rotating disk.
In a system of reference rotating relatively to an inertial system, the laws of disposition of rigid
bodies do not correspond to the rules of Euclidean geometry on account of the Lorentz contraction;
thus if we admit non-inertial systems on an equal footing, we must abandon Euclidean geometry.
Without the above interpretation the decisive step in the transition to generally covariant equations
would certainly not have been taken. 93

51
 Ehrenfest’s original analysis of a rotating rigid disk in the context of special relativity clearly motivated
Einstein’s thought process, leading to his eventual conception of general relativity. What Einstein was
searching for in the years 1907 to 1909 was a way to tackle the synthesis between special relativity and
acceleration (i.e., gravitation). Ehrenfest’s imagined rotating rigid physical disk (an accelerated reference
frame that exhibits relativistic effects that can also be interpreted in the context of special relativity)
offered a panacea. This is because the Equivalence Principle implies that what is generally true for a
rotating centripetally accelerated observer is also true for an observer experiencing the radial acceleration
of a gravitational field. The radial relativistic effects of the gravitational field (i.e., excess radius) are
effectively duplicated for the inertially accelerated rotating frame of reference, but Einstein failed to
notice this in 1909 or any time thereafter. The superficial principle that Einstein adopted based on an
erroneous analysis of the rotating frame analogy to gravity was the idea of non-Euclidean spatial geometry.
The essential idea that Einstein failed to appreciate was the transmutation of time into space for the
rotating ‘disk’ and indeed all accelerated frames of reference, including a gravitational field.
Using a suitable instrument such as a gyroscope over some interval of time, a centripetally accelerated
rotating observer can determine that the acceleration experienced is an inertial acceleration. However, if
measurement is restricted to a single moment, then this measurement cannot distinguish between inertial
and gravitational acceleration. Accordingly, although in fact moving as perceived by inertial observers
and by a local instrument over time, the rotating observer is entitled to the opinion that no such motion
exists and to interpret the measured acceleration as the effect of a peculiar kind of “gravitational field.”
Thus, the Equivalence Principle allows a rotating frame of reference K' with its associated system of
coordinates to function as an accurate analog to a real gravitational field. In the words of Einstein,
But, according to the principle of equivalence, K' may also be considered as a system at rest, with
respect to which there is a gravitational field… We therefore arrive at the result: the gravitational
field influences and even determines the metrical laws of the spacetime continuum. 94
Willem de Sitter had more to say on the matter.
In Einstein’s theory of general relativity, there is no essential difference between gravitation and
inertia. The combined effect of the two is described by the fundamental tensor gµν, and how much
of it is to be called inertia and how much gravitation is entirely arbitrary. We might abolish one of
the two words, and call the whole by one name only. Nevertheless, it is convenient to continue to
make a difference. Part of the gµν can be directly traced to the effect of known material bodies, and
the common usage is to call this part “gravitation” and the rest “inertia.”95
Correctly employed in the context of a rotating frame of reference, the Equivalence Principle is
magnificent in its ability to produce a penetrating understanding of the gravitational field. A rotating
observer who, according to the Equivalence Principle, is entitled to interpret the experience of inertial
acceleration as a kind of “gravitational field,” is equally entitled to identify the locally measured
“gravitational acceleration” at an eccentric point p with a characteristic “escape velocity” energy value
associated with that point. The concept of escape velocity indirectly refers to a kinetic energy equivalent
to the local gravitational potential energy. In the case of a rotating frame of reference, conservation of
energy implies that this characteristic velocity, which is essentially an abstract mathematical property
associated with a coordinate radius r, is identical in magnitude to the real physical tangential velocity at
radius r measured by an inertial observer. If this is not immediately clear, then it can be shown explicitly
by integrating the centripetal acceleration over an arbitrary coordinate radius r. The work done on a
particle of arbitrary mass m ideally translated from the disk center to radial coordinate r must always
equal the particle’s kinetic energy of rotation due to its tangential velocity vr at r. In the non-relativistic
regime, where m is taken to be a constant,
(ω r)2 1 1
∫ F ⋅ dr =m ∫ r
dr = mω 2 ∫ r dr = mω 2 r 2 = mvr2
2 2
(46)

Eq. (46) and the Equivalence Principle imply that the role of the variable vr in Eq. (45) is indistinguishable
from the role of characteristic escape velocity (vr ≡ vesc). Then Eq. (45), which was derived exclusively in
reference to a rotating frame of reference, can be written as Eq. (47).

52
 −1
⎛ v2 ⎞
d ρ = ⎜ 1 − esc2 ⎟ dr 2
2
(47)
⎝ c ⎠
In the case of inertial acceleration due to rotation,
vesc = ω r (48)

and in the case of real gravitational acceleration due to a source mass M,

2GM
vesc = (49)
r
Upon substituting the latter definition, Eq. (47) takes on a familiar form found in standard textbooks of
general relativity relating the physical radius of a gravitational field (ρ) to its coordinate radius (r).
−1
⎛ 2GM ⎞
dρ = ⎜1 −
2
⎟ dr
2
(50)
⎝ rc 2 ⎠
The derivation of Eq. (50) from Eq. (45) is clearly a direct consequence of the Equivalence Principle
and confirms that Einstein made a significant mistake in accepting Ehrenfest’s assumption that no spatial
relativistic effect occurs in the direction of the radius for a rotating frame of reference. This should have
been obvious, for there can be no radial relativistic temporal effect without a corresponding spatial effect.
Recall Minkowski’s assertion that spacetime is composed of an “infinite number of spaces.” This claim is
made manifest in the case of a rotating frame of reference because the neighborhood of each unique point
over a geodesic interval ρ constitutes a distinct space with each space being distinguished by a unique
value of the characteristic angle α as defined in Fig. (37c). This is also the angle between the local proper
time coordinate and the time coordinate of an inertial observer at r = 0. Naturally, each of these distinct
spaces is associated with a geometrically unique local time coordinate.
The term “proper time” commonly employed in relativistic physics is a kind of malapropism referring
to Henri Poincaré’s term “propre temps.” In the French, the literal meaning of “votre propre temps” is
“your own time.”96 Then proper time refers to the time indicated by an ideal clock in the rest frame of any
particular observer whose relativistic perspective is being considered. In a rotating frame of reference, the
time t at the radial coordinate r = 0 corresponds to the proper time of an ideal inertial observer O who
experiences no centripetal acceleration. As this observer has the unique inertial perspective for all points
on K', the time t designates “coordinate time” in like manner to the “coordinate radius,” which designates
the physical radial coordinate as measured in inertial space. The time at some eccentric point at a
coordinate radius r in K', designated τr, corresponds to the proper time of a local ideally co-rotating
observer O' who measures a centripetal acceleration at that location. According to O, the only observable
applicable to O' is the measured tangential velocity vr. Consequently, the inertial observer O is entitled to
apply the principles of special relativity to this observation and to conclude that the rate of proper time for
O' is less than the rate of local proper time according to Eq. (51).
dt 1
= (51)
dτ r v2
1 − r2
c
Again, recognizing the identity (vesc ≡ vr) and rearranging the terms to produce an expression for local
proper time (τ) in terms of the coordinate time (t) puts this equation in similar form to Eq. (47).
⎛ v2 ⎞
dτ 2 = ⎜ 1 − esc2 ⎟ dt 2 (52)
⎝ c ⎠

53
Upon substituting the gravitational definition of escape velocity, Eq. (52) takes on a familiar form found
in standard textbooks of general relativity relating the local proper time in a gravitational field (τ) to the
coordinate time (t).
⎛ 2GM ⎞ 2
dτ 2 = ⎜ 1 − ⎟ dt (53)
⎝ rc 2 ⎠
Consider now an observer experiencing ideal radial free-fall in a gravitational field. Consequently, the
angular parameters (θ, ϕ) are constant and can be ignored. With the exception of arbitrarily small
gravitational tidal forces, this free-falling observer can make no local measurements that indicate absolute
motion; there is nothing internal to a locally Lorentzian free-falling reference frame to indicate a state of
acceleration relative to a gravitational source mass. Consequently, the space-time metric for the inertial
free-falling observer corresponds to the Minkowski metric in terms of local measurable coordinates.
ds 2 = −c 2 dτ 2 + d ρ 2 (54)

Equations (50) and (53) correlate these local proper space and time coordinates to the convenient
reference coordinates of the gravitational field (i.e., the coordinate radius and the coordinate time).
Substitution yields the first two terms of the familiar Schwarzschild metric for an ideal static symmetric
gravitational field. Per the concept of temporal geometry developed in the previous chapters, one is not
entitled to assume that the local time coordinate of the metric is independent of angular coordinates (θ, ϕ).
−1
⎛ 2GM ⎞ 2 2 ⎛ 2GM ⎞
ds = − ⎜ 1 −
2
2 ⎟
c dt + ⎜ 1 − 2 ⎟
dr 2 (55)
⎝ rc ⎠ ⎝ rc ⎠

Max Born, Paul Ehrenfest, Albert Einstein and numerous theoretical physicists who followed them
made the fundamental mistake of imagining K' to be a kind of a physical object (i.e., a “rigid disk”)
instead of a purely abstract mathematical object (i.e., a virtual disk) that can be used to model the laws of
mathematical physics. Is not a polar coordinate system by its very mathematical nature perfectly ‘rigid’?
Then, as shown in Fig. (38), the periphery of the abstract coordinate system may spin with a virtual
tangential velocity (i.e., not an actual physical velocity) of the speed of light (c).
As quoted in his book, The Meaning of Relativity, the following is a reiteration of young Einstein’s
erroneous analysis of the rotating frame of reference, which eventually led him to his ingeniously
conceived yet seriously flawed concept of “spacetime curvature.”
Imagine a circle drawn about the origin in the x'y' plane of K', and a diameter of this circle. Imagine,
further, that we have given a large number of rigid rods, all equal to each other. We suppose these
laid in series along the periphery and the diameter of the circle, at rest relatively to K'. If U is the
number of these rods along the periphery, D the number along the diameter, then, if K' does not
rotate relatively to K, we shall have U/D = π. But if K' rotates we get a different result. Suppose that
at definite time t, of K we determine the ends of all the rods. With respect to K all the rods upon the
periphery experience the Lorentz contraction, but the rods upon the diameter do not experience the
contraction (along their lengths!). It therefore follows that U/D > π. 97
Herein there are two fallacies. The first is that the geometric meaning of physical radius is identical for
the distinct reference frames K and K'. This significant logical error has already been discussed in detail.
The second fallacy is that the contraction of measuring rods along the periphery of K' implies an increase
in the effective circumference of the reference frame. Quite the contrary, it is clear that the physical
interpretation of the coordinate transformation implies a relativistic contraction of the circumference
according to Eq. (56).

vr2
C ′(r) = 2π r 1 − (56)
c2

54
Normalizing the speed of light (c = 1), angular velocity (ω = 1) and maximum radius (R = 1) yields the
effective radius of circumference (r') as a function of the coordinate r, which is graphed in Fig. (39).
C′ (r )
= r′ (r ) = r 1 − r 2 (57)
2π

Figure 38 | The coordinate system K' as a mathematical object. The peripheral tangential
velocity at maximum radius (R = 1) is the normalized limiting speed c. Applying the relativistic
length contraction formula to the circumference (C), this perimeter is reduced to a point (i.e., a pole).

Figure 39 | Graph of Eq. (57).

It becomes clear that due to the phenomenon of “spacetime curvature” induced by acceleration
whereby “time becomes space,” the coordinate r = 1 is a pole, similar to the coordinate r = 0. The outer
circle of Fig. (38) collapses to a single point according to the mathematics. The part of our mind that
evaluates reality according to visual logic tends to reject the idea that the perimeter of K' corresponds to a
single point. It would then seem that the entire virtual disk must collapse to a single point because we
think of the perimeter as enclosing an interior 2-dimensional space. However, the virtual disk in Fig. (38)
is actually a 2-dimensional mapping of a 3-dimensional subset of spacetime restricted to an x-y plane of
3-space. Per the existence of the “infinite number of spaces” revealed by Minkowski, it proves to be the
case that the neighborhood of each point on K' represents a distinct space with a distinct time coordinate.
The physical picture is that the rotating virtual disk represents a kind of spatial wormhole (with radius r')
through the time dimension of the inertial observer (i.e., “time becomes space”). The same physical and
geometric principles must hold for a real gravitational field according to the Equivalence Principle,
although the radial orientation of the relativistic effect is reversed (i.e., it is in the inbound direction).

55
 There is another way to show that the coordinate r = 1 in Fig. (38) collapses to a single point, which is
more physically intuitive than Eq. (57). Consider the fact that the tangential velocity of a rotating observer
as measured by an inertial observer and also as measured in the rotating frame according to a gyroscope is
equal to the circumference of the rotation divided by the time required for one revolution.
C C′
v= v′ = (58)
dt dτ
As the relative velocity of an ideal clock (from the perspective of the inertial observer) or the equivalent
escape velocity (from the perspective of the rotating observer) approaches the speed of light, the absolute
rate of the rotating clock relative to an inertial clock approaches zero. In order for the measured
characteristic velocity to asymptotically approach the speed of light in such a way that both observers
agree on its magnitude, the measured circumference of rotation in the rotating frame must approach zero
(i.e., a point) in correspondence with the relative clock rate. The physical circumference in the accelerated
frame (C' = 2πr' ) must contract relative to the coordinate circumference (C = 2πr).
C dt 1
v ≡ v′ → = = (59)
C ′ dτ 2
vesc
1− 2
c
In the context of spacetime and the idea that relativity implies that “time becomes space,” the virtual
disk in Fig. (38) can be visualized as a 3-dimensional surface having a cylindrical symmetry around the
inertial frame’s time axis (t), rather than a 2-dimensional surface with a circular symmetry around the
inertial frame’s z-axis. The latter model is a simplistic interpretation lacking mathematical sophistication.
Relative to the inertial clock, the measured rate of an ideal clock slows as a function of the coordinate
radius of K', so it should be clear that with increasing coordinate radius in K', we are going back in time
relative to the inertial time coordinate. Consequently, the time axis in Fig. (40) must have a negative sign.

Figure 40 | The virtual 2-D disk of Fig. (38) represented as a 3-D surface in spacetime.
The curvature of the physical radius ρ relative to the coordinate radius r represents the conversion of
K-frame time into K'-frame space. While each subsequent concentric differential circle of increasing
radius in K' is mathematically and visually coplanar in inertial space, according to the principles of
relativity these circles are not concentric (i.e., coplanar) in spacetime. Rather, the increasing velocity
of each successive circular differential element of K' implies a further displacement of each of these
successive rings in the negative direction of the inertial time coordinate. “Time becomes space.”

56
16. A NEW LOOK AT THE GRAVITATIONAL BENDING OF LIGHT
The empirical prediction that brought Einstein rapid fame in November 1919 concerned the bending of
light by a gravitational field according to his published 1916 formula, Eq. (60).98, 99 It predicts a deviation
of about 1.75" of arc for light grazing the surface of the Sun where b is the “impact parameter” or radius
of closest approach to the centroid of the source mass (in this case b is the solar radius). This was a
correction to an erroneous earlier prediction of half this value that Einstein made in 1911. 100
κ M 4GM
α= = (60)
2πΔ bc 2
Although it makes an accurate prediction in the weak field, this equation is known to be a kind of
mathematical hack, for it is not a general formula applicable to the phenomenon. As Eq. (60) obviously
fails to be meaningful in the strong field limit (yielding a value of two radians at the Schwarzschild radius),
this weak-field formula is an accurate but naïve approximation to a general gravitational lensing formula,
which Einstein never put forward. The correct completely general formula may be derived directly from
first principles, pure geometry and symmetry considerations.
As shown with illustrative exaggeration in Fig. (41), an ultrahigh eccentricity hyperbolic trajectory is
geometrically equivalent to bending a linear trajectory through a very small angle. The asymptotes of a
hyperbolic trajectory of eccentricity e intersect at the angle α quantified by Eq. (61). This is a definition
arising from pure geometry. As both the inbound and outbound asymptotes represent linear trajectories,
the original inbound linear trajectory is effectively “bent” through this precise angle.
1
α = 2 sin −1 (61)
e
Due to the small-angle approximation (sin x ≈ x), Einstein’s empirically verified 1915 formula can be
written in this new form. For the typically weak astrophysical fields for which this formula is known to be
exclusively applicable, there are no measurable consequences. 101

⎛ 2GM ⎞
α = 2 sin −1 ⎜ (62)
⎝ bc 2 ⎟⎠

Figure 41 | Gravitational light bending modeled by a hyperbolic trajectory. The foundations of

astrodynamics require orbital trajectories to follow conic sections. The applicable conic section is
dependent exclusively on the relationship between the velocity of the orbiting particle and the
maximum gravitational escape velocity incurred during the orbit. A hyperbolic escape trajectory is
implied when the orbital velocity exceeds this escape velocity. Because the speed of a photon is
typically much greater than escape velocity (c >> vesc), this is the implied trajectory for radiation.

57
Combining Eq. (61), which is simply a geometric identity, and Eq. (62) yields the eccentricity of the
hyperbolic trajectory of electromagnetic radiation in a weak gravitational field. Then the inverse of this
characteristic eccentricity is the square of the ratio of the escape velocity at b to the speed of light.
bc 2 2
1 vesc
e= → = 2 (63)
2GM e c
Einstein’s light bending formula is naïve in two ways. First, it does not provide a general solution and
second, it does not realistically model the phenomenon as a smooth process acting over the entire photon
trajectory, which must be the case. With no reference to the mass of an orbiting particle, the geometric
foundations of astrodynamics specify that when the periapsis velocity of a particle is equal to the local
gravitational escape velocity, the trajectory is parabolic. A parabolic trajectory (e = 1) implies parallel
asymptotes, which means that the angle through which the trajectory is bent is exactly pi radians (180º).
Although Eq. (63) is effectively identical to conventional relativity in the weak field, it is consistent with
the geometric foundations of astrodynamics in the strong field limit and inconsistent with the predictions
of the Einstein field equations. It can be readily demonstrated that the strong field limit prediction yielded
by the field equations is incorrect because Eq. (63) is consistent with first principles [Fig. (42), right].

Figure 42 | The curved trajectory of light derived from first principles. The “stationary” observer
(O) is independently applied to both cases. Left: O feels no acceleration. In special relativity, O
experiences a horizontal light beam as experienced in the uniformly ‘moving’ inertial frame to
translate with speed c at a fixed angle phi. The relativistic effects are symmetrical. Right: O feels
acceleration (i.e., the local surface gravity associated with vesc). O experiences a horizontal light beam
as experienced in the radially free-falling inertial frame to curve. The asymmetry of relativistic effects
(time dilation and length contraction) requires O to apply a unilateral second factor of v/c to the sine
ratio of v/c that appears in the symmetric SR case. The applicable velocity of the free-falling frame
(originating at ‘infinity’) is the local escape velocity of the gravitational field measured by O.

The kinematics of the virtual “light clock” in the left frame of Fig. (42) lead to the simple derivation of
relativistic time dilation in SR. The kinematics shown on the right lead to the natural conclusion that the
bending of light in a gravitational field corresponds to a hyperbolic photon trajectory of known eccentricity.
Both are based on incontrovertible first principles. At any moment in time (i.e., speed v), the
unaccelerated observer in the free-falling frame (right) is entitled to invoke special relativity in reference to
the ‘stationary’ observer’s accelerated frame of reference (O); however, this is not reciprocal. Observer O
experiences gravitational acceleration and so cannot invoke special relativity, so the measurement of
relativistic time dilation and length contraction effects are asymmetrical; from the point of view of O,
ideal clocks in the free-falling frame run fast and radial standard measuring rods are longer relative to
local ideal references. Free-falling from infinity, the velocity of the ‘moving’ frame is identical to the
gravitational escape velocity locally measured by O. The total curvature of the light beam evaluated at
that point represents exactly half of the total curvature of a grazing trajectory due to the symmetry of the
outbound trajectory to the inbound trajectory. Failing to account for geometric time, general relativity
incurs modeling errors of increasing magnitude as the escape velocity approaches the speed of light.

58
17. TRANSVERSE GRAVITATIONAL REDSHIFT
Draft versions of this manuscript introduced the idea of transverse gravitational redshift (TGR) with a
gedanken experiment employing an accelerating rocket having two light clocks at the same gravitational
potential exchanging signals. The arguments presented for TGR in the context of the accelerating rocket
were fallacious and misleading in a misguided attempt to provide an intuitive “toy model” demonstrating
the measurable effect as it occurs in a real gravitational field. The principal error in the rocket argument
was the mistaken belief that a clock receiving a signal could be considered to be in a distinct reference
frame from a clock having previously sent the signal due to the velocity change. It is now obvious that,
circa 1965, Feynman must have asked his students at Caltech to show that clocks in an accelerating rocket
at the same gravitational potential are synchronous. The aforementioned clocks are in the same reference
frame (and so there is no TGR) because they are accelerating in the same direction. However, this does not
generally hold true for ideal clocks at identical potential but at different locations in a real spherical field.
Based on seminal ideas gained from what has been revealed to be a flawed analysis of a rotating frame
of reference in the context of relativity, a young Albert Einstein reinitiated his attempt to synthesize the
principles of special relativity with accelerated reference frames in 1909. It is apparent that while these
ideas provided the insight leading to a metric theory of gravity, the most important simplifying theoretical
idea arising from Minkowski’s mathematical formulation of special relativity (i.e., temporal geometry)
eluded Einstein. It is not difficult to imagine that, had he lived longer, Minkowski would have approached
the problem of general relativity differently and with rapid success. Moreover, given that a relativistic
spatial effect transverse to a radially symmetric gravitational gradient is clearly implied by the analysis in
Chapter 15 herein, a corresponding temporal effect must exist.
An equipotential surface is a fundamental concept in Newtonian mechanics and a familiar part of
practical life in the context of the Earth’s gravitational field. For example, a level is commonly employed
to ensure that a surface has no incline in a gravitational field. If such a surface is ideally frictionless, it is
understood that no energy cost is incurred for translation across its surface. This further implies that ideal
clocks at rest on such a surface are all synchronous. Extending the idea of a local level plane surface as an
equipotential surface, an ideal geoid (i.e., the curved surface of a homogeneous spherical mass for which
local acceleration vectors are of identical magnitude at each point) is also currently assumed to be an
equipotential surface. A fundamental difference between these two surfaces is that for the curved geoid
surface, local acceleration vectors are not parallel. Excepting antipodes (symmetry), the idea of relativistic
temporal geometry motivated by Minkowski implies that the non-parallelism of local acceleration vectors at
distinct points on a geoid or similar curved ideal Newtonian “equipotential surface” implies a symmetric
relativistic temporal relationship (and associated symmetric energy relationship) between these points.
At sea level over a distance of 300 meters, the calculated magnitude (method described in Chapter 19)
of the relativistic TGR effect is z ≈ 1.5×10-18 and over 1000 km it is z ≈ 1.7×10-11. For ideally antipodal
clocks (~20,000 km apart), the effect is zero, so TGR relativistic time dilation first increases and then
decreases with separation distance on the surface of the Earth. These calculations imply that atomic
clocks in an ensemble that are separated by 300 meters must exhibit an inherent apparent ‘instability’ of
about 130 femtoseconds (1.3×10-13 sec) per day while immediately adjacent clocks in the ensemble can
perform better as a synchronous group. Atomic clocks 1000 km apart at sea level must similarly exhibit an
inherent apparent ‘instability’ on the order of one microsecond (10-6 sec) per day. The TGR effect is
readily observable as a modulation of satellite and spacecraft radio signals (e.g., Pioneer-10) and redshifts
of astrophysical objects (e.g., white dwarf stars). The majority of observed photons emitted by a star have
a component transverse to its gravitational field, so the stronger a star’s surface gravity, the greater will be
the incurred relativistic transverse gravitational redshift, which can now be accurately modeled. The Sun
has a previously unexplained center-to-limb shift in emission frequency with an excess redshift of about
zc = 1 km/s at the solar limb, which will later be shown to match theoretical calculation of TGR.
A wavelength shift … has been measured in the wavelength region 1950-2000 Å. … After correction for
the gravitational redshift and for all the known relative motions between sun and observer, the average
residual redshift [measured at the solar limb] is 7 mÅ and could be from 5 to 12 mÅ for some individual
reference lines. This corresponds in terms of velocity to an equivalent Doppler-Fizeau shift on the whole
[solar] spectrum of about 1 km/s away from the observer [i.e., v ~ 0.007/1975 × c].102

59
 –––––––––––––––
An unexplained center-to-limb variation [CLV] of solar wavelength has been known for 75 years. Many theories
have been developed in order to explain its origin. Although recent studies reveal a large amount of new
information on the solar chromosphere, such as asymmetries of lines and various mass motions in granules,
which lead to wavelength shifts, no theory can consistently explain the observed center-to-limb variation. …
… the fact that there has been no contradicting observation of the red shift of the FeI lines, have firmly
established that the wavelengths of the Fraunhofer lines in the solar spectrum are dependent upon distance
from the solar limb. This CLV cannot be a consequence of [conventional] relativity, which predicts that all
solar lines must be red shifted by a factor of 2.12 ´10-6 and hence should be independent of the position on
the solar disk. … During those past years, observers hoped in vain to discover new facts, but the basic
observations of the CLV have not changed in 70 years, as is stated by Howard et al. and Dravins…103

Figure 43 | TGR must cause a center-to-limb variation (CLV) in the wavelength of starlight.
The Sun is close enough to resolve this variation. For all other stars, which are resolved as a single
point of light, the majority of their light reaching Earth is sourced from regions near the limb.
Consequently, the CLV induced by relativistic TGR will manifest as an observed excess redshift of
starlight that increases with the surface gravity of the source star as well as line broadening.

Bright Class B stars (i.e., larger and more massive stars) with a stronger gravitational field than the Sun
exhibit an excess redshift as first observed at San Jose’s Lick Observatory in 1911.104 Interpreted as a
Doppler shift, this “K-Effect” makes the inference that larger, hotter stars have the improbable quality of a
higher recession velocity from the Sun than smaller, cooler stars collocated in the same cluster. As this is
clearly not the case, relativistic transverse gravitational redshift is the likely explanation.
Due to their very significantly increased density and stronger gravitational field as compared to main
sequence stars, the phenomenon of a radial differential in redshift must be particularly pronounced for
white dwarf stars. The observed excess redshift of the observed point source of starlight could be
conventionally interpreted as a familiar Einstein gravitational redshift; however, the relativistic mass
commensurate with this interpretation of the observed redshift of white dwarf stars implies a mass that is
far too large for these stars according to astrophysical considerations.
It is remarkable that the “relativistic” masses of the white dwarf stars, which one obtains by
reduction of the observed redshifts, are (on the average, with large scatter) significantly larger than
the “astrophysical” ones… Various attempts to explain this discrepancy have been made in the
past, e.g., by asymmetry-induced shifts due to slope of the continuum (Schulz 1977) but this
problem still is not solved (see also the review by Weidemann 1979). In velocity units the
systematic excess of the observed redshift amounts to 10–15 km s-1 (Shipman and Sass 1980;
Shipman 1986) above “residual” redshift (i.e., redshift free of all kinematic effects). 105
There are other observed phenomena that could be caused by relativistic transverse gravitational redshift.
These include observations of anomalous redshift just before occultation of light from astrophysical
sources or spacecraft radio telemetry, unlikely geodesy measurement peculiarities based on interpretations
of incorrectly modeled satellite data and the apparent inherent asynchrony of geographically distributed
atomic clocks. As TGR was not a previously known and modeled effect, these phenomena have been
previously ignored, left open to question, or have been attributed to other unlikely causes.

60
 The TGR phenomenon involves an apparent paradox that warrants discussion. Let there be two ideal
synchronized clocks A and B in immediate proximity on an ideal motionless planetary geoid correlated
with a static symmetric gravitational field. Consequently, no Sagnac or latitude effects exist. Let us now
slowly move the clocks apart at the same speed to a distance d on the geoid so that they are subject to a
relativistic transverse gravitational redshift. It follows that over an arbitrary period of time a symmetric
time difference will accumulate between the clocks; according to clock A, it is clock B that has fallen
behind by ∆t seconds and according to clock B it is clock A that has fallen behind by ∆t seconds. Let us
now slowly move the clocks together on the geoid at the same speed so that they are in immediate
proximity and their respective time readings can be compared. What are the clock readings?106
To answer this question, one may consider a similar thought experiment in the context of special relativity.
We imagine two identical spacecraft, each having an identical ideal clock. The spacecraft are docked in
empty space ideally free of local gravitational influence. After the clocks are synchronized, the spacecraft
undock and identical guidance programs using distant quasars as navigation aids accelerate the spacecraft
in opposite directions. After a brief initial acceleration period, the rocket engines are turned off and the
spacecraft then coast away from each other at constant velocity. From the point of view of each on-board
clock, the clock on the other spacecraft is falling behind (i.e., losing time) in proportion to the relative
velocity according to special relativity. After an arbitrary interval, the process is symmetrically reversed in
order to bring the two spacecraft back together again. Accordingly, the guidance programs twice briefly
accelerate their respective spacecraft, first so that they reverse course and later so that they may re-dock
after the return coast phase. Again, during the entire return coast phase, a symmetric relativistic time
dilation applies to the clocks on the respective spacecraft. There is no question that observers on each
spacecraft will have found the other spacecraft’s clock to record time at a slower rate than the local clock
during an arbitrarily large portion of the mission’s duration. So, after the mission, what do we find now
when we compare the clocks? Clearly, the two ideal clocks must read the same time, but how can this be if
during the entire mission of arbitrary duration, each clock perceived the other clock to be falling behind?
The resolution of this apparent conundrum requires us to consider the transition periods. In the foregoing
special relativity illustration, the clocks are accelerated relative to one another during the transition periods.
However brief and seemingly innocuous, these transitions are what allow the time on the clocks to match
one another so that no paradox exists in the final identical reading of the two reunited traveling clocks.
The Equivalence Principle implies that the same is true for the foregoing example of symmetrically
traveling clocks on an ideal geoid. If only one Earth clock moves, the familiar twin paradox applies; the
changing direction of acceleration is the applicable asymmetry.
The transverse gravitational redshift effect has been observed for decades in various ways, but was not
previously identified as such because it was incorrectly assumed that the Einstein field equations were
faultless and properly interpreted. Moreover, the ingenious astrophysicist, Fritz Zwicky, first proposed an
essentially correct (though theoretically naïve) idea of the relativistic transverse gravitational redshift in
August 1929. In the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (of the USA) in an article entitled,
“On the Red Shift of Spectral Lines Through Interstellar Space,” Zwicky wrote:
The Gravitational “Drag” of Light.—According to the relativity theory, a light quantum hν has
an inertial and a gravitational mass hν/c2. It should be expected, therefore, that a quantum hν
passing a mass will not only be deflected but it will also transfer momentum and energy to the
mass M and make it recoil. During this process, the light quantum will change its energy and,
therefore, its frequency. It is hardly possible to give a completely satisfactory theory of this
gravitational analogue of the Compton effect, without making use of the general theory of relativity.
But a rough idea of the nature and the magnitude of the effect may be obtained…107

18. SELECTED HISTORICAL EMPIRICAL EVIDENCE OF TGR

A 1968 article in Science entitled “The Effect of Mass on Frequency” reported that radiation passing
near the Sun experienced an unmodeled redshift and that atomic clocks on Earth exhibit an unmodeled
time dilation related to great arc distance. The reported magnitude of the second effect was about an order
of magnitude less than the expected magnitude based on TGR calculations. The clock experiment,
conducted some forty years ago, warrants repeating today using the latest technological advancements.

61
 Abstract. Two experiments are described where an apparent decrease in frequency was detected
when the optical path was in the vicinity of a mass. In the first experiment the 21-centimeter
absorption line from Taurus A was observed near occultation by the sun. In the second experiment
the frequency of a portable cesium clock was compared with the frequency of a similar clock
which transmits its signals from Cape Fear, North Carolina. A decrease of frequency of the
received signals as a function of the distance between the two clocks was apparent. Several
relevant observations (the red shift of lines from the sun, the Mössbauer determination of the
gravitational red shift, and the cosmological red shift) are discussed in view of the present results.
. . . As we went farther and farther away from the transmitter its frequency (or the rate of its ticks)
dropped lower and lower compared to our local clock. . . . Neither the Doppler shift nor the
gravitational red shift can explain this decrease in frequency.108
A prior article with the same principal author reported the following.
The 21-centimeter absorption line from the direction of Taurus A was used for detection of a shift
in frequency when the source passed near Sun. A possible decrease in frequency of 150 cycles per
second was detected, which cannot be caused by general relativity or by the plasma around Sun.
…
In conclusion, a possible decrease in frequency of the 21-cm line was observed, with an indicated
dependence of 1/r2. This decrease could be of great significance, as it indicates a red shift for
waves passing near a mass, but a higher degree of statistical confirmation is needed. 109
Peers with a stake in the status quo made other measurements and reported that the prior observations
were inaccurate, rather than being indicative of a possible insufficiency in the conventional understanding
of relativistic gravitational phenomena.110 Notwithstanding, in the early 1970s, additional corroborating
observational claims of a transverse gravitational redshift phenomenon appeared in the literature.
In, May 1974 Chastel and Heyvaerts of the Observatoire de Paris reported the following in Nature in
reference to an unexplained anomalous observation of a redshift of Pioneer-6 telemetry discussed five
years earlier in Science. 111
ATTENTION has been drawn recently to unexplained perturbations in the telemetry signal of
Pioneer 6 (2,300 MHz) during solar occultation. The results shown in Fig. 1 present the following
odd features:
(1) An anomalous redshift is added to a normal linear redshift due to the spacecraft oscillator.
This residual redshift which is symmetrical with respect to the center of the Sun is on the
order of z = 5.18-8 at four solar radii.
(2) The bandwidth increases sharply when the telemetry signal grazes the Sun.
(3) There are some extremely sharp pulses in the bandwidth. In Fig. 2 we show that these pulses
are clearly associated with a sharp increase of the redshift…
The existence of the redshift is particularly puzzling because it cannot be attributed to gravitational
effects nor to the usual Doppler effect.112
The following are excerpts from a related 1974 paper by Merat et al. of the Laboratoire de Physique
Théorique at Institut Henri Poincaré and Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris.
An analysis of Goldstein’s observations shows an anomalous redshift of the central frequency of
the 2292 MHz band emitted by Pioneer-6 during its occultation by the sun. This shift, symmetrical
with respect to the sun’s center, does not correspond to any presently known physical effect. …
In recent years an increasing number of observations (e.g. Arp, 1971; Pecker et al., 1972;
Burbidge, 1973; de Vaucouleurs, 1972; Jaakkola, 1971; Tifft, 1972 and 1973; and others) suggest
the existence of a new source of redshift distinct from Doppler-shift and the gravitational shift
predicted by Einstein. To observe it, it is tempting to utilize the occultation of distant sources by
the sun. Indeed, (neglecting, as we shall see, a small relativistic correction) associated shifts
depend theoretically only upon the difference of gravitational potential between the source and the
observer and upon their relative motion and can be computed accurately. Any supplemental shift
(if definitely established) can thus be considered as evidence for a new effect. 113

62
 Figure 44 | TGR must cause a bilateral net redshift (i.e., energy loss) between A and B. It is
currently assumed that there is no net energy loss of an electromagnetic signal associated with
gravitational bending of light (i.e., a transverse path). Contrariwise, TGR implies that an inbound
signal at A emerges at B with a greater wavelength and that the magnitude of the frequency drop is
inversely related to the impact parameter (b). There are numerous observed examples of this
particular effect in the literature that are unexplained, “removed,” or attributed to conventional causes.

Why were these and other empirical indications of an error in gravitational theory essentially ignored?
Historically, significant investment in a particular paradigm by succeeding generations of academics has
caused a resistance to change, even in the face of convincing empirical evidence supported by rational
theory, which was discussed at length by Kuhn in The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. The Copernican
revolution was primarily fought between Galileo and academic peers invested in Aristotelian cosmology.
Galileo’s famous 1615 letter to the Grand Duchess Christina of Tuscany reveals that resentful academics
as well as Church authorities were responsible for his persecution. 114 Children routinely point out the
obvious fact that Africa and South America “fit together,” yet when Alfred Wegener proposed the theory
of continental drift in 1912, it took geologists over half a century to determine the underlying cause and
accept the new idea. 115 In a 2002 paper describing observed anomalies in the telemetry of the Pioneer-10
and Pioneer-11 spacecraft, the Pioneer Navigation Team described a common misstep in science.
Procedures have been developed which attempt to excise corrupted data on the basis of objective
criteria. There is always a temptation to eliminate data that is not well explained by existing
models, to thereby “improve” the agreement between theory and experiment. Such an approach
may, of course, eliminate the very data that would indicate deficiencies in the a priori model.
This would preclude the discovery of improved models.116
A different but similar error is to acknowledge an empirical observation, but to attribute it to the wrong
cause as a means of “solving” a problem rather than accepting ambiguity or ignorance. Moreover, there is
a natural tendency to interpret anomalous data in the particular context of what is called for by the
mission and what is familiar. For example, a team of planetary geologists is likely to interpret unexpected
observation of the unmodeled TGR effect in radio science experiments as an indication of unlikely
subsurface geologic mass density fluctuations or “gravity anomalies.” A team of scientists probing a
planet’s atmosphere with the same technique is likely to interpret observed unexpected variations in
spacecraft radio Doppler data as unexpected peculiar properties of a planet’s atmosphere. So, in addition
to ignoring anomalous data, it is also possible to incorrectly attribute it to a “reasonable” possible cause.

63
 Radio science experiments typically employ very precise measurement of radio Doppler and ranging
data from distant spacecraft. Sophisticated celestial mechanics software provides comprehensive analysis
of all the forces acting on the spacecraft and perturbing effects on the signal. A “residual” refers to the
difference between a precisely calculated modeled value according to all the known laws of physics and
the observed value. Thus, if both the model of the observed phenomenon and the data acquisition
technique are accurate, the residuals are expected to be zero or reflect Gaussian noise.
The NASA/JPL (Jet Propulsion Lab) Galileo spacecraft was launched on 18 October 1989, destined for
Jupiter, the fifth and largest of the Solar System’s planets, on what was to become a 14-year mission.117
The mission was a remarkable success in spite of the unfortunate deployment failure of the spacecraft’s
high-gain antenna.118 Precision radio Doppler telemetry was acquired during occultation by Jupiter and
during flybys of the Galilean moons: Io, Europa, Ganymede and Calisto. The results of some of these
experiments appear to reveal the TGR effect whereby the Doppler signal incurs an increasing unmodeled
redshift (i.e., “drift”) during the approach phase to occultation and an unmodeled blueshift after emerging
from occultation. Earlier radio occultation experiments in 1979 using the Voyager-2 spacecraft at Jupiter
seem to have also revealed the effect.119 Heretofore, the observed effect was either treated as a nuisance
and removed or conventional explanations were attributed to the anomalous phenomenon.
On December 8, 1995, the Galileo spacecraft disappeared behind Jupiter for 3.7 hours. During the
6.2 hours centered on the occultation, the spacecraft LGA [low-gain antenna] radiated a coherent
signal at a frequency of 2.3 GHz derived from an ultrastable quartz oscillator (USO) on board.
This signal was tracked by the 70-m diameter antenna of NASA’s Deep Space Network near
Madrid, Spain. …
We extracted the time history of signal frequency through Fourier analysis of these data. We then
obtained residual frequencies by subtracting the frequency variation that would have been
observed in the absence of an atmosphere/ionosphere on Jupiter. These residual frequencies
exhibit a small long-term drift, of order 10-4 Hz sec-1, presumably from instability of the USO and
refraction in the interplanetary plasma and Earth’s ionosphere. We removed this drift through use
of a simple function fitted to the frequency residuals over a baseline interval well above Jupiter’s
ionosphere. Separate corrections were applied at ingress and egress. 120
Following is an excerpt from a similar second report. The emphasis was added to both quotes.
A search for an atmosphere on Europa was carried out when Galileo was occulted by Europa three
times. … For a few minutes before and after the occultations, the S band (2.295 GHz, or about 13
cm wavelength) radio signal from Galileo traversed regions above Europa’s surface in which one
could observe the effects of refraction by an atmosphere, or more precisely, an ionosphere (a layer
of ions and electrons produced in tenuous regions of the atmosphere by photoionization and
magnetospheric particle impact), should one exist on Europa. …
Ideally, these residuals should have a zero baseline, which is the portion of the data that is away
from the influence of possible ionospheric refraction effects. In reality, because of drift in the
USO, effects of the long propagation path through the interplanetary medium, and imperfect
knowledge of the frequency transmitted by Galileo and the spacecraft trajectory, this baseline has
not only a non-zero mean but also a slope, which over periods of ten minutes can be approximated
by linear frequency drift. The bias and linear drift in the residuals were removed by fitting of a
straight line to the baseline data…121
One of the key scientific objectives of the Galileo mission was to “determine the gravitational and
magnetic fields and dynamic properties of the Galilean satellites.” 122 Ganymede is the largest satellite in
the Solar System, having a 5,262 km diameter and a mass of 1.48×1023 kg, or about double that of the
Earth’s Moon. In the second Galileo flyby of Ganymede (G2) to an altitude of ~260 km, Doppler velocity
residuals were observed that are consistent with TGR. The unexpected Doppler data was interpreted to
indicate “surprising” (i.e., unlikely) geologic “mass anomalies.” According to the non-standard JPL/DSN
reversed sign convention, the graph in Fig. (45) shows an increasing anomalous Doppler redshift to a
maximum value of about 1.5 mm/s about 1 minute following closest approach. Following this maximum
is an immediate transition to a blueshifting tendency where the graph drops to its minimum point.
Subsequently, there is a redshifting tendency transitioning to modeled behavior.

64
 Figure 45 | DSN radio Doppler residuals from second flyby of Ganymede (G2). Figure 2 from
John D. Anderson et al., “Discovery of Mass Anomalies on Ganymede,” Science 305, 989 (2004).
The JPL/DSN (Deep Space Network) convention for Doppler frequency shift is positive for the most
common case for JPL of a spacecraft receding from the tracking station (redshift), and negative for a
spacecraft approaching the station (blueshift). This is the opposite of standard textbook convention.123

The residuals shown in Fig. (45) are after application of a fitting model to the raw Doppler data that
includes Ganymede’s mass (GM) and its second degree and order gravity field. The interpretation of this
anomalous data initially published in 2004 was consistent with the designated mission.
We present the discovery of mass anomalies on Ganymede, Jupiter’s third and largest Galilean
satellite. This discovery is surprising for such a large icy satellite. We used the radio Doppler data
generated with the Galileo spacecraft during its second encounter with Ganymede on 6 September
1996 to model the mass anomalies. Two surface mass anomalies, one positive mass at high latitude
and the other a negative mass at low latitude, can explain the data. There are no obvious
geological features that can be identified with the anomalies…124 (emphasis added)
A subsequent paper (2006) reported that four rather than just two different “mass anomalies,”
coincidentally lying just under or adjacent to the spacecraft ground track, were required to account for the
unexpected Doppler data. Its abstract states: “Radio Doppler data, generated with NASA’s Galileo
spacecraft during its second encounter with Jupiter’s moon Ganymede, are used to infer the locations and
magnitudes of mass anomalies on Ganymede.”125 This specific interpretation of the data by a science
team that included a majority whose primary expertise is in geophysics and planetary physics and whose
preexisting mission objective was to determine the gravitational properties of the Jovian satellites was
almost inevitable.
There are actually two possible interpretations of the plotted Doppler residuals: unlikely significant
asymmetries in the density of matter within Ganymede or a deficiency in the a priori model of how the
Doppler telemetry behaves in a gravitational field. The idea that the anomalous Doppler data is indicative
of an error in the relativistic gravitational model apparently did not occur to the G2 flyby science team.
The spacecraft signal was never occulted by Ganymede, but the flyby certainly caused the telemetry
signal to have a dynamic component transverse to the Jovian moon’s gravitational gradient.
Note that the maximum anomalous redshift in the Doppler data occurs about 1–2 minutes after closest
approach, followed by a rapid transition to an anomalous blueshift that subsequently dissipates. If the
observed residuals are caused by TGR instead of the unexpected and unlikely geologic asymmetries, the
observed maximum shown in Fig. (45) after closest approach should correlate with a maximum transverse
component of the signal path close to the surface. The subsequent transition to a dynamically decreasing
value of the TGR effect would correlate to an anomalous blueshifting tendency that decreases as the
spacecraft increases its range from Ganymede. This is exactly what we see in the data.

65
19. PREDICTIVE CALCULATION OF TGR
Einstein’s synthesis of special relativity and accelerated frames of reference (i.e., general relativity) was
a complicated mathematical approach that lacked an intuitive visual picture of the relevant principles.
This was because he did not adequately understand Minkowski’s geometrisation of time. Although GR
yields accurate predictions for a subset of relativistic gravitational phenomena in the weak field, Einstein
missed the key simplifying point (relativistic temporal geometry) in developing a general theory of relativity.
Consequently, he produced an unnecessarily complicated and incomplete model. In particular, what is in
hindsight an obvious phenomenon resulting from the principles of relativity was entirely missed.
The essential point encompassing all of relativity concerns the geometry of time. Quantitatively, this
manifests as the effective geometric angle between the locally linear time coordinates (i.e., timelines) of
distinct reference frames. In Fig. (12), the relativistic time angle (ζ ) was quantified in terms of the relative
velocity in the context of special relativity. For an inertially accelerated rotating frame of reference as
modeled by the rotating virtual ‘disk’ shown in Fig. (38), each point along a given radial coordinate,
which is associated with a unique tangential velocity (vr) at coordinate radius r, is also associated with a
unique correlated relativistic ‘time angle.’
vr
ζ r = sin −1 (64)
c
From trigonometric identities, it follows that
1 1
sec ζ r ≡ = (65)
1 − sin ζ r
2
vr2
1− 2
c
From the perspective of the inertial observer at the center of the virtual disk (vr = 0), the relativistic
time dilation of eccentric (i.e., accelerated) ideal clocks on the disk may be parameterized accordingly.
The variable t represents coordinate time (i.e., the proper time of the inertial frame).
dt
= sec ζ r (66)
dτ r
The distinction between this equation and Eq. (6) referencing Fig. (12) is clear. Formerly, in the case of
unaccelerated frames in the context of special relativity, the relativistic temporal relationship dependent
on relative velocity was symmetric. In the case of the rotating disk, the inertial observer at the center of
the disk, uniquely experiencing no acceleration, has a preferred frame of reference. Relative to all other
clocks fixed to the rotating disk, the clock recording coordinate time (t) at the center of the disk is a faster
clock in an absolute sense. Therefore, the magnitude of the relativistic time angle for a particular clock is
also absolute; per Eq. (64), ζr is exclusively zero at the origin, which represents inertial space, and ζr
generally has a specific calculated value determined by the local characteristic tangential velocity (vr).
Recall that by Eq. (46) and the Equivalence Principle, it was shown that the tangential velocity of any
point p on the virtual rotating disk provides a direct analogy to the escape velocity measured at a point in
a real gravitational field. Then the gravitational relativistic time angle η (eta), which is directly correlated
to the related phenomena of gravitational time dilation and gravitational redshift, is specified by

vesc 2GM
η ≡ sin −1 = sin −1 (67)
c rc 2
The gravitational relativistic time angle approaches zero (η→0) in the limit of arbitrarily large coordinate
radius (r→∞) and its maximum value occurs at the surface of the source mass M. In this development we
assume the same idealized static symmetric gravitational field as was assumed by Karl Schwarzschild.
This is a close approximation to actual gravitational fields associated with typical astrophysical bodies.

66
 The fundamental conventional interpretation of general relativity is “space tells mass how to move and
mass tells space how to curve.” Previously, the nature of this “curvature” was a confused and inaccurate
mathematical abstraction. Given the Schwarzschild assumptions, Eq. (67) simply and perfectly describes
both the geometric and physical nature of that curvature as illustrated in Fig. (46). Upon approaching the
vicinity of the source mass, “time becomes space”; space curves in concert with the geometry of time.

Figure 46 | Profile of Eq. (67) and an accurate depiction of “spacetime curvature.” In this
schematic, the third spatial dimension (z) is suppressed. The dark line represents a plane (e.g., x–y) as
physically perceived by observers. The magnitude of η is shown greatly exaggerated; at the surface of
the Sun, η ≈ 2.1×10-3 radian and at the surface of the Earth, η ≈ 3.7×10-5 radian (~0.002º).

The magnitude of the Einstein gravitational redshift, expressed geometrically [f (η)], is given by
1
−
⎛ 2GM ⎞ 2
zGR = sec η − 1 = ⎜ 1 − ⎟ −1 (68)
⎝ rc 2 ⎠
Due to the curvature of space, computation of the relativistic time angle between two points is indirect.
Consequently, the gravitational time dilation between any two radial coordinates (r1→r2) is given by
ΔzGR = sec η2 − sec η1 (69)

A negative result implies a redshift. For example, for the average GPS satellite orbit altitude,
r2 ≈ 2.656 × 10 7 m → η2 ≈ 1.828 × 10 −5 (70)

For a ground station at sea level,

r1 ≈ 6.371 × 10 6 m → η1 ≈ 3.732 × 10 −5 (71)

According to Eq. (69) and practical reality, the Einstein redshift independently causes a ground station
clock to lose about 46 microseconds per day relative to a GPS satellite’s on-board atomic clock.

( )
ΔtGR = ΔzGR 8.64 × 1010 µsec/day = −45.7 µsec/day (72)

67
 At this point we have done nothing new, other than to reify GR by introducing the idea that the Einstein
redshift can be described in the context of temporal geometry. However, upon consideration of this more
intuitive geometric conception of general relativity, it is apparent that local time coordinates at constant
coordinate radius cannot be parallel. Moreover, the geometric variation of proper time with azimuth angle
is understood to imply a relativistic time dilation. Symmetry considerations imply that diametrically
opposed clocks at the same Newtonian gravitational potential (i.e., coordinate radius) are synchronous
[e.g., A–A′ in Fig. (47)]. However, over a chord (e.g., A–B) this symmetry is broken and relativistic
temporal geometry (i.e., a change in the direction of time in spacetime between reference frames) together
with a distinct symmetry imply a bilateral relativistic (transverse) redshift between these points.

Figure 47 | Oblique view of Eq. (67). For any two distinct points at identical coordinate radius in an
idealized static symmetric gravitational field, their respective proper time coordinates are not parallel.
The symmetry of the diameter A–A' implies no temporal relativistic effect between these two points.
The breaking of this symmetry for any chord A–B implies a temporal relativistic effect. The effective
relativistic time angle (χ) quantifying this bilateral effect (i.e., a redshift) can be accurately calculated.

Calculation of gravitational transverse redshift requires a line integral that sums the differential
transverse component of the time angle change over a path ρ. Although this path ρ must actually be a
high-eccentricity hyperbola per Fig. (41), for the purpose of practical calculation of the TGR effect for
typical astrophysical objects, it is reasonable to assume that it is a straight line as shown in Fig. (48).

Figure 48 | Geometry of a linear transverse signal path. The coordinate radius may be expressed
as a simple function of the ‘impact parameter’ (b) and the polar angle (ϕ). The transverse component
of the differential line element dρ is simply (r dϕ). The angular change in the direction of time over dρ
(not shown) includes the change correlated to the radial Einstein redshift. In order to calculate the
magnitude of the transverse redshift, it is necessary to isolate the angular displacement of the proper
time vector correlated exclusively to the local transverse component of ρ. Integrating this differential
between any two points yields the transverse redshift. This relationship between the radius (r) and b is
also valid if the path (ρ) intersects with the body (i.e., b can be less than the source mass radius).

68
 Figure 49 | The geometry of the differential relativistic time angle (dχ). The left drawing shows
that r is a function of ϕ. On the right, the tangential (transverse) differential component is isolated.

Integrating the circled geometric differential equation above yields the effective relativistic transverse
time angle between two points in a gravitational field. E represents the elliptic integral of the second kind.

K cos φ ⎛ φ ⎞
2 E ⎜ 2⎟
K cos φ b ⎝2 ⎠ ⎡ 2GM ⎤
χ= ∫ b
dφ =
cos φ ⎢⎣ K = c 2 ⎥⎦ (73)

The predicted transverse gravitational redshift (zχ), also expressed as a Doppler shift, is given by
zχ = sec χ − 1 czχ → km/sec (74)

In the case of the observed and heretofore unexplained stellar “limb effect” (excess redshift) depicted in
Fig. (43), which is now attributed to TGR, the applicable limits of integration over the angle ϕ are zero,
representing the limb of the star, and π/2, representing an observer at arbitrary distance (i.e., r→∞).
A numerical evaluation of the integral at these boundaries using Mathematica® yields

[ ]
K
N ⎡⎣Integrate Sqrt [ K / b * Cos[x ]], {x, 0, π /2} ⎤⎦ = 1.19814 (75)
b
Consequently, the value of χ for light originating at the solar limb is
2GM 
χ = 1.198 ≈ 2.468 × 10 −3 (76)
R c 2

The calculated excess redshift at the solar limb due to TGR, expressed as an equivalent Doppler shift, is
consistent with empirical observations of the unexplained center-to-limb variation of solar wavelength.

( ) ( )
czχ = 2.998 × 10 5 km/s ⋅ ⎡⎣sec 2.468 × 10 −3 − 1⎤⎦ = 0.91 km/s (77)

69
 The magnitude of the TGR effect at the limb of a star is consistently greater than the Einstein redshift.
Fig. (50) graphs both independent redshift effects for main sequence stars as well as the combined sum
yielding the observed total gravitational redshift at the limb. According to convention, the graphs assume
a consistent mass-radius relation for these stars (R ∝ M 0.8), where both are expressed in solar units.126

Figure 50 | Graph of Eq. (68) and Eq. (74) for (R ∝ M 0.8) main sequence stars. The Einstein
redshift (lower curve) occurs for all photons. The middle curve (TGR) is the maximum magnitude of
the gravitational transverse redshift effect for photons sourced from the limb. Photons sourced from
the stellar limb will exhibit a redshift that is the linear combination (top curve) of both the Einstein
gravitational redshift and TGR. A frequency continuum exists between the bottom and top curves.
This continuum corresponds to photons sourced from the center of the disk (no TGR) and those with
increasing magnitude of TGR as the photon source point radial coordinate increases out to the limb.

Figure 51 | Photon flux increases with the magnitude of TGR. Like the Sun, all stars present the
observer with a 2-dimensional stellar disk. Obviously, the area of this disk within a differential ring at
constant radius (2πr·∆r) increases with the radius. The two white circles shown have the identical
area so it is clear that substantially more photons are produced with a higher redshift due to TGR.
As a continuum of observed photon frequencies is produced over the range of the TGR effect,
spectroscopy will show line broadening of starlight with an inverse relationship between frequency
and flux. This line broadening effect will be particularly conspicuous for white dwarf stars, which have a
much higher mass-to-radius ratio than main sequence stars. See Appendix J (1) for solar TGR gradient.

70
 Development of the astrophysical theory of white dwarf stars, in particular the mass-radius relation, has
been strongly influenced by measurement of their redshifts. These measurements are expected to yield
their mass according to the Einstein redshift upon removal of the estimated Doppler component, which is
determined from spectroscopic measurements of neighboring main sequence stars.
The gravitational redshift is one of Einstein’s original tests of the theory of general relativity, and
the first confirmatory measurements were of the white dwarf star Sirius B (Adams 1925).
Assuming that general relativity has passed this test, one can now use the redshift measurement to
determine the ratio of mass to radius of a white dwarf, provided that the systemic radial velocity of
the star is known—for those in binary systems or star clusters. One can generally also assume that
the intrinsic mass-radius relation for white dwarfs of a given composition is known fairly
accurately—from detailed evolutionary calculations which account for a swelling of the white
dwarf radius due to finite temperature effects (Wood 1990). One can then determine both the mass
and the radius of a given star. 127
–––––––––––––––
Since the appearance of general relativity theory, it has been a challenge to astrophysicists to
determine the predicted gravitational redshift in stars, and white dwarfs have been primary
candidates due to their small radii and comparatively large masses. Adams (1925) was the first to
attempt the extremely difficult observation for Sirius B—difficult due to the large amount of
scattered light from the much brighter Sirius A. Although in 1925 the observed value was regarded
as a confirmation of general relativity as well as the theory of white dwarfs, we know today that
the result was grossly in error. 128
It is currently acknowledged that the masses of white dwarfs according to their (assumed) Einstein
gravitational redshift appear significantly larger than should be the case. There has been no prior
explanation for this empirical anomaly. Confirmation of the predictive accuracy of Eq. (74) will require a
reevaluation of prior assumptions. Knowledge of TGR implies that the observed redshift of a white dwarf
star excluding the Doppler component now yields an accurate mass to radius ratio for the star.

Figure 52 | Graph of Eq. (68) and Eq. (74) relevant to compact stars. These curves assume a
compact mass of 0.2M (1/5 of a solar mass) with varying density according to the radius (abscissa).
The graph implies that TGR causes a significant portion of the observed line broadening of white
dwarf starlight. The radius of a white dwarf star of this mass is currently assumed to be about 0.02R.
Recognition of TGR is likely to reduce this estimate to within the shaded range shown in the graph.

71
20. A PREDICTION FOR THE 2009–2010 NASA LRO MISSION
The first spacecraft of the NASA Robotic Lunar Exploration Program, the Lunar Reconnaissance
Orbiter (LRO), was successfully launched on 18 June 2009.129 The LRO spacecraft includes a laser
ranging (LR) system, which will assist conventional S-band radio tracking in making precise one-way
range measurements from Earth to the spacecraft. This is intended to yield LRO orbital position
measurements having sub-meter resolution. The LRO is to be inserted into a nearly circular lunar polar
orbit with an altitude of ~50 km and is expected to gather data for an extended mission of up to five years.
The dynamic relativistic transverse gravitational redshift effect should produce unambiguous correlated
measurable effects on both the S-band radio Doppler and laser ranging telemetry [see Fig. (54)].130

Figure 53 | Geometry of LRO orbit yielding maximum TGR amplitude. The maximum TGR
effect on LRO telemetry occurs at Lunar Solstice just prior to lunar occultation of the spacecraft and at
emergence from occultation. The lunar TGR effect is zero for the special case in which the extended
virtual signal path line between the LRO and the ground station intersects the lunar centroid. An orbit
observed to pass through this point (i.e., directly between the centroid of the Moon and the observer)
yields a sinusoidal TGR signal modulation with maximum amplitude. Typically, the amplitude of the
sinusoid will be less, because the minimum observed TGR will not be zero for Beta ≠ 0° [see Appendix K].

The following three equations calculate the maximum dynamical amplitude of the one-way TGR effect
on navigation signals, which occurs when the signal path is very nearly in the LRO orbit plane as depicted
in Fig. (53). At a range of about 400,000 km, the Earth station is effectively at infinity, so the integration
extends to the limiting azimuth angle of π/2. Note that the initial negative angle (ϕ1) corresponds to a
location beyond where the signal path is tangent to the lunar limb (i.e., ϕ = 0). Using Mathematica®,

[ ]
K
N ⎡⎣Integrate Sqrt [ K / b * Cos[x ]], {x, - 0.237, π /2} ⎤⎦ = 1.43408 (78)
b
Consequently, the value of χ corresponding to maximum TGR effect for the LRO is

2GM
χ = 1.434 2
≈ 1.136 × 10 −5 (79)
bc
The corresponding amplitude of the one-way TGR effect expressed as an equivalent Doppler shift is then

( ) ( )
czχ = 2.998 × 1010 cm/s ⋅ ⎡⎣sec 1.136 × 10 −5 − 1⎤⎦ = 1.9 cm/s (80)

The maximum observable amplitude of TGR variation corresponds to the orbit of minimum visibility
time, for which the LRO orbit passes through the center of the lunar disk as viewed from Earth.
Corresponding to the orbit shown in Fig. (53), the complete range of the TGR effect as a function of time

72
between emergence of the spacecraft from occultation at E, passage over the observed center of the lunar
disk at C and subsequent occultation at O over about 65 minutes is graphed in Fig. (54).

Figure 54 | Prediction of maximum amplitude lunar TGR effect on LRO telemetry. The LRO is
assumed to be in a circular orbit with a period of approximately 1h53m. The graph applies to an orbit
at Lunar Solstice. The LRO appears to pass over the center of the lunar disk as seen from Earth, about
32.5 minutes after emerging from behind the Moon, which is the same amount of time before
subsequent occultation. More generally, the LRO orbit plane will be skew to the signal path.
Consequently, the visibility time will be greater and the amplitude of the sinusoidal modulation will
be smaller because the TGR magnitude will not drop to zero. The superimposed terrestrial TGR effect
on measurements of the lunar effect can be minimized if they are made when the Moon is near zenith.

When the LRO orbit plane is very nearly perpendicular to the signal path, so that the Earth station
perceives the orbit as a complete face-on circle, the range of the LRO is essentially the same as the range of
the Moon’s orbiting centroid. In this case, the TGR limb effect, which is correlated to the orbital radius of
the spacecraft rather than the lunar radius, will be very nearly constant. According to Eq. (82), the radio
Doppler measurements will incorporate an excess redshift of about 2.6 cm/sec (2x due to the round trip).

2GM
χ = 1.198 ≈ 9.359 × 10 −6 (81)
ac 2

( ) ( )
czχ = 2.998 × 1010 cm/s ⋅ ⎡⎣sec 9.359 × 10 −6 − 1⎤⎦ = 1.3 cm/s (82)

21. THE EFFECT OF TGR ON GPS SIGNALS

A constellation of 24 operational Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites and several immediately
available standby replacements is managed by the U.S. Department of Defense. Each GPS satellite or
“SV” (space vehicle) orbits the Earth in a nearly circular orbit (eccentricity typically less than 1%) at an
altitude of 20,189 km; the average semi-major axis (aSV) is 26,560.0 km. This orbital radius produces an
orbital period of one half of a sidereal day (~11h58m), which allows the satellites to very nearly repeat the
identical ground track every two orbital revolutions. There are six orbital planes spaced 60º apart and
inclined from 51º–57º from the equatorial plane so that the system has optimal real-time global coverage.
Each satellite carries four atomic time references (two cesium beam clocks and two rubidium clocks)
and continuously transmits time and location on two frequencies. Only one of the atomic clocks is
referenced during operation. The second frequency (L2) is used primarily to assist in the measurement of

73
frequency-dependent signal delays caused by Earth’s ionosphere and troposphere. Access to the signals on
the L2 carrier for precise positioning service is generally restricted to the military.
Although it is technically complex and four visible satellites are normally required for a fix, the GPS
operates according to the simple geometric principle of triangulation. If the radial distances to three
distinct coordinate reference points (i.e., GPS satellites) are known to some precision, the intersection of
those radials yields neighborhoods of two points in space, one of which can be immediately rejected as
not being a reasonable location for a GPS user. An orbiting GPS SV can function as a reliable spatial
reference coordinate if all of the following three criteria are met: (1) its ephemeris is known (2) the time
at which it transmitted a ranging signal is known (3) the speed and travel time of the signal are known.
Consequently, the precision of coordinates determined by GPS is dependent on the precision with which
time as recorded by clocks in relative motion and at different altitudes is both modeled and measured.
It should be clear that the following calculations are idealized as they do not take into consideration
actual ephemeris variations and other factors that affect the real-world magnitudes. A GPS SV orbits at
high speed (~3,874 m/s) so special relativity must be taken into consideration. Ignoring the variable
velocity component of a ground station relative to an SV produced by Earth’s rotation, an ideal ground
station clock appears to gain about 7.2 microseconds per day relative to an ideal on-board GPS SV clock.

GM ⊕
vSV = ≈ 3874 m/s (83)
aSV

1
zSR = γ − 1 = − 1 = 8.349 × 10 −11 (84)
2
v
1− SV
2
c

(
Δt SR = zSR 8.64 × 1010 µsec/day ≈ 7.214 µsec/day) (85)

To reiterate, the Einstein redshift causes an ideal ground station clock at sea level to lose nearly 46
microseconds per day relative to a GPS satellite’s on-board ideal clock. Here, the mean Earth radius (R⊕)
is 6,371 km and the value of GM⊕ is 398,600.4418 km3/s2.
1 1
− −
⎛ 2GM ⊕ ⎞ 2 ⎛ 2GM ⊕ ⎞ 2
ΔzGR = ⎜1 − − ⎜1 − = −5.291 × 10 −10 (86)
⎝ aSV c 2 ⎟⎠ ⎝ R⊕ c 2 ⎟⎠

(
ΔtGR = ΔzGR 8.64 × 1010 µsec/day = −45.718 µsec/day) (87)

Combining the two relativistic temporal effects (ΔtSR + ΔtGR) implies that an ideal ground clock loses
about 38.505 microseconds per day relative to an ideal clock orbiting at GPS SV altitude. In order to
account for this rate difference, an artificial frequency offset is applied to GPS clocks prior to launch.
While ground clocks operate at a fundamental frequency of 10.23 MHz, GPS SV clocks are factory
adjusted to have an operating frequency of 10.229 999 999 543 MHz (i.e., -38.597 µsec/day). 131 The fixed
relative velocity calculated in Eq. (83) is only true for a ground station at one of Earth’s poles. However,
for other latitudes, the actual relative velocity between a ground station and a GPS SV according to vector
subtraction will vary over the satellite orbit. In reality, the ΔtSR term is not a constant, being dependent on
the dynamic geometric relationship between the respective tangential velocities of a particular ground
station and an orbiting SV. For example, relative to hypothetical ground stations located on the Equator,
the velocity of an SV at inclination 51° can vary somewhere between 3642–4182 km/s depending on the
location of the SV. The complete ΔtGR term, which must include the gravitational effects of the Sun and
the Moon, is also not fixed in time. Small variations in this term occur due to the dynamical geometry of a
satellite orbit relative to the Earth, Sun and Moon. However, the relativistic terms may be integrated over

74
the entire orbit and precisely determined for a particular GPS monitoring station. Clearly, the intention of
the GPS clock frequency offset is to induce orbiting GPS clocks to tick at a rate that is similar (rather than
identical) to the tick rate of ground clocks in accord with modeled relativistic effects.
Time and frequency metrology (i.e., the science of precision timekeeping) is intrinsically dependent on
statistics and probability. The measurement of time is based on process, and the assumption that a
particular process used as a reference definition for time measurement, when repeated, will always exhibit
the identical quality of what we measure as time. Experience shows that two clocks that might appear to
agree on the time never agree perfectly at some level of time measurement resolution. To a very small part
of a measured second, and some period after being initially synchronized and syntonized, two atomic
clocks will not agree on the time. So, which one of the clocks reads the ‘correct’ time? There is really no
way to tell. We can best define the time scale to be the computed average of a “well-behaved” group of
many clocks. We identify the best individual clocks as those clocks that consistently show the smallest
deviation in reference to this statistical “paper” clock.
Modern timing centers all use an ensemble of atomic clocks together with weighting algorithms that
make each additional clock in the set improve the overall performance of the ensemble, which is output in
the form of a statistically averaged paper clock. One may then carefully “steer” a real physical clock to
mimic the time scale as realized by the clock ensemble so as to have a real-time electronic reference to
this time scale, which greatly exceeds the performance of any particular individual clock.
GPS system time is given by its Composite Clock (CC). The CC or “paper” clock consists of all
operational Monitor Station and satellite frequency standards. GPS system time, in turn, is
referenced to the Master Clock (MC) at the USNO and steered to UTC(USNO) from which
system time will not deviate by more than one microsecond. The exact difference is contained in
the navigation message in the form of two constants, A0 and A1, giving the time difference and
rate of system time against UTC(USNO, MC). 132
The steering of GPS system time involves individual corrections based on empirical measurements of
satellite clock readings that are regularly sent to each of the GPS satellite clocks from ground antennas.
Without these daily corrections, the accuracy of GPS would rapidly deteriorate. GPS is fundamentally a
practical system designed to achieve a specific mission. Therefore, engineering solutions would be
implemented to mitigate unexpected clock behavior due to an unmodeled relativistic effect that affects the
accuracy of the system. However, the dynamical effect of TGR on the relative rate of GPS satellite clocks
is so extremely complex that there was no possibility of modeling it and entirely removing it based solely
on empirical data; an understanding of the relativistic TGR phenomenon is essential.
Einstein’s version of relativity recognizes two and only two physical phenomena that affect the relative
rate of ideal clocks: altitude in a gravitational field and relative motion. Consider now the heretofore
unmodeled effect of transverse gravitational redshift on the behavior of a GPS SV clock relative to a
particular ground station (e.g., the GPS Master Control Station near Colorado Springs). Similar to the
ΔtSR term, the ΔtTR (transverse redshift) term varies over the orbit, being dependent on the transverse
component of the actual or virtual signal path between the SV and a ground station. The minimum effect
will occur at two points in the orbit: at transit and also at “anti-transit,” which is the moment when the
satellite transits over the antipode to the ground station. It follows that TGR will impose an unmodeled
sinusoidal modulation on satellite clock rate relative to a reference ground clock with a period equal to
the satellite orbit period (~12 hours). Moreover, a particular GPS SV clock will generally run somewhat
slower than a reference ground clock as compared to comprehensive calculations that neglect to account
for the gravitational transverse redshift effect. In early tests of the developing GPS, the TGR effect was
recognized empirically, identified in a 1988 paper sourced from the Naval Surface Warfare Center
entitled, “Orbit period frequency variations in the GPS satellite clocks.” Coincidental relationships led
investigators to assume that the observed variations were caused by thermal cycling.
TGR affects the relative rate of ground clocks as well as satellite clocks. Relative to a reference master
clock, only a remote clock located at the antipode to the reference clock will behave according to the
conventional relativistic model. Otherwise, the virtual signal path between two clocks through the interior
of the Earth incorporates a transverse component. Consequently, the clocks of each GPS Ground Control

75
Segment Monitoring Station will run somewhat slower relative to the Master Clock in Colorado than
currently modeled by Einstein’s relativity. Although the monitoring stations are obviously not moving
away from one another, due to TGR, their respective clocks will behave as if a small “virtual” recessional
velocity exists that causes a symmetric relativistic time dilation effect (i.e., a redshift). This redshift is
similar in nature to the cosmological redshift, which is also not caused by a real recessional motion.

Figure 55 | Interferometric time offset corrections for a GPS satellite in 1987. Figure 2 from
Everett R. Swift and Bruce R. Hermann, “Orbit Period Frequency Variations in the GPS Satellite Clocks,”
Proceedings of the Annual Precise Time and Time Interval (PTTI) Systems and Applications Meeting
(20th) Held in Vienna, Virginia on 29 November-1 December 1988.133 Note that the period of the
oscillation is equal to the orbital period of the satellite (very nearly 12 hours).

Based on the persistent observed anomalous behavior of GPS clocks, investigators have already
suspected a relativistic modeling error. The following quotation is taken from a 2005 report sourced from
the U.S. Army Research Laboratory in Adelphi, Maryland.
The principle [sic] reason for investigating in detail relativistic effects is to improve the current
accuracy of GPS and to create future time transfer and navigation systems that have several orders
of magnitude better accuracy. At the present time, it is well-known that small anomalies exist in
position and time computed from GPS data. The origin of these anomalies is not understood.
In particular, GPS time transfer data from the U.S. Naval Observatory indicates that GPS time is
periodic with respect to the Master Clock, which is the most accurate source of official time for
the U.S. Department of Defense. Furthermore, other anomalies have been found in Air Force
monitor station data that are not understood at present.134
As outlined in Chapter 17, the principles of relativity imply a transverse gravitational redshift, which
has heretofore never been recognized, let alone modeled. With the exception of the static limb effect for
which a promising yet only tentatively correct calculational method (pending empirical verification) was
presented in Chapter 19, accurate prediction of TGR for GPS generally requires numerical solutions
implemented in software. It is virtually certain that the primary source of unexplained observed errors in
GPS is TGR. A more detailed discussion of this topic is beyond the scope of this dissertation.

76
22. THE EFFECT OF TGR ON SATELLITE GEODESY
The various successive versions of the U.S. Department of Defense World Geodetic Systems (WGS)
were heavily influenced by Doppler satellite geodesy. In the development of the World Geodetic System
1972 (WGS72) and later the current WGS84, which was developed as the improved coordinate reference
frame for the nascent Global Positioning System, most datum parameters were influenced by Doppler
satellite measurements.135 The following is taken from The Global Positioning System Geodesy Odyssey,
a definitive historical and technical review of the GPS by Alan Evans et al. (2002).
The preliminary WGS84 coordinates of the USAF [United States Air Force] and DMA
[Defense Mapping Agency] GPS tracking stations were obtained by transformation from their
WGS72 coordinates. During 1985 and 1986, the WGS84 coordinates were directly derived
using Doppler TRANSIT point positioning by DMA. This positioning technique used the
recently calibrated WGS84 Doppler station coordinates, Doppler observations collected from
TRANSIT satellites, and the WGS84 gravity model. The WGS84 positions of the GPS tracking
stations were defined by transferring WGS84 positions of nearby collocated Doppler stations
using terrestrial survey differences.
Uncertainties in these Doppler-derived WGS84 station coordinates were attributed principally
to uncompensated ionospheric effects on signal propagation and, to a smaller extent, the
determination of the electrical phase center of the antennas. TRANSIT, like GPS, used dual-
frequency observations to correct for ionospheric effects. This correction’s residual errors are
inversely proportional to the satellite transmitted frequencies. Ionospheric corrections for the
TRANSIT low-frequency observations contained relatively large residual errors; these errors
primarily corrupted the height of Doppler-derived coordinates. Smaller errors in the GPS
station coordinates were introduced by inaccurate definitions of the electrical phase center of
both the TRANSIT and GPS antennas used in the coordinate transfers. The combination of
these and other errors made the initial GPS station coordinates internally inconsistent and
biased with respect to the BTS [Bureau International de l’Heure Terrestrial System]. The
largest bias, which was in the GPS station heights, was estimated to be at the meter level.136
The International GNSS Service (IGS) antenna at Diego Garcia is on an island atoll that is part of the
Chagos Archipelago in the British Indian Ocean Territory just south of the Equator.137 As is common to
virtually all such island atolls, the terrain has an average elevation of about 1–2 meters above local sea
level and a maximum elevation not exceeding 10 meters. The IGS antenna at Kwajalein is on a very
similar island atoll that is part of the Marshall Island Group in the North Pacific Ocean, about half way
between Hawaii and Australia just north of the Equator.138 Fig. (56) shows the geographic locations of
these two remarkably similar islands, both of which are surrounded by vast expanses of open ocean near
the Equator. Aerial photographs of the two islands are shown in Fig. (57) so that one may appreciate their
virtually identical completely flat topographies at sea level.

Figure 56 | Geographic locations of Diego Garcia and Kwajalein. Map by Google Earth.

77
 ~72º 22' E, 7º 16' S ~167º 43' E, 8º 43' N

Figure 57 | Aerial photographs of Diego Garcia and Kwajalein Atolls.

Photos courtesy Unites States Department of Defense.

Intuitively, the surface of an undisturbed body of water represents a plane perfectly orthogonal to the local
gravitational gradient. Disturbances may cause temporary deviation from the mean water surface, but the
nature of a fluid in a gravitational field implies that its surface will self-equalize. In spite of their size and the
fact that the applicable gravitational field is spherical rather than planar, the world’s oceans clearly must
subscribe to this principle. The Permanent Service for Mean Sea Level (PSMSL) is the global data bank
for sea level change information established in 1933 in the United Kingdom. According to the PSMSL,
Mean Sea Level (MSL) is the local height of the global Mean Sea Surface above a “level” reference surface,
or datum, called the geoid. There is a sea level difference of about 20 centimeters across the Panama Canal,
which has been accurately measured by geodetic leveling from one side to another. The Atlantic Ocean
surface as a whole is considered to be about 40 centimeters lower than the surface of the Pacific due to
differences in density and prevailing weather. A notably large apparent variation in mean sea level results
from the southerly Gulf Stream current in conjunction with the Earth’s rotation, which is reported to cause
about a one meter difference in mean sea level height between New York and Bermuda.139
The Earth’s geoid as defined by the United States National Geodetic Survey (NGS) is
The equipotential surface of the Earth’s gravity field which best fits, in a least squares sense,
global mean sea level.140
Then the geoid is that smooth surface that closely approximates the mean sea surface and is everywhere
perpendicular to a local plumb line defining the direction of the local gravitational gradient. One should be
aware in this discussion that the Jason-1 and TOPEX/Poseidon satellites, which map ocean surface
topography, actively reference GPS in real time; these two systems are not independent of GPS, so their data
will incorporate any GPS error.141, 142 In a publication entitled “Vertical Datums, Elevations and Heights,” the
U.S. National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) states (emphasis in the original):
It turns out that MSL is a close approximation to another surface, defined by gravity, called the
geoid, which is the true zero surface for measuring elevations. Because we cannot directly see the
geoid surface, we cannot actually measure the heights above or below the geoid surface. We must
infer where this surface is by making gravity measurements and by modeling it mathematically.
For practical purposes, we assume that at the coastline the geoid and the MSL surfaces are
essentially the same. Nevertheless, as we move inland we measure heights relative to the zero
height at the coast, which in effect means relative to MSL. 143
Armed with the foregoing, one might reasonably estimate that the maximum mean sea level differential
between Kwajalein and Diego Garcia is less than one meter. The topography of the two islands and the
fact that both antennas are mounted in nearly identical fashion within a few meters of the ground then
imply that the two respective antennas are at nearly identical elevations relative to the geoid.

78
 The Global Positioning System measures elevation not relative to the geoid per se, but relative to a
theoretical equipotential ellipsoid of revolution specified by the World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84),
which was designed for use as the reference system for GPS. The relationship between the ellipsoid
height h that is specified by GPS, the height H of the topographic surface of the Earth above the geoid and
the geoid height N relative to the ellipsoid is h = H + N. By definition, the value of H is zero at mean sea
level, so here the ellipsoid height reported by GPS is then equal to the geoid height relative to the ellipsoid,
which at sea level should also be close to zero.
Although the equivalent of mean sea level over the entire Earth’s surface does not describe a perfect
ellipsoid, the perfectly smooth and well-defined mathematical surface of the equipotential ellipsoid
furnishes a simple, consistent and uniform reference system for geodesy (surveying) and geophysics
(study of the Earth’s interior).144 The parameters of the reference ellipsoid, the semi-major axis a, and the
flattening f have been chosen so that the ellipsoid might very closely follow the geoid. The geoid height N
or “undulation of the geoid” relative to the ellipsoid should represent to good approximation the effects of
gravitational anomalies due to density variations in the Earth’s interior. These density variations can be
tested to an accuracy of about 2 µGal (2×10-8 m/s2) using an absolute gravimeter such as the Micro-g
Solutions FG5 absolute gravimeter or, even better, a triumvirate of these very accurate instruments whose
local independent redundant readings by distinct teams can be compared for error detection.145, 146
With all the foregoing issues in mind, consider now that the published GPS reference height of the
Kwajalein IGS antenna (kwj1) is 38.0000 meters above the ellipsoid and the published GPS reference
height of the Diego Garcia IGS antenna (dgar) is 64.7455 meters below the ellipsoid.147 This is a stunning
discrepancy of over 100 meters in their relative ellipsoid heights, which have been specified to an
accuracy of 10-4 meter! When its full capacities are used by authorized personnel in differential mode, as
verified by a laser rangefinder, GPS has been advertised to be very accurate in discriminating between
two distinct locations that are within line of sight from one another. Accuracy in specifying the distance
between two points that is on the order of one centimeter has been demonstrated. It is then easy to assume
that all coordinates generated by GPS reflect empirical reality to high accuracy. However, from a geodetic
and geophysical perspective, these ellipsoid elevation discrepancies simply do not make sense. They must
be considered to be just as troubling as the purported anomalous acceleration of the Pioneer spacecraft,
discussed in the next chapter. “A geoid which undulates wildly across the landscape” almost certainly
does not reflect empirical reality.148 Perhaps the considerable distance (~10,700 km) between Kwajalein
and Diego Garcia may give one the false impression that such a large ellipsoid height differential for
locations, which are both in the open ocean near the Equator, could possibly be reasonable. The following
should erase any doubt that something is indeed seriously amiss.
Malé International Airport on Hulhule Island in the Maldives is located 1,270 km north of Diego Garcia
in the Indian Ocean as shown in Fig. (58). It’s official runway elevation is 6 feet (~2 meters) ASL.149

Figure 58 | Geographic location and aerial photograph of Malé Airport, Maldives.

Map by Google Earth. Photo courtesy John S. Goulet (ebushpilot.com).

79
The Malé Airport IGS station is located at 73º31'35" E, 4º11'19" N with an antenna fixed to a post
approximately 2.3 meters high. However, its reported GPS reference ellipsoid height is minus 92 meters,
using the same WGS84 coordinates as for Diego Garcia and all other IGS stations. 150 This is a
discrepancy of 27.25 meters over a distance of only 1,280 km. According to the GLOSS Station Handbook,
tide levels at Hulhule Island are similar to those at Diego Garcia and Kwajalein.151 It is by rigorous
definition that the ellipsoid very nearly follows the ocean surface of the oblate Earth, particularly for the
open ocean near to the Equator.
The geoid is an equipotential surface of the Earth’s gravity field that is closely associated with
the mean ocean surface. “Closely associated” can be defined in a number of ways [Rapp, 1995].
A working concept is that the mean difference between a geoid and the mean ocean surface should
be zero. Deviations between the mean ocean surface and the geoid represent (primarily) mean
Dynamic Ocean Topography (DOT). The standard deviation of the DOT is approximately ±62 cm,
with extreme values from about 80 cm to about -213 cm, the latter in the Antarctic Circumpolar
Regions (e.g., 66°S, 356°E).152
However, it is quite clear that Malé Airport is not 92 meters (over 300 feet) under water, so how do we
justify the GPS ellipsoid height of 92 meters below the ellipsoid with the fact that Malé Airport is a place
for airplanes and not submarines? In the absence of any theoretical model that might otherwise explain
GPS results, which have been accepted as very accurate empirical data, geodesists have had no choice but
to invent something called a “gravity disturbance” to model the anomalies that appropriately shocked
geodesy experts who had realistically expected to measure a far smoother terrestrial geoid. 153
The NASA Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC), the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA),
and the Ohio State University (OSU) have collaborated to develop an improved spherical harmonic
model of the Earth’s gravitational potential to degree 360. The new model, Earth Gravitational Model
1996 (EGM96) incorporates improved surface gravity data, altimeter-derived anomalies from ERS-1
and from the GEOSAT Geodetic Mission (GM), extensive satellite tracking data — including new
data from Satellite laser ranging (SLR), the Global Positioning System (GPS), NASA’s Tracking and
Data Relay Satellite System (TDRSS), the French DORIS system, and the US Navy TRANET Doppler
tracking system — as well as direct altimeter ranges from TOPEX/POSEIDON (T/P), ERS-1, and
GEOSAT. The final solution blends a low-degree combination model to degree 70, a block-diagonal
solution from degree 71 to 359, and a quadrature solution at degree 360. The model was used to
compute geoid undulations accurate to better than one meter (with the exception of areas void of
dense and accurate surface gravity data) and realize WGS84 as a true three-dimensional reference
system. Additional results from the EGM96 solution include models of the dynamic ocean
topography to degree 20 from T/P and ERS-1 together, and GEOSAT separately, and improved orbit
determination for Earth-orbiting satellites.154
Using a spectrum of colors to represent geoid heights relative to the zero reference point, Fig. (59)
shows mean values of geoid undulations computed from EGM96 to degree and order 360. The values
refer to the WGS84 (G873) system of constants, which provide a realization of the geometry and the
normal gravity potential of a mean-Earth ellipsoid. The permanent tide system is “non-tidal,” and the
units are meters. 155 The EGM96 model (1996) was superseded by EGM08 in 2008, but as of April 2009 a
geoid undulation plot like that shown in Fig. (59) that is based on the new model has yet to be posted on
the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency website. One can assume that the new model provides better
resolution, but does not greatly alter the prior model. In the vicinity of the GPS Operational Control
Station at Diego Garcia, we see a huge purple splotch about 2,500 km in diameter in the middle of the
ocean on the EGM96 geoid. Notice that the giant purple splotch representing minus one hundred meters
(-100 m) in the EGM96 geoid is adjacent to Diego Garcia, the farthest GPS OCS Monitoring Station from
the USNO Alternate Master Clock (USNO AMC) in Colorado Springs, which is nearly on the opposite
side of the globe. Does it represent what it purports to be on these maps, or is it something else? To find
out we need to make absolute gravity measurements specifically on Malé and also on Diego Garcia and
Kwajalein and compare them, but there seems to be no evidence in the literature of such measurements.
Moreover, there is an indication that when the satellite data disagrees with precise and reliable surface
gravimetry data, it is surprisingly the latter data that has been generally “downweighted” to one degree or
another, rather than identifying the problem causing the dissimilar information.

80
 Figure 59 | EGM96 15' x 15' geoid undulation plot with GPS Monitor Station locations added.
Courtesy National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency 156

The emphasis has been added to the following quotation.

EGM96, through its incorporation of newly available surface gravimetry has significantly
improved continental geoid modeling. The new data include contributions over most of Asia and
the former Soviet Union, airborne gravity surveys over polar regions including Greenland,
surveyed data from South America, Africa, and North America, as well as improvements to the
data sets provided by many countries. These data enhancements have all increased the short
wavelength global geoid accuracy of the resulting model. Of importance is the progress which
was achieved in eliminating a significant level of inconsistency between the geopotential signal
sensed by satellite tracking versus terrestrial anomaly data. Earlier combination solutions
“required” (given model design considerations) the strong downweighting of surface gravimetry
(for example in JGM-2 and JGM-3). EGM96 gave much higher weight to the surface information,
yet still performs well on orbital and ocean geoid modeling applications. 157
In order for the Earth’s diurnal rotation to be free of significant non-precessional wobbling as observed,
contrary to the EGM96 model, the geoid must be remarkably smooth. Because the GPS is a product of
people and facilities located in the United States, it would make sense that any free parameters that might
be manipulated to improve its positional accuracy would have been adjusted so as to make inaccuracies a
minimum in and around the continental United States. The implication is that errors in GPS satellite
geodesy caused by unmodeled TGR would tend to increase with distance from the United States.
The accuracy for dynamic geodesy and—to a large extent—all space geodesy, is dependent on
accurate positioning of the satellite. In turn, satellite orbit computation accuracy (and satellite
ephemeris accuracy) is dependent on the accuracy of the space geodesy. Satellite observations
made from the ground can be used accurately only if the ground station locations are known
accurately, while the orbit itself can be computed accurately only if all of the forces governing the
satellite motion are known. The early dynamic geodesists observed satellite prediction errors and
made bootstrap corrections to the gravity models. GPS benefited greatly from the existing WGS
gravity model. Techniques that eliminate common-mode errors among ground locations provide
improved accuracy over limited distances, but they still depend on satellite position accuracy.
GPS geodesy, like GPS navigation, relies on the accuracy, quality, and timeliness of the orbit
computation and prediction. 158

81
23. TGR AND CELESTIAL MECHANICS
It is essential to appreciate that relativistic transverse gravitational redshift (TGR) is a phenomenon that
must be applicable to the translation of energy in the form of mass as well as radiation. Consider an
assumed ideal circular orbit of a test body in a static symmetric gravitational field. According to temporal
geometry, the neighborhood of each unique point along the orbit is associated with a unique time
coordinate that is not parallel to any of the respective time coordinates of the other points along the orbit.
It follows that there is an energy cost incurred in a circular orbit, so the orbit cannot actually be circular;
rather it must be a very gradual inbound spiral implying a secular decrease in the orbital radius. If there
are no overpowering forces at work, such as angular momentum transfer (e.g., tidal dissipation) from the
gravitational source body to the test body, the orbit will exhibit accelerating decay as the local escape
velocity increases and the orbital period steadily decreases; a stronger gravitational field implies an
increase in the magnitude of the TGR effect for a complete orbit and a shorter orbital period implies that
this larger effect occurs in a shorter amount of time. In practice, an artificial satellite (e.g., LAGEOS) is
subject to the gravitational effects of the Earth, the Moon and the Sun, each of which will contribute some
TGR effect to the orbit. On the other hand, for the natural satellites Phobos (Mars) and Io (Jupiter), the
gravitational effects of the host planet strongly dominate, even compared to the Sun. Additionally, binary
star systems, orbiting stars in galaxies and co-orbiting galaxies in clusters will be subject to TGR.
Recent precision observations confirm that Mars’ tiny satellite, Phobos, incurs a secular acceleration of
+136.7 ±0.6×10-5 deg/yr2.159 This implies a secular decrease in the mean orbital radius of about 4 cm/yr
correlated to a secular dissipation in Phobos’s orbital energy of about 3.3 megawatts in the current epoch.
Energy conservation implies that the energy dissipated by Phobos must take another form. The currently
accepted explanation of the phenomenon is that Phobos produces a gravitational tidal bulge on the surface
of Mars and exerts a torque on this bulge, so that the energy lost by Phobos produces a secular increase in
the angular momentum of Mars. An examination of the physical system reveals that this is an unlikely if
not unreasonable explanation that is reminiscent of epicycles. If tidal dissipation is not the correct
explanation of the observed phenomenon, another explanation is required.

Figure 60 | Mars and its satellite Phobos drawn to scale. In order for the observed secular
acceleration of Phobos to be caused by tidal dissipation, Phobos must exert a torque on the tidal bulge
it creates on Mars. This precisely accurate scale diagram suggests that this is not possible.

A mass directly under Phobos on the surface of Mars experiences a vertical gravitational acceleration
towards Phobos of about 2×10-8 m/s2. In comparison, the Moon produces an acceleration at the surface of
the Earth below the Moon that is between about 1500–2000 times greater, with the variation due to its
eccentricity. Consequently, even if we assume a hypothetical Mars covered with a deep ocean of water
over most of its surface in the current epoch, as is true for the Earth, no tides induced by Phobos would be
observed. Moreover, in its very nearly circular and equatorial orbit (inclination 1.08°), Phobos moves
across the sky very rapidly, covering about +32 degrees per hour relative to the rotating surface of Mars.
Even if there were adequate gravitational force to produce a tidal bulge in the solid crust of Mars, there is
inadequate time for bulk flows to produce deformation. At least the differential rotation rates of Phobos

82
and Mars cause the satellite to lead a hypothetical tidal bulge on Mars, so it is not completely irrational to
imagine that tidal dissipation causes the observed secular acceleration of Phobos. However, this does not
hold for Jupiter’s innermost moon; the Solar System’s primary candidate for demonstrating the
phenomenon of tidal dissipation, Io, exhibits precisely the opposite of the expected modeled behavior.

Figure 61 | Jupiter and its moon Io drawn to scale. Similar to the Earth-Moon system but just the
opposite of Mars and Phobos, Jupiter’s sidereal rotation period is considerably shorter than the orbital
period of Io. Just like Phobos, Io has a very nearly circular and equatorial orbit (inclination 0.04°).
Clearly, any tidal bulge in the surface of Jupiter produced by Io must lead Io in its orbit due to
Jupiter’s rapid rotation rate. The angular momentum transfer is from Jupiter to Io, so this moon is
expected to exhibit a secular increase in its semi-major axis. However, just like Phobos, Io exhibits a
secular decrease in its semi-major axis, which implies an unmodeled energy dissipation phenomenon.

The following is the complete abstract from a 1995 paper by Goldstein and Jacobs:
From reanalysis of 17th century and 20th century eclipse observations, with three different models for the
Earth’s rotation, and from the use of both longitude comparison and mean motion comparison, we find
that Io has a fractional acceleration of (4.54±0.95)×10-10 yr-1. If Io can be considered a Keplerian
oscillator, its orbital semi-major axis decreases by 13 cm/yr.160
The following is an excerpt from the abstract of a 2001 paper by Aksnes and Franklin:
Our determination of ṅ1/n1 is in reasonable agreement with the values 3.3±0.5 (from de Sitter, published
in 1928) and 4.54±0.95 (from Goldstein & Jacobs, published in 1995), both of which were derived from
analyses of eclipses of the satellites by Jupiter and some photographic observations. However, it
conflicts with the value -0.074±0.087 found by Lieske (published in 1987) from Jovian eclipse timings.
Our results imply that Io is now spiraling slowly inward, losing more orbital energy from internal
dissipation than it gains from Jupiter’s tidal torque. 161
In theoretical physics it is important to make a distinction between fundamental first principles such as
energy conservation and speculative models of observed phenomena linked to those first principles.
Accordingly, while the observed secular acceleration of Phobos does imply some phenomenon of energy
transfer, it is not necessarily the case that this phenomenon is tidal dissipation. The apparent secular
acceleration of Io provides convincing if not conclusive evidence of an energy dissipation phenomenon
associated with orbital motion in a gravitational field that is unrelated to tidal dissipation. Moreover,
ubiquitous observation of secular spin-down of stars and planets is indicative of the same phenomenon.
Evidence from numerous and varied empirical observations strongly suggests that transverse motion in a
gravitational field produces a small counteracting force that does work, causing decay of orbits as well as
spin-down of rotating bodies. Consider the case of Pioneer-10, depicted in Fig. (62). The trajectory of the
spacecraft taking it out of the Solar System had a distinct component transverse to the solar gravitational
gradient, which was also true for the Pioneer-11 spacecraft. The implication of TGR applied to orbits is
that the spacecraft would have consistently lost a small amount of its orbital energy relative to the Sun.
Consequently, the magnitude of the outbound radial velocity can be expected to have been very slightly
less than the modeled behavior according to precise calculations of all forces acting on the spacecraft.

83
A natural interpretation of the observable, which was accurately measured using Doppler radio telemetry,
is the assumed existence of an unmodeled excess radial acceleration of the spacecraft towards the Sun.
However, TGR acceleration retarding transverse motion (tangent to the solar gravitational gradient) would
have slightly reduced the orbital energy, providing the compelling illusion of a small excess acceleration
towards the Sun. Thus, the phenomenon behind the Pioneer anomaly is almost certainly identical to the
phenomenon causing the observed secular acceleration of Phobos and Io and other previously observed
but unexplained anomalous astrophysical and spacecraft ephemerides.
Our previous analyses of radio Doppler and ranging data from distant spacecraft in the solar
system indicated that an apparent anomalous acceleration is acting on Pioneer 10 and 11, with a
magnitude aP ~ 8×10−8 cm/s2 , directed towards the Sun. Much effort has been expended looking
for possible systematic origins of the residuals, but none has been found.162

Figure 62 | Ephemerides of the Pioneer-10 spacecraft and the outer planets.

The unmodeled observed sinusoidal annual and diurnal variations of the Pioneer-10 radio Doppler
signal provide additional convincing corroborating evidence for the TGR effect. The heliocentric ecliptic
latitude of the spacecraft remained between 3.0 and 3.15 degrees after 1977. Consequently, each June,
when the Sun was between the Earth and the spacecraft at conjunction, the telemetry signal path had a
maximum transverse component relative to the solar gravitational field. At opposition in December, this

84
solar transverse component was essentially zero. The orbital motion of the Earth between these two points
produces a sinusoidal variation in the transverse component as shown in Fig. (63).

Figure 63 | Pioneer-10 annual variation in signal path geometry relative to the Sun.
The maximum solar TGR on the signal occurs in June and there is a far smaller effect in December.
The variation of the transverse component over the year due to the Earth’s orbital motion should
cause an anomalous sinusoidal variation in the Doppler signal. This is exactly what was observed.

Figure 64 | Pioneer-10 diurnal variation in signal path geometry relative to a ground station.
Just like a distant planet in the Ecliptic plane, the Pioneer spacecraft rises and falls once per day
relative to a ground station. As the spacecraft rises from the horizon towards transit, the transverse
component of the signal path decreases, producing an anomalous blueshifting. Following transit, the
transverse component of the signal path increases as the spacecraft falls towards the horizon,
producing an anomalous redshifting. Therefore, the TGR effect should cause an anomalous diurnal
sinusoidal variation in the Doppler signal. This is exactly what was observed.

The Pioneer anomaly is best known for its claim of an unexplained apparent small excess acceleration
of the spacecraft towards the Sun. Just as significant, but less well known, are the observed anomalous
annual and diurnal variations of the S-band Doppler tracking signal. Given that TGR is an unmodeled
consequence of the fundamental principles of relativity and that the Pioneer-10 spacecraft was among the
most sensitive detectors of Solar System modeling errors ever employed, it was inevitable that the radio
science data from the spacecraft would reflect all the predicted physical effects of the phenomenon.

85
 Reprinted with permission. PHYSICAL REVIEW D, VOLUME 65, page 38, 2002.
Copyright (2002) by the American Physical Society.
Anderson, Laing, Lau, Liu, Nieto and Turyshev

Figure 65 | Reported Pioneer-10 Doppler residuals around opposition.163 Opposition occurred

on 7 December, which is day 1609 on the x-axis. The solid curve is an approximate interpretation
based on the individual data points taken at different times by one of the three 70-meter JPL DSN
(Deep Space Network) antennas located in California, Australia and Spain. As confirmed by the
paper’s FIG. 8 (eight), which graphs Doppler Velocity over time, in this particular graph (FIG. 18) a
negative Doppler Residual reflects an excess redshift, so the visible “annual term maximum” at
opposition correlates to the end of the decreasing TGR phase of the orbit (i.e., blueshifting) shown in
Fig. (63). The Pioneer Doppler data was subject to processing and filtering based on the expectation
that the measured behavior must closely reflect modeled behavior. Consequently, the reported
magnitude of the anomaly is less significant than the qualitative form of the data exhibiting both the
annual and diurnal sinusoids consistent with and predicted by relativistic TGR. See Appendix J (2–3).

The combination of having observed both the expected annual and diurnal sinusoidal variations in the
Pioneer Doppler signal as well as the expected apparent excess acceleration of the spacecraft towards the
Sun is in itself compelling qualitative empirical verification of the TGR effect. A key realization is that the
Pioneer anomaly, in the form of the observed and measured apparent excess acceleration of the spacecraft
towards the Sun, is indicative of an energy dissipation phenomenon. In accord with TGR, the actual
acceleration on the spacecraft was perpendicular to the assumed direction, opposing the component of the
velocity vector tangent to the solar gravitational gradient. Thus, the total energy of the spacecraft was
slightly reduced, producing the convincing illusion of excess solar gravitational acceleration due to an
observed deficit in the magnitude of the outbound radial velocity.
The identical relativistic gravitational phenomenon affecting the Pioneer-10 ephemeris, applied over
eons to orbiting astrophysical bodies, causes migration towards the primary source mass. Moreover, as the
magnitudes of both the TGR effect and any counteracting tidal dissipation are inversely related to the
orbital radius, multiple satellites will exhibit differential migration rates and particular satellites located in
a zone where angular momentum transfer tends to balance TGR must exhibit orbit period oscillations.

86
 Empirical evidence supporting this idea is found in precision ephemeris measurements of eclipsing
binary star systems, among a number of other corroborating observations. These star systems reveal
oscillations of the mean orbital radius driven by a heretofore-inexplicable energy loss mechanism in
dynamical gravitational systems.
The careful timing of [binary star] eclipses can reveal orbital period changes of order a part in 105–106
because deviations from an assumed ephemeris can build up over many orbits, and many systems have
observational records spanning decades or more. These observational records reveal a surprising result:
systems that show period changes of alternating sign (orbital period modulations) are common.164
The readily observable behavior of these systems due to their rapid time evolution is identical to that
implied by far more subtle observations of Solar System planets due to their very slow time evolution.
The phenomenon likely contributed to dominant large-amplitude cycles in planetary climate change
having a period of hundreds of millions of years. Careful observation of natural and artificial satellites in
the Solar System reveals a ubiquitous anomalous phenomenon: orbits decay relative to the dominant
gravitational field, which may be the host planet or the Sun. In the context of conventional orbital
mechanics, conservation of energy implies that what is observed is “impossible,” so in the past, these
empirical observations were either considered suspect, conveniently ignored, explained by inventing a
possible cause based on known physics, or left open to speculation. The following is from an article by a
respected team in the September 2004 issue of the esteemed, peer-reviewed Astronomical Journal.
We show that the peculiar eccentricity distribution of the Hilda asteroids, objects that librate at the
3:2 mean motion resonance with Jupiter, as well as their distribution about the resonance itself,
can be nicely reproduced from captured field asteroids if Jupiter has migrated sunward by about
0.45 AU over a time greater than 100,000 years. The latter is a lower limit and longer times are
more likely, while the former quantity depends to some degree on the initial eccentricity
distribution, but a fit to the observations fails unless it lies in the range of 0.4 to about 0.5 AU,
where the lower value is particularly well established. 165
Three papers in the 26 May 2005 issue of Nature by an international team argue that a number of
independent observations imply planetary migration. 166, 167 , 168 Specifically, distinct empirical evidence in
addition to the Hilda asteroids indicates that Jupiter is indeed now orbiting the Sun considerably faster
relative to Saturn’s orbital speed than it did in the past.
…H. F. Levison and colleagues contend that the orbits of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune
have been disturbed in a small but significant way. They argue that the giant planets’ eccentricities
(the deviation of their orbits from a true circle) and inclinations (the tilt of their orbital planes) are
much larger than those predicted by theories of planet formation — which implies that some
process has disturbed the orbits of the giant planets since the time of their formation.
…the authors show that the passage of Jupiter and Saturn through a 1:2 mean-motion resonance
(MMR) can account for the orbital spacings, eccentricities and inclinations of all four giant
planets. … The authors’ find that the passage of Jupiter and Saturn through this resonance can
excite their eccentricities and inclinations to current levels. However, Jupiter and Saturn are
currently rather far from the 1:2 resonance — the ratio of their current orbital periods is near 1:2.5
— so the implication here is that these planets have since migrated through 2:1 to their present
positions. This is a remarkable concept, because we usually think of the planets’ orbits as being
rather static and changing little over time.
Another interesting finding is described in the second paper, which shows that this planet
migration scheme can also account for the existence of Jupiter’s Trojan asteroids. …
The third paper shows that the 1:2 MMR can also be implicated in the Late Heavy Bombardment,
which was a brief but intense series of impacts known to have occurred early in the Moon’s
history. In the authors’ models, Neptune’s orbit is destabilized when Jupiter and Saturn pass
through the 1:2 MMR. 169
Attempts to explain the migration of the Jovian planets in the context of ancient conventional processes
are not incisive and fail to integrate the phenomenon with related empirical observations.170, 171, 172

87
It is well known that Io (n1), Europa (n2) and Ganymede (n3) exhibit a Laplace resonance whereby
n1 − 3n2 + 2n3 = 0.0000°day −1 (88)

(Here, ni are the mean angular velocities of the three respective satellites.) For the observed configuration
of a stable point of conjunction to evolve, it is certain that a differential migration of these satellites from
their random primordial configuration was required; however, no satisfactory theory exists that describes
how this evolution came about while avoiding higher order resonances.173, 174
On the assumption that the resonance was formed by the action of tidal forces, we describe what the
evolution of the system must have been like before and after the formation of the resonance. However,
no satisfactory explanation of the capture into the resonance is found. It seems possible that the system
could have been captured into a large amplitude libration, but it is then difficult to explain the present
very small amplitude.175
The implication of the Galilean satellite’s orbital resonance is that secular inbound migrations of Io,
Europa and Ganymede at differential rates were required. It is clearly the case that such migrations allow
for an initial capture into resonance of two bodies followed by a secondary capture of the third body.
Clearly indicated inbound migration of the Galilean satellites relative to Jupiter is identical to that implied
for the Jovian planets relative to the Sun and correlates with the observed secular acceleration of Phobos.
It is clear from observations that orbits decay in the direction of the dominant gravitational field and that
the conventional post-Newtonian model of gravitation does not model this behavior. If the Jovian planets
have migrated towards the Sun, then both Earth and Mars have been influenced by the same phenomenon.
However, the geophysical history of the Earth suggests that it exists in a special region where solar effects
(e.g., angular momentum transfer) counteracts the orbit decay phenomenon. Resulting oscillations in the
mean orbital radius of the Earth, having multiple periods and amplitudes, must drive regular oscillations
of significant planetary climate change, likely associated with biodiversity cycles on Earth. 176
With surprising and mysterious regularity, life on Earth has flourished and vanished in cycles of
mass extinction every 62 million years, say two UC Berkeley scientists who discovered the pattern
after a painstaking computer study of fossil records going back for more than 500 million years…
“We’ve tried everything we can think of to find an explanation for these weird cycles of
biodiversity and extinction,” [Richard] Muller said, “and so far, we’ve failed.” …
But the cycles are so clear that the evidence “simply jumps out of the data,” said James Kirchner, a
professor of earth and planetary sciences on the Berkeley campus who was not involved in the
research but who has written a commentary on the report that is also appearing in Nature today.
[Nature 434, 208 (2005)] …
Said Muller: “We’re getting frustrated and we need help. All I can say is that we’re confident the
cycles exist, and I cannot come up with any possible explanation that won’t turn out to be
fascinating. There’s something going on in the fossil record, and we just don’t know what it is.”177
As of 1 January 1998, the International Celestial Reference System (ICRS) based on the observed
locations of distant quasars, which exhibit no proper motion, replaced the Fifth Fundamental Catalogue
(FK5), which had briefly superseded FK4.178, 179 Required corrections in right ascension imply an
unmodeled phenomenon affecting the orbital motion of the Earth. What has ironically been called the
“fictitious motion of the equinox,” implying disbelief in what is definitively observed, is consistent with
an unmodeled secular acceleration associated with the orbital motion of the Earth, which is in discord
with conventional wisdom. With the advent of new technologies and techniques in the latter half of the
20th century, space astrometry has attained unprecedented precision. A definite secular trend in the mean
longitudes of planets is observed.180 For Earth, this trend manifests as a measurable accelerating drift in
the location of the equinox. 181, 182 , 183 The observed drift in the location of the Equinox suggests that the
orbital period of the Earth is not constant and therefore that it is experiencing a secular migration relative
to the Sun in the current epoch.
This paper merely presents the evidence for an acceleration of the equinox; no explanation is
offered for its physical cause. Further observational data is urgently required. More meridian
observers should endeavour to obtain fundamental observations of the Sun. 184

88
24. GRAVITATIONAL RADIATION
While observing the Moon’s orbit and studying its history in the late 17th century, Isaac Newton’s
friend, Edmund Halley, came to believe that the Moon had incurred a two-degree advance in its position
as compared to the anticipated ephemeris. His theory was based on eclipse records dating back over two
millennia and the assumption of a constant orbital period. The cause of this “secular acceleration” was a
complete mystery and the Paris Academy offered a prize for a compelling description of the phenomenon
employing the universal theory of gravitation. (It was only later realized that the Moon’s orbital period
was increasing.) Pierre-Simon Laplace first proposed the theory of tidal dissipation based exclusively on
Newtonian mechanics. The idea fit the spirit of the times, was understandable, and was accepted as the
superior of the two competing theories. The mathematician, Leonhard Euler, certainly among history’s
foremost intellectual giants, proposed in a 1770 essay that the secular acceleration of the Moon could not
be attributed to Newton’s gravitational theory per se, but was instead caused by a kind of resistance of the
medium through which the planets move, what was then known as the “luminiferous aether.”185 This was
based on earlier work attempting to explain the secular accelerations of the Earth, the planets and comets,
which were already apparent to astronomers of the time. As early as the 18th century, it was clear to Euler
that any secular acceleration of the Moon must be due to a differential migration rate of the Earth and
Moon relative to the Sun, rather than being caused by a mutual interaction. Let the reader consider that
this is the same man who discovered what is generally regarded as the most beautiful equation in all of
mathematics, commonly known as Euler’s identity. It is this supremely elegant equation that provides the
underlying mathematical foundation of spacetime and the temporal geometry of relativity.
e iπ + 1 = 0 (89)
“De relaxatione motus planetarum” (On the running down of the motions of the planets) was originally
published in Volume I of Opuscula varii argumenti in 1746. It was written in the scholarly Latin of the
day, so an English summary appearing in the online Euler Archive is a welcome convenience.
Euler reiterates that if the aether, a subtle matter that fills all of space, has a resistance, then the
period times of the planets and comets and the corresponding eccentricities must become smaller;
hence, the resistance of the aether should be very small. He points out that as the speed of a planet
or comet is decreased by the resistance of the aether, the planet or comet is drawn nearer to the sun
by the sun’s force while its speed increases. But these two effects of the sun’s force should force
the planet or comet’s distance from the sun, as well as its periodic time, to decrease. Euler also
points out that his findings about how the resistance of the aether should affect the planets and
comets are consistent with observations. 186
Recall that 19th-century physicists envisioned a medium filling empty space called the luminiferous
(meaning “light-bearing”) aether, which was imagined to wave in order to propagate the energy of
electromagnetic radiation. Special relativity did away with that idea in 1905; however, in 1908 Hermann
Minkowski introduced the concept of the 4-dimensional spacetime fabric, which Einstein subsequently
imagined as a kind of flexible medium. Einstein understood that, on a large scale, the geometry of
spacetime is affected by the presence of mass-energy, which in turn produces the effects of gravity.
Essentially, any metric theory of gravity such as general relativity models gravity as a kind of large-scale
wave in spacetime. An obvious qualitative synthesis between this concept and quantum mechanics, which
is based on the wave manifestation of mass-energy on the scale of photons and subatomic particles,
allows for this flexible property of spacetime to be scale-independent. We may isolate this specific
physical property of spacetime without regard to the smooth large-scale geometry associated with the
gravitational field of a macroscopic body. So, as in general relativity, we must also allow spacetime to be
a flexible medium at quantum scale, which allows the spacetime geometry at this scale to be a chaotic
superposition of quantum-scale waves. Consequently, we may envision spacetime itself as a medium for
energy transport in the form of a wave moving through the spacetime fabric at the speed of light.
Electromagnetic radiation can be envisioned as one possible form of spacetime wave. So, while it is
certain that no medium fills the vacuum of space as naïvely envisioned in the past, it was premature for
Einstein to abandon the concept of a “light-bearing medium” altogether in 1905. Three years later,
Minkowski’s spacetime fabric replaced the “aether” or ‘waving medium’ at all length scales.

89
 Based on canonical relativity theory, the concept of “gravitational radiation” is envisioned as an energy
phenomenon manifesting as some kind of “wave in spacetime.” Instruments such as LIGO, designed to
detect gravitational radiation as it has been previously imagined to exist according to conventional theory,
have never detected the anticipated observable. Consider now that the fundamental interpretation of
general relativity implies that electromagnetic energy must be a disturbance in the geometry of spacetime
(i.e., a “wave in spacetime”) propagating at the speed of light. The hypothesis now being put forward is
that gravitational radiation, being a quantized ubiquitous emission of dynamical gravitational systems,
manifests primarily in the microwave region of the electromagnetic spectrum rather than having some
exotic (fictional) form of spacetime wave. Various tests can be performed to confirm this hypothesis,
including the predicted dynamical variation in the microwave background flux as observed in the
southern ecliptic hemisphere, shown in Fig. (36). Surprisingly, WMAP and similar instruments originally
designed to study photons assumed to have originated with the Big Bang are functional real-time
gravitational wave detectors. Given no primordial source for the cosmic microwave background radiation
as previously assumed, it has to have a real-time source; it can only be ubiquitous gravitational radiation.
Euler seems to have been essentially correct. It is apparent from empirical observation that the nature
of the gravitational field is such that a small force opposes motion of a material body in the direction
transverse to the gravitational gradient. This force is similar in its physical effect to mechanical friction in
that it dissipates kinetic energy, although the radiation produced is non-thermal at its source. Very young
stars are observed to rotate much faster than the Sun, while stars that are known to be older than the Sun
have a slower rotational speed. It is likely that TGR is in large part responsible for this observation as well
as the spin-down of pulsars, a phenomenon observed in real time. Although a number of theories have
been proposed, no compelling mechanism has been established for this phenomenon.
Pulsars associated with supernova remnants (SNRs) are valuable because they provide constraints
on the mechanism(s) of pulsar spin-down. Here we discuss two SNR/pulsar associations in which
the SNR age is much greater than the age of the pulsar obtained by assuming pure magnetic dipole
radiation (MDR) spin-down. The PSR B1757-24/SNR G5.4-1.2 association has a minimum age of
~40 kyr from proper motion upper limits, yet the MDR timing age of the pulsar is only 16 kyr, and
the newly discovered pulsar PSR J1846-0258 in the >2 kyr old SNR Kes 75 has an MDR timing
age of just 0.7 kyr. These and other pulsar/SNR age discrepancies imply that the pulsar spin-down
torque is not due to pure MDR, and we discuss a model for the spin-down of the pulsars similar to
the ones recently proposed to explain the spin-down of soft gamma-ray repeaters and anomalous
x-ray pulsars. 187
A spinning body is a self-gravitating system whereby its own mass is constantly moving transverse to
its own gravitational gradient. If transverse motion in a gravitational field causes energy dissipation
leading to the secular decay of orbits, it must also cause energy dissipation leading to secular spin-down.
If the dissipated kinetic energy takes the form of microwave radiation, the observed flux should depend
on latitude with maximum flux measured in the equatorial plane where the tangential velocity is greatest.
A suitable microwave detector in a polar or other high inclination orbit can independently verify the TGR
phenomenon, which results in peak microwave radiation brightness in the equatorial plane of a rotating
astrophysical body. There exist three such suitable detectors, including the Defense Meteorological
Satellite Program (DMSP) Special Sensor Microwave/Imager (SSM/I) in polar orbit around the Earth, the
Advanced Earth Microwave Scanning Radiometer – EOS (AMSR-E) on-board NASA’s Aqua satellite
and the Cassini spacecraft RADAR instrument. The proposed observation would require Cassini to be put
in a high inclination orbit around Saturn. It may also be possible to verify from ground-based
observations, perhaps even those by amateur radio astronomers, that the equatorial plane of the Moon has
measurably greater microwave brightness than its polar regions. However, due to the Moon’s low mass
and slow rotation rate, a lunar latitudinal µ-wave flux gradient due to TGR may be difficult to observe.
According to the theory and evidence presented in the initial chapters of this dissertation, the alleged
Big Bang never occurred, so no alleged primordial source of photons exists. Consequently, it is necessary
to explain the source of the observed cosmic microwave background radiation. Just as the CMB is
ubiquitous, observation of secular decrease in angular momentum of dynamical gravitational systems
including spin-down of astrophysical bodies is ubiquitous. However unlikely it may seem according to
conventional wisdom, empirical observation of these two phenomena suggests that they are related.

90
 The Nobel Committee awarded the 2006 Physics Prize to George Smoot of the University of California
at Berkeley and John Mather of the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center specifically “for their discovery
of the blackbody form and anisotropy of the cosmic microwave background radiation.” This high-profile
social event lent credence to the Big Bang theory by association, particularly in the public eye. Given the
revelation that empirical observations preclude the possibility of a primordial source for the CMB, it is
clear that observations of the CMB were subjectively manipulated to conform with the existing paradigm,
just like the reported Type Ia supernovae redshift-luminosity curve. That this did indeed occur can be
surmised by reviewing relevant public comments made by the two investigators.
An excerpt from John Mather’s Nobel Lecture:
[nobelprize.org – Windows Media® video time code of John Mather Nobel Lecture; 20:13/34:15]
So this was the thing [the CMBR blackbody radiation curve] that people recognized as so important.
And why was it so important to us? Well, I think the number one thing is that people had been a
little worried that the Big Bang was not the right story. There were so many measurements that
were a little fuzzy about what the right brightness was that not very long before, there had been
measurements including measurements by our group that showed there was a little bit too much
radiation out here. And if that were true then the whole deal was off; the Big Bang could not have
been the whole story. So, I’ll show you a little bit more about what this meant and how we got it.
Just to tell you how we made this processing, we had to sort all the tremendous amount of data out
and we had to take out something that has turned out to be a useful effect for other people. Cosmic
rays hit the detector and make little bumps of temperature and though you have to find all those
and take them out, then we had to make a simultaneous least squares fit, which is basically a
model of the sky and a model of the instrument and adjust it all to fit the data. And Dale Fixsen
led that team and, uh, it was a huge effort. Anyway, we make the maps. [sic]
Then we take out our understanding of everything else that is going on. The sky is full of dust in
between the stars and atoms and molecules between the stars, dust in the space between the
planets. Um, there is some kind of far infrared background radiation from other galaxies and
there is a small effect of the motion of the Earth through the Universe and all of these things we
have to understand and remove and see if there is anything left, um, that would worry us about
the Big Bang. And the answer is, uh, nothing was wrong.188
An excerpt from George Smoot’s Nobel Lecture:
[nobelprize.org – Windows Media® video time code of George Smoot Nobel Lecture; 10:51/44:56]
OK, so, what’s the issue for the cosmic microwave background? Basically, you are looking for a
very small signal in a very large background plus the noise, that is that noise that comes from your
own instrument plus the noise from, from [sic] the environment.
[11:29/44:56]
…that meant that the signal was going to be at about a part in ten to the minus six compared to the
background radiation that is coming in and so this is the beach party that is going on and you are
trying to hear a whisper, back of the hall here. And so we had to come up with techniques in order
to do that and so the technique is to compare the signal with signals of the same level and what the
improvements in the field had been is how to do that and how to improve on that and FIRAS was
an extreme example of that. And so you either look at something that is the same temperature as
the microwave background or you do what we did, compare one part of the microwave
background with another. And the other thing you have to do is exclude, reject, average out other
signals and sources and that is why the data analysis is so complicated and why it took so long,
took such a good team. So if it’s easy, try to read it now.
(George points to an image of the WMAP Internal Linear Combination Map and laughs.)
[30:13/44:56] Title of slide shown: COBE Spectrum of the Universe, First 9 minutes of data
And this is sort of the spectrum, you’ll notice with four hundred times error bars. This we
presented results from COBE at the 1990 AAS meeting. John got up and talked before me, and at
the end he presented the spectrum. At the end he got a standing ovation, which is one of the few
things I’ve ever, I’ve ever time, I’ve ever seen that [sic]. Everybody appreciated how, um,
impressive it was.

91
 [31:07/44:56]
Here is the intensity plot. You can still see the FIRAS curve on here and it just looks like a straight
line until you get to the very highest frequency and you see a slight distortion and you see the
UBC measurement and see how both of them were very good, but the FIRAS measurement is
extraordinary. I mean it really just tied things down, uh, in a very good way and you know, now
I’m sort of embarrassed because these points don’t exactly line up, but, they, they’re within
errors, I guess… And so we turn to COBE and talk about the differential microwave radiometer.
[36:03/44:56]
Eventually we made these maps. I believe these are the two-year or four-year. I forgot the color
scheme. You see the dipole, now in galactic coordinates. Here is the galactic plane, looking down
the spiral arm one way, the other spiral arm the other way, and then blown up with the dipole
removed. You see the variations off the plane, the galaxy showing very dominant, the galaxy
masked off.
These are the things we believe are the original, uhh, intrinsic perturbations of the Universe that
are reflected in the light coming from the distant Universe. And, we continued on, at the same time
we are taking more data with COBE we are doing balloon flights. Here are some pictures from
MAXIMA and BOOMERanG of what the sky looked like, and if you looked at the COBE,
original COBE map, you will see that you see variations where a bunch of cool areas are collected
together and a bunch of warm areas are collected together and that’s what you get if you have long
waves with small waves superposed on it. If you have a dip and you have wherever there is a dip
below it you see a bunch of cool spots and when it goes back warm, you don’t see the variations.
But likewise on a warm spot, and you have variations, you see the little peaks on it. So you, if you
really were good and can do transforms with your eyes, you’d recognize this is a scale invariant
spectrum, but when you go and look at the MAXIMA and the, uh the, BOOMERanG max you see
a particular scale is picked out. And this is the beginning of not only seeing that there was a
primordial perturbations but that there were process, some in the early Universe. [sic]
Beginning to understand what is going on in the Universe. 189
Actually, there is no possibility of anyone having had an accurate idea about what is going on in the
Universe without understanding geometric cosmic time. The COBE and WMAP teams were focused on
proving their a priori assumption that the Big Bang did indeed occur. They clearly did not consider that
there was even a possibility that the Big Bang theory was incorrect, so they consciously discarded some
of the most important information about the cosmic microwave radiation gathered by their instruments as
being irrelevant to cosmology. What property of a photon can one examine to definitively identify that it
is a ‘Big Bang photon’? Other than an idea handed down by a series of academic authorities, what
observable and testable property today makes a ‘Big Bang photon’ fundamentally different and special
from other photons? Nothing. The only thing that distinguishes such a photon from another is arbitrary
faith in what has always been a tenuous if not unreasonable scientific theory. That theory is based on the
assumption that the observed progressive redshift of distant galaxies implies a general expansion and that
no possible alternate phenomenon of nature might be found to explain it. That assumption has now been
definitively debunked. Moreover, observation of ubiquitous energy dissipation in dynamical gravitational
systems (TGR) implies a real-time source for the observed CMB.

25. THE ABUNDANCE OF THE LIGHT ELEMENTS

Upon initial formation by gravitational collapse of a large mass of interstellar gas, all stars begin to
generate energy by a process of nuclear fusion whereby hydrogen is converted into helium. It is currently
understood that stars that are less than about 1.4 times the size of the Sun with lower core temperatures
employ a slower fusion chain reaction. Larger stars, with higher core temperatures, employ a much faster
chain reaction and though they may have a much bigger fuel supply, they consume their hydrogen fuel
much faster and are much shorter lived than smaller stars.190 The solar wind has been measured by count
to be approximately 95% protons (H+), 4% alpha particles (He++) and 1% minor ions, of which carbon,
nitrogen, oxygen, neon, magnesium, silicon and iron are most abundant. 191 In contrast, spectroscopy of
the Sun indicates a relative abundance by weight of ~70.6% hydrogen, ~27.5% helium, ~1.0% oxygen,
~0.3% carbon, ~0.2% neon ~0.1% iron, with the remaining ~0.3% composed of about sixty additional

92
trace elements.192 Looking out at the Universe, we see in the most general terms that it is made up mostly
of hydrogen (H) atoms with a single proton in the nucleus. For about every ten of these H atoms there is
one helium (He) atom with two protons and two neutrons in the nucleus. Depending on where we choose
to look, the Universe seems to be generally somewhere in the neighborhood of 70–75% H and 23–28%
He by weight with only 2% attributable to all the other elements combined.
If we presuppose that the Universe is only on the order of about fourteen billion years old, according to
20th-century ideas, then there is not enough time for the observed amount of helium to have been
synthesized in the stars. However, this so-called “helium problem” ceases to be a concern if this age
constraint is removed. Although it has been argued otherwise, a remaining problem that arguably cannot
be elegantly removed by allowing for more time is the observation of trace amounts of naturally occurring
deuterium or “heavy hydrogen” (2H) and other light elemental isotopes including helium-3 and lithium-7
(3He, 7Li).193 A very high temperature plasma (~109 K or ~0.1 Mev) of free protons and neutrons (p + n)
that cools rapidly is understood to be a process that leads to the nucleosynthesis of the light elements.194
The high temperatures required for the required reaction sequences to take place are not found in stars and
deuterium production requires an environment of high energy coupled with low density.195 The observed
existence of the light elements cannot be due to normal processes in stellar evolution, particularly because
typical stellar evolution involves destruction of deuterium.
In 1920, Arthur Eddington pioneered the revolutionary idea that stars create energy by thermonuclear
fusion of hydrogen into helium. In the late 1940s, George Gamow was primarily concerned with the
problem of nucleosynthesis.196 A 1948 article in Nature summarized ideas presented in three previous
papers that year in Physical Review.197 The precision science of nucleosynthesis is independent of
assumptions concerning the environment in which it takes place. It became immediately apparent that in
their nuclear reactions, stars typically consume rather than produce deuterium, so where did the deuterium
that we observe come from? The idea that a very high temperature is needed that is clearly not available
in any stars, combined with the idea that the galaxies seemed to be expanding from a common point in
space and time, implied that the only natural occurrence of the necessary plasma temperatures was a very
dense and hot “primeval fireball” that started the Universe. Development of the modern view of primordial
nucleosynthesis is described in Schramm and Wagoner (1977).198 The nuclear reactions of very high
temperature plasmas are now relatively well understood, yet over half a century after Gamow initiated the
investigation of Big Bang nucleosynthesis there is still considerable ongoing debate as to how the observed
abundances occurred.
A significant discrepancy between the calculated 7Li abundance deduced from WMAP and the Spite
plateau is clearly revealed. To explain this discrepancy, three possibilities are invoked: systematic
uncertainties on the Li abundance, surface alteration of Li in the course of stellar evolution, or poor
knowledge of the reaction rates related to 7Be destruction. In particular, the possible role of the up to
now neglected 7Be (d, p) 2α and 7Be (d, α) 5Li reactions is considered. Another way to reconcile
these results coming from different horizons consists of invoking new, speculative primordial
physics that could modify the nucleosynthesis emerging from the big bang and perhaps the CMB
physics itself.199
–––––––––––––––
Other than the blackbody spectrum of the microwave background, there is very little evidence in
support of the nearly universally accepted hot Big Bang model of cosmology–the “standard” model.
Primordial nucleosynthesis provides a unique opportunity to test the assumptions of the standard
model, serving as it does, as a probe of the physical conditions during epochs in the early evolution
of the Universe that would otherwise be completely hidden from our scrutiny.200
–––––––––––––––
We consider inhomogeneous big bang nucleosynthesis in light of the present observational
situation. Different observations of 4He and D disagree with each other, and depending on which
set of observations one uses, the estimated primordial 4He corresponds to a lower baryon density
in standard big bang nucleosynthesis than what one gets from deuterium. Recent Kamiokande
results rule out a favorite particle physics solution to this tension between 4He and D.201

93
 Currently, it is generally believed that there is no alternative to Gamow’s hot primeval fireball for
synthesizing deuterium, but we shall find that this is not the case according to observational evidence.
George Gamow’s ideas concerning the source of the temperature requirements of nucleosynthesis
germinated more than a decade before Thomas Matthews and Alan Sandage discovered “radio stars,” now
called quasi-stellar objects (QSO) or more familiarly “quasars,” which are currently understood to be a
subset of active galactic nuclei (AGN).202 In 1962, Maarten Schmidt obtained a spectrum of object 3C 273
(object #273 in the 3rd Cambridge Catalogue) and found it to have a z = 0.158 redshift. Given its observed
linear flux of about 29×10-14 ergs cm-2, this implied an intrinsic luminosity far greater that of the entire
Milky Way Galaxy.203, 204 Even if the distance to this object is less than originally estimated, its intrinsic
luminosity is still inexplicable in the context of conventional physics. AGN, some of which are associated
with enormous relativistic mass outflows in the form of long thin jets from an astonishingly small volume
of space, have qualities one would expect for natural sources of temperatures high enough to meet
Gamow’s nucleosynthesis needs. However, in 1948 he knew nothing about them. The required correction
to the general theory of relativity proposed earlier must change our ideas concerning the nature of active
galactic nuclei. This will be discussed in the following chapter together with the most recent observational
evidence, which indicates that some AGN are associated with deuterium production.

26. GALAXY EVOLUTION AND MORPHOLOGY

Speculation on the life cycle of galaxies began in 1926 when Edwin Hubble put forward his famous
“tuning fork” diagram including the explicit proposition that galaxy evolution takes place starting from
“early types” on the left of the diagram and evolving to “late types” on the right. A clear distinction was
drawn between two apparent evolutionary paths in the creation of spirals, those exhibiting a bar through
their center (SB-type) and those that do not (S-type).

Courtesy NASA and STScI 205

Figure 66 | Hubble “tuning fork” diagram. Modern observations imply that Hubble’s assumption of
a left-to-right evolutionary sequence is precisely the opposite of reality.

94
 Modern observational evidence implies that Hubble’s idea that “late-type” spiral galaxies evolve from
“early-type” ellipticals is precisely the opposite of the actual galactic evolutionary sequence. It is now
well known that spiral galaxies exhibit profuse amounts of gas and dust with the characteristic arms
harboring stellar nurseries of active new star formation. In contrast, elliptical galaxies exhibit a paucity of
gas and dust and spectroscopic studies indicate a more mature system with minimal new star formation.
Giant cluster-dominating (cD) elliptical galaxies, which typically exhibit multiple galactic nuclei from
“cannibalized” galaxies, are always found at the centroid of rich galaxy clusters, surrounded by smaller
ellipticals and a halo of outlying spiral galaxies. Size, morphology and stellar velocity profiles strongly
suggest that smaller elliptical galaxies have typically formed over a long time from the merger of spiral
galaxies, while larger elliptical galaxies are conglomerates of smaller elliptical galaxies.
The current state of observational astronomy, which has benefited from late 20th-century advances,
implies that galaxy evolution and morphology is radically different and considerably more complex than
Hubble imagined. The spiral arms of barred galaxies typically emanate from the ends of the bar and most
spiral galaxies exhibit some of the characteristics of the barred variety with the SB-types merely
representing the extreme examples, so Hubble’s broad distinction between the two morphologies is
almost certainly incorrect. Based on Doppler data, the average rotation period for a spiral galaxy is quite
short relative to the age of its constituent stars (e.g., the Sun’s galactic rotation period is estimated to be
about 250 million years or about 5% of its estimated current age). Therefore, many rotations must have
occurred for a mature spiral galaxy. Contrary to intuition, the spiral arms do not wind up commensurately
with the observed differential rotation of the inner and the outer regions. The spiral arms are currently
understood to manifest due to the systematic radial change in the orientation of elliptical galactic orbits of
stars and gas. This creates natural spiral-shaped density waves, creating periodic enhancements in the
background stellar distribution and regions of enhanced star formation. Galaxies with conspicuous central
bulges tend to have more tightly-wound spiral arms; the “earlier” the stage, according to Hubble’s system,
the larger the bulge fraction (the fraction of galactic light sourced from its bulge).206 With very rare
exception, the spiral arms are trailing [i.e., stellar orbits are clockwise in Fig. (67)].

Courtesy NASA and STScI 207

Figure 67 | NGC 1300, a barred spiral galaxy at z ≈ 0.0053.

95
 Courtesy NASA and STScI 208

Figure 68 | Pending merger of two spiral galaxies (NGC 2207 and IC 2163) at z ≈ 0.0091.

Courtesy NASA and STScI 209

Figure 69 | Ancient galaxy mergers observed within a large distant cluster (z > 0.8).

96
 The morphological type of a galaxy is clearly associated with the density of the region within which it
is found. Galaxies in clusters are far more likely to be ellipticals or of type SO and observations are
consistent with there being essentially no spiral galaxies in the cores of regular clusters. A galaxy’s radius
within a cluster is the primary factor that dictates its morphology. Moreover, there is a correlation
between the morphology of the cluster and the morphology of its constituent galaxies; the higher the
percentage of ellipticals in a cluster, the more symmetrical the cluster is observed to be. This very
strongly suggests that elliptical galaxies are in general intrinsically older than spiral galaxies, that larger
ellipticals formed by multiple mergers are older still than smaller ellipticals and that more symmetric
galaxy clusters are older than those clusters that have a more haphazard architecture.
The Big Bang paradigm suggested that galaxies originally all formed at approximately the same time
from the gravitational collapse of protogalactic masses of hydrogen gas. This idea is so inconsistent with
empirical observations, as well as basic theoretical considerations, that it is difficult to believe that it was
seriously considered for so many decades. Primarily, the idea cannot explain the various structures
observed that cover the astrophysical size scale extending from globular clusters of stars in galactic halos
to enormous superclusters that tie together numerous smaller clusters of many galaxies. The huge
variation in the intrinsic ages of these structures based on dependency relationships is immediately
apparent: elliptical galaxies are formed by the merger of old fully formed spiral galaxies, elliptical
galaxies merge to form still more massive ellipticals, jagged clusters become symmetric over eons, etc.
However, the social and intellectual blinders of the dominant paradigm were so overwhelming during the
20th century that all the empirical evidence against the Big Bang theory was essentially disregarded.

Courtesy NASA, STScI/AURA 210

Figure 70 | Dramatic view of the spiral galaxy M104 at z ≈ 0.0034.

Observational astronomy has made it clear at this point that younger galaxies are typically spirals with
a characteristic flat disk. How do these disks form? An answer arises from what we see. Similarly, the
historical fact of continental drift is rather obvious when one considers that the continents of Africa and
South America clearly fit together at some time in the past. It seems quite certain that jets of effluent
matter emanating from a typical active galactic nucleus build the plane disks of spiral galaxies from the
inside out. As we shall soon see in the next chapter, there is a relationship between galactic black holes,
which consume old galaxies, and galactic white holes, which create new galaxies. These disks were most

97
certainly not formed by gravitational collapse of a hydrogen gas cloud, first because the alleged Big Bang
never occurred and second because gravitational collapse tends to create spherically shaped things such as
stars and planets, not flat disks. However, jets in a plane from a central source will quite naturally create a
self-gravitating rotating plane disk of matter over time and we know that such effluent jets exist because
we see them. What must be relatively new youthful galaxies, as they are generally associated with
massive star formation, are commonly observed in the local Universe. They are called Seyfert galaxies
and make up about two to three percent of the local galaxy population.211, 212 Moreover, we see these
nascent galaxies all over the Universe. Typical quasars are just distant AGN similar to the local variety
that have been misinterpreted to be a distinct class of object orders of magnitude brighter than they are in
reality due to a faulty redshift-distance scale.
We argue that the narrow-line regions (NLRs) of Seyfert galaxies are powered by the transport of
energy and momentum by the radio-emitting jets. This implies that the ratio of the radio power to jet
energy flux is much smaller than is usually assumed for radio galaxies. This can be partially
attributed to the smaller ages of Seyferts compared to radio galaxies, but one also requires that either
the magnetic energy density is more than 1 order of magnitude below the equipartition value or,
more likely, that the internal energy densities of Seyfert jets are dominated by thermal plasma, as
distinct from the situation in radio galaxy jets where the jet plasma is generally taken to be
nonthermally dominated. If one assumes that the internal energy densities of Seyfert jets are initially
dominated by relativistic plasma, then an analysis of the data on jets in five Seyfert galaxies shows
that all but one of these would have mildly relativistic jet velocities near 100 pc in order to power the
respective narrow-line regions. However, observations of jet-cloud interactions in the NLR provide
additional information on jet velocities and composition via the momentum budget. 213

Courtesy NASA, STScI/AURA 214

Figure 71 | Seyfert galaxy NGC 7742 at z ≈ 0.0055.

98
 Courtesy NASA, STScI/AURA 215

Figure 72 | Core of Seyfert galaxy NGC 4151 at z ≈ 0.0033.

The Hubblesite caption to Fig. (72) follows.

The Hubble telescope’s imaging spectrograph simultaneously records, in unprecedented detail, the
velocities of hundreds of gas knots streaming at hundreds of thousands of miles per hour from the
nucleus of NGC 4151, thought to house a super-massive black hole. This is the first time the
velocity structure in the heart of this object, or similar objects, has been mapped so vividly this
close to its central black hole.
The heart of NGC 4151 was captured in visible light in the upper left picture. In the other images,
Hubble's imaging spectrograph has zeroed in on the galaxy’s active central region. The Hubble
data clearly show that the some material in the galaxy’s hub is rapidly moving towards us, while
other matter is rapidly receding from us. This information is strong evidence for the existence of a
black hole, an extremely compact, dense object that feeds on material swirling around it. 216
It is not a black hole consuming mass-energy that astronomers are looking at in the heart of Seyfert
galaxies; it is a white hole that is ejecting enormous amounts of matter and literally building this spiral
galaxy from the inside out. However, without the required correction to Einstein’s gravitational theory,
white holes did not exist in the minds of astrophysicists and astronomers even though they have been
observing the rather obvious white hole signature property of massive efflux for a number of decades.

99
 Courtesy NASA, ESA & STScI 217

Figure 73 | Core of Seyfert galaxy NGC 1068 at z ≈ 0.0038.

A representative sample of 12 extended quasars from the 3CR catalog has been imaged at 4.9 GHz
using the VLA [Very large Array]. … Jets are detected on at least one side of every source. The
jets are well collimated compared with those in less powerful sources, but spreading is detected in
most of them. The opening angles of several jets are not constant, but show recollimation after an
initial regime of rapid spreading. … The correlations between the prominence and sidedness of the
large-scale straight jet segments and of the small-scale central features favor models in which
kiloparsec-scale jets initially have bulk relativistic velocities. 218
As discussed previously, the nucleosynthesis of deuterium and other light elements requires a very high
temperature, exceeding that found even at the core of large stars. Moreover, this initially very hot and
dense plasma must cool rapidly in a low-density environment. Rapid free expansion of a high-pressure jet
is an natural way to achieve such cooling. A jet or jets of effluent matter from a central white hole is also
a natural means, and arguably the only realistic means, of creating an isolated rotating disk of gas and
dust in space. A conclusion one may draw from this scenario is that the disk, and in particular its center,
will exhibit an inexplicably high concentration of deuterium and other light elements, including a high
percentage of helium. That evidence comes from our own galaxy.
The Galactic Centre is the most active and heavily processed region of the Milky Way, so it can be
used as a stringent test for the abundance of deuterium… As deuterium [D] is destroyed in stellar
interiors, chemical evolution models predict that its Galactic Centre abundance relative to
hydrogen is D/H = 5×10-12, unless there is a continuous source of deuterium from relatively
primordial (low-metallicity) gas. Here we report the detection of deuterium (in the molecule DCN)
in a molecular cloud only 10 parsecs from the Galactic Centre. Our data, when combined with a
model of molecular abundances, indicate that D/H = (1.7±0.3)×10-6, five orders of magnitude
larger than the predictions of evolutionary models with no continuous source of deuterium.
The most probable explanation is recent infall of relatively unprocessed metal-poor gas into the
Galactic Centre (at the rate inferred by Wakker). Our measured D/H is nine times less than the
local interstellar value, and the lowest D/H observed in the Galaxy. …

100
 The Galactic Centre … has a higher abundance of elements heavier than He (metallicity), faster
star formation rate, and steeper initial mass function. Thus the astration (recycling) rate in the
Galactic Centre should be considerably larger than elsewhere in the Galaxy, resulting in a reduced
D abundance. Chemical models at 12 Gyr of the Galactic bulge and the Galactic Centre predict the
almost total destruction of deuterium giving D/H = 3.2×10-11 and D/H = 5×10-12, respectively.
Thus if there were no additional sources of D, the Galactic Centre molecular clouds should be
composed primarily of astrated material completely depleted in D, and DCN should not be
detectable. Thus the mere detection of D (in DCN) in the Sagittarius A molecular clouds requires a
continuous source of deuterium to negate the effects of astration. Alternatively, if D is produced by
any stellar or Galactic process, then it should be more abundant in the Galactic Centre and there
should be a corresponding gradient in the D abundance.219
In contrast to prior conventional explanations for these observations, we may conclude that the original
source of the deuterium and other light elements observed in the Milky Way was its historical active
galactic nucleus characterized by rapidly expanding and cooling jets of material. This phase of its
evolution ceased some time ago and significantly higher astration in the region of the core has caused the
observed radial gradient. Additional corroborating evidence for this idea is found in observations of
quasar (distant Seyfert AGN) radiation. As distance can no longer be associated with conventional
intrinsic “lookback time,” these observations take on new meaning. “Primordial” has only local meaning,
and certainly has no meaning in a cosmological context.

27. COSMIC DYNAMICAL STABILITY

If the Cosmological Principle is “perfect” such that the large-scale Universe is homogeneous, isotropic
and has been in dynamic equilibrium for eternity, the question arises as to how cosmic gravitational
collapse is prevented over an arbitrarily large time scale. The answer is intuitive and beautiful.
In 1935 Einstein and his longtime collaborator Nathan Rosen published a paper based in large part on
the work done by Karl Schwarzschild in which they showed that the Schwarzschild singularity at r = 0
could not exist and that implicit in the general relativity formalism is a spacetime structure that can join
two distant regions of spacetime through a tunnel-like spatial shortcut.220 Robert Fuller and John Wheeler
refuted Einstein in a 1962 paper. Their interpretation of the Einstein field equations was accepted and the
intuitive idea of a physical wormhole or “Einstein–Rosen Bridge” was subsequently abandoned. No one
suspected that the equations were flawed due to Einstein’s inadequate understanding of time in relativity.
The key point in preventing any violation of causality is simple: The (Schwarzschild) throat of the
wormhole pinches off in a finite time and traps the signal in a region of infinite curvature.221
Minkowski showed that the Lorentz transformation equations require space and time to be orthogonal for
any freefalling reference frame. Accordingly, when space “curves” in spacetime, time ‘rotates’ in spacetime.
This concept of geometric time implies that spacetime is smooth and continuous everywhere. There is no such
thing as a physical singularity and “infinite curvature” is utterly meaningless. A black hole is not an object;
rather, it is a process caused by catastrophic gravitational collapse, which creates an unstable spacetime
geometry condition. The local ‘hole’ in spacetime can only be maintained if it is fed by a continuous flow of
mass-energy. The direction of the initially established momentum, which is caused by a local catastrophic
gravitational collapse, determines which side of the hole is “black” and which side is “white.” If no such
external energy source exists, the hole immediately ceases to exist; spacetime reverts to its normal geometry.
Traveling through the wormhole, time changes direction in the 4-dimensional Minkowski “world” from
one end to the other, but from the point of view of material bodies free-falling through the wormhole and
experiencing enormous pressure and temperature, time is always advancing perfectly normally. It should
be understood that proper time does not ever “reverse” anywhere; it just changes direction across the ends
of the wormhole in reference to a global coordinate system for the 4-dimensional spacetime “world.”
This is similar to how the gravitational gradient changes direction from one side of a planet to another.
Spacetime is smooth and continuous everywhere over this “shortcut” connecting opposite sides of the
spacetime Universe; no physical singularity exists. There is no fundamental difference in interpretation
between the minimum diameter inside the hole at what is called the hole’s “horizon” and the local vertical
to the space outside the hole; both represent local proper time at their respective locations.

101
 What is unique about the hole is that space has funneled down to a small restricted volume at the
“horizon,” denoting the minimum diameter or core of the hole. Whatever goes through the hole must pass
through this region of extreme pressure and temperature. When we imagine mass-energy traveling
through the hole shown in Fig. (74), we must restrict it to being on the surface of the hole in the diagram,
which represents space, not the interior ‘volume’ of this hole, which does not represent physical space.
The hole’s surface abstractly represents a 3-dimensional volume in 4-dimensional spacetime, so jumping
up one dimension we can imagine matter accelerating through an increasingly restricted volume of space
like water from a hydrant being forced through a fire hose nozzle. The only exceptionally unusual
physical features of the hole as compared to the normal Universe are huge gravitational tidal forces that
rip matter apart and tremendous compression at the throat of the hole, causing uniquely high temperature
and pressure there that are not found even at the centers of very large stars.

Figure 74 | Conceptual model of a wormhole. Conventional relativistic physics, which does not
recognize cosmic temporal geometry, models a black hole as a local object having a characteristic
local mass (i.e., the hole would be represented by a single point on the surface of this cosmic map).
Aptly named, but improperly modeled in the 20th century, a black hole is in fact the entrance to a
spatial bridge providing a flow of mass-energy between two cosmic antipodal regions of spacetime.

102
 The idea that time changes direction in spacetime across the ends of the wormhole connecting cosmic
antipodes might seem peculiar and so warrants some discussion. Imagine two people, Jocelyn Burnell in
Oxford, UK and Jenni Adams in Christchurch, NZ, standing very nearly on opposite sides of the Earth.
Jocelyn drops something, perhaps a set of keys, and Jenni does the same thing. Is it not true that in global
coordinates, Jocelyn’s “up” is Jenni’s “down” and Jocelyn’s “down” is Jenni’s “up”? Certainly, but does
this imply anything unusual? Does this mean that Jenni’s “up” somehow represents a loss of energy
relative to Jocelyn, rather than a gain? No, it implies nothing special or peculiar. Similarly, on a cosmic
map there is nothing strange about the fact that antipodal local time coordinates point in different
directions in cosmic spacetime coordinates. However, the change in direction of time across the hole is
what fundamentally makes the wormhole “bridge” through spacetime work. Note that at the minimum
radius throat of the wormhole, which is the true nature of a black hole’s horizon, the time and space
coordinates are swapped with those just outside the entrance and exit to the hole. It is senseless to think of
a material object “falling” off the surface toward the axis of symmetry because the diameter of the hole at
the horizon represents a time coordinate, not a space coordinate over which material objects can translate.
Motion of mass-energy through the wormhole is restricted to the curved surface of the diagram.
Nature always seeks balance. Heat flows from a hot object to an adjacent cold object until both are in
thermal equilibrium. An electric field causes electric charge to flow across the potential in an attempt to
create charge equilibrium. In the case of a gravitational wormhole, we have an imbalance with a natural
tendency for mass-energy to flow across the hole from a region of higher mass-energy density to a region of
lower mass-energy density. One may quite accurately envision the wormhole as something very much like
a combination of an extremely powerful linear accelerator and a jet engine. The efflux typically forms a
relativistic jet of material emitted from an active galactic nucleus that is by physical necessity located on
the opposite side of the Universe from the maw of the black hole at the core of a large galaxy that feeds it.
An important idea is that this spacetime configuration is fundamentally unstable. It takes mass-energy
flow through the hole to maintain it. Without such an energy flow, spacetime will not maintain this
unnatural geometric configuration, but rather will revert to its normal geometry, thus destroying the hole.
When a large isolated star goes supernova, it will generally implode into a short-lived wormhole. Some
part of the star’s mass-energy creates the hole and passes through it. The supernova occurs on one side of
the hole. On the other side of the temporary wormhole, a gamma ray burst (GRB) is observed, but the two
events take place on opposite sides of the Universe. Wormholes transport mass energy from one side of
the Universe to the other side. Energy is conserved on a cosmological scale, but at the location of the
black hole there is a local net decrease in mass energy over time, and at the location of the white hole
there is a local net increase in mass energy over time.
There will naturally be variability in the amount of mass-energy feeding a black hole at the center of a
galaxy per unit time. Sometimes more energy will enter the hole and sometimes less, which causes
commensurate fluctuations on small timescales in the observed luminosity of the remote corresponding
white hole. Thus, AGN are observed to fluctuate in brightness over surprisingly short time spans. A black
hole and its corresponding white hole cannot be observed simultaneously. Of two such connected objects,
one can see at most either the energy source outflow or the energy sink inflow; it is impossible to see both
simultaneously for they are on opposite sides of a cosmological redshift horizon. If either one is at the
observer’s cosmological redshift horizon, then so is the other; consequently neither would be visible.
Fig. (75) is an image in the radio spectrum produced by Alan Bridle of the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory (NRAO). An accurate and intuitive description of this startling image appears on NASA’s
“Astronomy Picture of the Day” website. Alan Bridle’s web page, “Images of Radio Galaxies and Quasars,”
shows additional remarkable images of AGN jets: http://pdfref.net/m2/p103.1
3C175 is not only a quasar, it is a galaxy-fueled particle cannon. Visible as the central dot is quasar
3C175, the active center of a galaxy so distant that the light we see from it was emitted when the
Earth was just forming. The above image was recorded in radio waves by an array of house-sized
telescopes called the Very Large Array (VLA). Shooting out from 3C175 is a thin jet of protons
and electrons traveling near the speed of light that is over one million light-years long. The jet acts
like a particle cannon and bores through gas cloud in its path. How this jet forms and why it is so
narrow remain topics of current research.222

103
 Courtesy NRAO/AUI/NSF 223
Figure 75 | Radio telescope image of a distant quasar.

Gamma-ray bursts are isotropically distributed sudden intense flashes of high-energy gamma rays
sourced at cosmological distances that are observed to occur about once per day. They were first reported
publicly in 1973 based on earlier initial detections by the U.S. Vela military satellites designed to monitor
the Nuclear Test Ban Treaty. Launched in 1991, the Burst and Transient Source Experiment (BATSE)
aboard the NASA Compton Gamma Ray Observatory (CGRO) satellite provided initial clues of their
cosmological origin. 224, 225 By localizing and monitoring GRB fading X-ray afterglow, the Italian Space
Agency’s BeppoSAX satellite, launched in 1996, was able to measure the redshift of GRBs, confirming
that they are of cosmological origin.226 Even given an erroneous redshift-distance relationship, which has
caused high-redshift GRB intrinsic luminosity to be grossly exaggerated, their energy output is still
equivalent to converting a good portion of a star’s mass into radiant energy in a few seconds.227 A link
between supernovae and gamma ray bursts has been suspected for some time but conventional physics
has had no ready answers to explain the phenomenon. 228
When an isolated large star undergoes catastrophic collapse, the wormhole that subsequently forms
cannot be stable because there is no additional mass to feed the hole. Unlike the stable large holes at the
cores of galaxies, which are fed with a continuous flow of energy from these rich cores, a wormhole
formed by gravitational collapse of a star can have only a brief existence unless there is a companion star
that can feed the hole. This phenomenon must initially manifest as a high-energy gamma ray burst from
the white hole side, which is like a momentary tiny AGN. Note that in contrast to conventional thinking,
the location of the supernova and the location of the GRB are distinct, actually occurring at antipodes of
the Universe with a cosmological redshift horizon half way between them. One implication of this idea is
that the observed frequency of supernovae and the observed frequency of gamma ray bursts should be
approximately the same. To test this hypothesis, it is important to accurately determine what percentage of
the total population of both types of events are actually being observed and counted.

104
 Because unwarranted faith in the accuracy of the Einstein field equations and the Schwarzschild metric
was the foundation of all black hole research for the past forty years, the literature concerning black holes
during that time does not correlate with empirical reality. A black hole is not an object with a mass having
a single distinct spatial coordinate like a star or other astrophysical body. It is quite literally a hole in
spacetime (i.e., an extended spacetime structure), not a localized body made up of matter. According to
the foregoing discussion, there are no physical singularities where the laws of physics break down; rather,
even in the event of catastrophic gravitational collapse, spacetime is smooth and continuous everywhere.
Conservation of mass-energy is one of the most fundamental laws of physics, yet the existence of
wormholes implies that this law does not hold locally in the region around either wormhole terminus.
While the first law of thermodynamics requires that the sum total of cosmic mass-energy remains
constant, we may have a local region of space where mass-energy increases over time (a white hole)
connected to a local region in which mass-energy commensurately decreases over time (a black hole).
This has important ramifications for cosmology, specifically concerning the origin and evolution of galaxies.
Using the mechanism of wormholes, the Universe may constantly recreate itself in an eternal cycle of
death and rebirth of galaxies that prevents total catastrophic gravitational collapse of the Cosmos by
redistributing mass-energy across the Universe. Thus, the Universe would be eternal according to any
particular clock. It will soon become generally apparent to educated people that we do not live in an
expanding Universe that exists in a shared “cosmic time,” but rather in an eternal dynamic equilibrium
Universe that completely transcends our local experientially based concept of time. While it is
conceivable that the architecture of the Universe could have been different in the past, reflecting some
kind of large-scale cosmic transformational process, it is reasonable to assume that its currently observed
general architecture has remained about the same over an infinite extent of time.
A number of people have been talking about the possibility of wormholes for decades, and now their
intuitive ideas are vindicated. Other people, for example Steven Weinberg, have worked out important
details of how matter behaves in conditions of intense heat and pressure, far surpassing that which can
occur in the interior of stars. While it was assumed that these conditions existed for some time after an
imagined primordial creation event, it turns out that these conditions exist at the core or “horizon” of
black holes and white holes, which are opposite ends of wormholes through spacetime. Sophisticated and
detailed mathematical models of the strong field limit will evolve from a new 21st-century model of
gravitation that includes the concept of temporal geometry.

Is something wrong with gravity? Is some unknown force acting on the [Pioneer-10 & -11] probes?
This seems another indicator of my own pet theory that science has barely begun to grasp what’s
going on in the universe, and that in centuries to come, people will chortle regarding what we
consider knowledge, in the same way we today chortle about those of past centuries who thought
the Earth was flat or the air was full of phlogiston. (Conversation in the year 2105: “Can you
believe that in 2005, people at Harvard actually thought the entire universe emerged as an
explosion of a point with no dimensions?”) 229, 230
– Gregg Easterbrook

One may hope that the erudite Harvard community will absorb the contents of this dissertation and
begin to expand on it in far less than a century. Easterbrook, a visiting fellow at the Brookings Institution,
could have reversed the middle two digits and written instead, “Conversation in the year 2015…”

28. DARK MATTER

Following observational studies of the Coma cluster of galaxies in the 1930s, Fritz Zwicky noted that
there was a significant discrepancy (two orders of magnitude) between the estimated mass of the cluster
based on the luminosity of its constituent galaxies and its estimated virial mass based on its observed
dynamical properties according to a Hubble expansion and Newtonian gravitational physics.231 In 1964,
Zwicky and Milton Humason of the Mt. Wilson Observatory published the last paper of a series in the
Astrophysical Journal. In the abstract’s last sentence, we find the first definitive claim for what is now
commonly known as (otherwise undetected) “dark matter.”

105
 An observational and theoretical analysis of the medium compact cluster of galaxies around
NGC 541 has been initiated. … From the spatial distribution of the values of the velocity
distribution, it may be concluded that the cluster is not expanding. The fact that the fainter
galaxies have a greater velocity dispersion than the brighter galaxies indicates a tendency
toward the establishment of equipartition of energy among at least the brighter cluster galaxies.
… The indicative distance of the cluster, the indicative absolute photographic magnitude of its
brightest member galaxy and the relative indicative mass-luminosity ratio, as determined from
the Virial theorem, are respectively, D* = 53.2 million pc, M* = -20.2 and ℜ ~ 100. This value
of ℜ lies midway between those found for individual bright galaxies and those of very richly
populated compact clusters of galaxies. Suggestions are discussed of how ℜ might be found to
be drastically reduced because of the presence of various types of as yet undetected types of
intergalactic matter. 232
Despite many decades searching for the mysterious stuff called “dark matter,” independent evidence for
it does not exist beyond its apparent gravitational effects. Thus, the alleged ubiquitous “dark matter”
would have the improbable properties of being wholly unaffected by electromagnetic forces and emitting
no radiation whatsoever. Moreover, while the vast majority of the Milky Way Galaxy is supposedly made
up of “dark matter” there is no evidence for its existence in the Solar System; it is readily apparent that
the only gravity acting in the Solar System is sourced from the constituent atoms in the Sun, the planets
and other minor material bodies. The fanciful ideas for particles that have been put forward as possible
candidates for “dark matter” have been categorized by an anonymous pundit as “Fabricated Ad hoc
Inventions Repeatedly Invoked in Efforts to Defend Untenable Scientific Theories” (i.e., FAIRIE DUST).
At face value, like the “phlogiston” of the 19th century, “dark matter” does not exist, yet, how does one
otherwise explain the observed apparent gravitational effects of the “missing matter”? If the Universe is
not expanding, then galaxy clusters need not have extra invisible gravitating mass to account for the fact
that they are not expanding. See Appendix I for a discussion of gravitational lens data, formerly thought to
imply “dark matter.” It is also necessary to account for the observed rotation curves of spiral galaxies.
Vera Rubin graduated from Vassar College in 1948 with an undergraduate degree in astronomy, later
completing her doctorate at Georgetown in 1954. Her early ideas and research suggested inconsistencies
with the Big Bang, and were not well received, yet she persevered in her career while also raising a
family of four children and is now a staff astronomer at the Carnegie Institution for Science. Rubin made
a major contribution to astronomy in the 1970s when her observational work first revealed that the
velocity profiles of spiral galaxies are generally flat beyond the inner core.233 This was a startling
revelation, for at the time it was assumed that the velocity profiles must naturally exhibit decay consistent
with the apparent mass distribution according to the observed luminosity profile. In his 1978 Ph.D. thesis,
Albert Bosma later showed by radio astronomy observations that this property extends to orbiting clouds
of hydrogen gas that exist far beyond the edge of the optical disk.234
Dynamic stability of an orbiting body requires a balance of forces; one expects the gravitational
acceleration and the centripetal acceleration to be equivalent.

GM v 2 GM
= → v= (90)
r2 r r
The conspicuous central bulge of spiral galaxies implies a significant associated mass concentration
somewhat similar to the Sun of our solar system. Then a Newtonian point mass approximation governing
the orbits of stars in the disk is a reasonable assumption, although one must also account for the radial
increase in enclosed mass from the disk. The application of the virial theorem to the galactic system also
implies that orbital velocities should decline with the radius.
M 1
v2 ∝ → v (91)
r r
Numerous spiral galaxy rotation curves have been published. The Doppler velocity measurements are
difficult to make and the error bars are large. The generally accepted interpretation of these observations
is reflected by the typical smooth curve shown in Fig. (76). A review of actual raw spiral galaxy rotation

106
curve data shows that while the typical conventional graph is revealing (i.e., there is definitely no
Newtonian decline at large galactocentric distances), there is likely a divergence between actual data and
the typical representation of observations that is driven by preconceived ideas.

Figure 76 | Reported rotation curve for the Andromeda galaxy (M31).235 The curve extends
beyond the visible disk to rotating hydrogen clouds observed in the radio spectrum. The nearly flat
region (>20k) showing no signs of expected Newtonian radial drop-off is typical for spiral galaxies.
The background image showing half of the galaxy fit to the radial distance scale is in the infrared.236

The interpretation of spiral galaxy rotation curves as indicative of “dark matter” (dm) comprising the
majority of the galaxy’s gravitating mass (>80%) involves several logical problems. If dm gravitates
normally, then any observed gravitating body should be a mixture of the distinct kinds of matter with a
majority of dm. However, the entire gravitating mass of the planets, the Sun and all other stars is observed
to exist in the form of atoms. How is it possible for dm to have kept itself entirely distinct from normal
matter over billions of years? If dm gravitates identically to normal matter, then it should behave like
normal matter and coalesce into large spherical bodies. However, no such large dm bodies exist according
to observations. What would prevent dm from forming large bodies? “Dark matter” in a halo would orbit
the galactic centroid in a similar manner to globular clusters. Gravitational interaction between the dm
halo and the disk would break up the disk, but clearly no such interaction takes place. Logical analysis
implies that something other than imagined “dark matter” is responsible for spiral galaxy rotation curves.
No discussion of spiral galaxy disks is complete without mention of the Tully–Fisher relation. In 1922,
an Estonian astrophysicist named Ernst Julius Öpik, who spent the latter part of his professional career at
Armagh Observatory in Ireland, published an article in the Astrophysical Journal. The following is the
first sentence of the abstract.
Andromeda Nebula.—Assuming the centripetal acceleration at a distance r from the center is
equal to the gravitational acceleration due to the mass inside the sphere of radius r, an expression
is derived for the absolute distance in terms of the linear speed v0 at an angular distance ρ from the
center, the apparent luminosity i, and E, the energy radiated per unit mass. 237
Öpik’s original idea, applied locally to Andromeda, was later expanded upon and made practical for great
distances by R. Brent Tully at the Observatoire de Marseille in France and J. Richard Fisher of the
National Radio Astronomy Observatory in West Virginia. From their 1977 paper:

107
 We propose that for spiral galaxies there is a good correlation between the global neutral hydrogen
line profile width, a distance-independent observable, and the absolute magnitude (or diameter). It is
well known that the intrinsic luminosity of a galaxy is correlated with total mass, which is a
derivative of the global profile width and is linearly dependent and that comparison of the total mass
with such parameters as hydrogen mass, luminosity, and neutral hydrogen surface density can be
used as a distance tool.238
The Tully–Fisher relation, which recognizes that to close approximation the intrinsic luminosity of
spiral galaxies is proportional to the 4th power of the circular velocity (L ∝ Vc4), is presently considered to
be one of the more accurate astrophysical secondary distance indicators. Although it is an empirical fact
that this relationship holds true (more luminous galaxies spin faster), the theoretical derivation of the
relationship is not sensible in that the assumptions do not correlate with the observation that the rotation
curves are flat. In particular, the fundamental assumption in the theoretical derivation of the Tully–Fisher
relation is that the centripetal acceleration of the observable luminous matter and the gravitational
acceleration holding the galaxy together are in balance. In other words, the assumption is that the
luminous matter dominates the mass of spiral galaxies. The popular modern idea that most of galactic
mass is invisible “dark matter” is inconsistent with the Tully–Fisher relation.
Considering the totality of astronomical observations and scientific logic, it is reasonable to suspect
that no “dark matter” actually exists. In science, one must not stray from first principles and one cannot
simply invent arbitrarily new concepts that are in conflict with these principles in an attempt to explain
empirical phenomena. The proper alternative to such an approach is to abandon preconceived notions and
doggedly go where the data leads. If Eq. (90) is indeed a governing equation, the implication of a nearly
flat empirical rotation curve is that the ratio M/r is nearly constant. There are two possible explanations
for this apparent relationship that one may consider. If one assumes that M is essentially a constant over
time (i.e., spiral galaxies formed from a collapsing gas cloud), then it is necessary to invent “dark matter.”
If “dark matter” cannot be observed and is inconsistent with physical principles and other observables,
then the remaining alternative is to consider the possibility of a time-varying value for the mass M.
Consider now a software simulation (e.g., N-Body Shop) of galaxy formation and evolution based on
the premise of a white hole with an approximately constant efflux of mass-energy over some extended yet
finite period of time. The hole is assumed to be isolated in a region initially free of immediate external
gravitational influence (e.g., an adjacent galaxy). Contrary to any previous simulation of spiral galaxy
evolution, the total mass of the growing protogalaxy is a linear function of time, rather than being a
constant. Moreover, with the progress of time the galaxy grows outward from its core, rather than arising
from the primordial collapse of a spatially isolated fixed mass. If the progenitor white hole has a nearly
constant average flux over its finite lifetime, the total galactic mass (M) is linear with time. Similarly, the
radius of the galactic disk (R) increases as an approximately linear function of time, at least initially, until
enough of a central mass accumulates to produce an acceleration retarding outward radial motion.
M = kt R = v0t (92)

Consequently, the velocity in Eq. (90) remains approximately constant for any localized outbound
system of particles. Gas and dust are assumed to have acquired initial angular momentum near the core
before migration in a spiraling outbound radial trajectory. The Galactic core is known to have a stellar
density about five orders of magnitude greater than the average for the Milky Way. Moreover, it is
associated with strong radio emission similar to active galactic nuclei, which is likely to be a product of
the TGR effect given the large amount of mass, strong gravitational fields and rapid velocities. Was the
center of our galaxy at one time an AGN (i.e., a white hole)? The Big Bang theory provides a single context
for the formation of spiral galaxies; over a comparatively short period of time (on the order of 1 billion
years according to high-z observations interpreted as lookback time over a finite timeline), spiral galaxies
are alleged to have formed due to the collapse of protogalactic clouds. This idea evolved because it is
consistent with the standard cosmological model, but that model is no longer valid. Consequently, there is
a need for an entirely new theory of spiral galaxy formation. A simulation assuming a primordial white
hole as having been the progenitor of the Milky Way and other spiral galaxies, which also incorporates
the phenomenon of TGR, is likely to overturn the notion of “dark matter” in spiral galaxies.

108
29. FORMATION OF STARS AND PLANETS
The rotational kinetic energy dissipation mechanism behind the observed spin-down of stars and
planets and the secular decay of their orbits (i.e., the TGR effect) must also play a key role in the initial
formation of stars and planets from self-gravitating clouds of gas and dust within a galaxy. Given that the
Solar System’s planets orbit in a disk that is near to the solar equatorial plane, it is likely that they formed
from a disk-shaped nebula. The standard model of planet formation involves core accretion; a large initial
core is built by extreme inelastic collision of chunks of matter. How these chunks originated from gas and
dust is not really explained, just assumed. An alternative theory of planet formation requires an imagined
“gravitational instability” whereby a dense region of gas somehow undergoes rapid collapse. No simulation
has been able to demonstrate planetary formation according to this idea. However, applied to a disk of
matter originating from the demise of a massive rapidly rotating progenitor star, the TGR effect can be
expected to promote accelerating collapse. The formation of planets within a protostar’s accretion disk can
be attributed to local eddies of various sizes, with the rocky planets forming from denser material nearer
the core. Computer simulations incorporating the TGR effect are expected to successfully form virtual
solar systems. A previously unexplained observational fact is that while the Sun contains about 99.85% of
the Solar System’s mass, it contains no more than 2% of its angular momentum. It is suspected that the
Sun has lost the majority of its primordial angular momentum due an improbable imagined phenomenon
called “magnetic braking” in which angular momentum was transferred to charged particles. The TGR
effect can be invoked to account for the present-day angular momentum distribution of the Solar System,
as well as explaining ubiquitous examples of secular loss of angular momentum observed in real time.

30. RELATIVISTIC ENERGY

In a paper of about 720 words entitled “Does the Inertia of a Body Depend Upon Its Energy-Content”
published in September 1905, Albert Einstein revealed the following momentous truth.
If a body gives off the energy L in the form of radiation, its mass diminishes by L/c². 239

The now widely familiar mathematical statement of this principle did not appear in the original paper.
E = mc 2 (93)
Energy is a measurable physical quantity, so it is natural to think that energy is exclusively represented
by a real number. However, beginning with Einstein, theoretical physicists of the 20th century failed to
realize that Minkowski’s formal mathematical framework for special relativity implies that Eq. (93) is an
incomplete form of a more general equation in the complex numbers. Relativistic energy (E) generally
incorporates two mathematically distinct components (rest energy and “momentum energy”) whose linearly
summed individual magnitudes typically greatly exceed the magnitude of the mass energy (|E| = mc2).
Mass energy, which can do work, incorporates only a subset of the total systemic momentum energy.
Because Eq. (93) is one of the most elemental statements in the field of modern physics, it is certain that a
correction, however subtle, should provide new insights and bring about important changes in physics.
A familiar textbook equation that explicitly incorporates momentum (p) is easily derived from Eq. (93).
Because this derivation incorporates the erroneous tacit assumption that E is a real number, it conceals the
fact that the E2 term in Eq. (96) actually represents the square of a complex modulus (|E|2 = EĒ ).
m0 c 2 m02 c 4
E= → E = 2
(94)
v2 v2
1− 2 1− 2
c c

v2 c4
( ) → E 2 − ( mv )
2
E 2 − mc 2 = m02 c 4 = m02 c 4
2
(95)
c2 c2
E 2 − p 2 c 2 = m02 c 4 (96)

109
 In university textbooks of introductory modern physics, equations are routinely presented which make
no distinction between the necessarily real-valued magnitude of a measured observable and the more
fundamental underlying mathematical representation of phenomena according to mathematical physics.
For example, in separate elementary introductory discussions, the rest energy of a material particle and the
momentum energy of a massless photon are both presented mathematically as measurable real numbers.

E = m0 c 2 (correct) E = pc (problematic) (97)

At some future time, the student is then introduced to the important concept of the energy-momentum
4-vector, which originated with Minkowski as an essential complement to the concept of spacetime.
Although consideration of relativity should make it clear that the momentum energy of a particle
cannot possibly be represented (fundamentally) by a real number, initial indoctrination of the second of
the above two relationships creates a mental block. Consequently, Eq. (93) has been employed as a
foundational element of modern physics instead of being recognized as incomplete and misleading.
The energy-momentum 4-vector (p µ ) is tangent to the world line of a particle. Ignoring potential
energy, the imaginary part of p µ represents “total energy” (E) while the real part represents linear
momentum (p). The world line of a photon is naturally at 45 degrees in the complex space-time plane.
Consequently, it is trivial to observe that establishing a mathematical equality between the real and
imaginary parts of a photon’s energy-momentum 4-vector requires an imaginary coefficient (E = ipc).

Figure 77 | The energy-momentum 4-vector of a photon. A mathematical statement specifying

the energy equivalent represented by the linear momentum clearly requires an imaginary coefficient.

Figure 78 | The energy-momentum 4-vector of a particle in its rest frame. A mathematical

statement specifying the energy equivalent of rest mass requires no imaginary coefficient.
Like spacetime, which has two integrated distinct measurable manifestations (space and time), energy
also has two such observationally distinct yet integrated manifestations (mass and radiation). In both
cases, the nature of the integration allows that either of the two forms may transform into the other form.
The mathematical distinction between real-valued rest energy and imaginary-valued momentum energy
encodes their relativistic duality and the associated distinction between particle and wave manifestation.
Each of the three squared terms in Eq. (96) represents a distinct form of energy: mass energy (E),
“momentum energy” (|ipc|) and rest energy (m0c2). Momentum energy clearly represents the true energy
equivalent of momentum for all particles in a similar manner to rest energy’s representation of the true

110
energy equivalent of intrinsic mass (m0). In both cases, the large magnitudes produced by the coefficients
are not intuitive. Eq. (96) is expressed in proper form in that both Lorentz covariant quantities on the left
side are equated to the Lorentz invariant quantity on the right. However, just like Eq. (93), it is incomplete
and misleading; Eq. (98) is the correct complete expression of the mathematical physics.

EE + ( ipc ) = m0 c 2 ( )
2 2
(98)

This improved formula more clearly reveals that the linear sum of the rest energy and momentum
energy components of relativistic energy exceeds the mass energy by drawing attention to the distinction
between the imaginary-valued momentum energy and the real-valued rest energy. An improper variation
of Eq. (96), in which respective Lorentz invariant and Lorentz covariant terms are mixed on the left hand
side, is a Pythagorean formula (a2 + b2 = c2) yielding a naïve “energy triangle” in the real numbers.

( m c ) + ( pc )
0
2 2 2
= E2 (99)

Figure 79 | The naïve Pythagorean relationship for Eq. (96). This triangle shows the implied
geometric relationship between the magnitudes of the three energy manifestations, but it fails to recognize
the distinction between imaginary momentum energy and real rest energy [Fig. (77) and Fig. (78)].

Eq. (96) implies a complex momentum-energy plane. The distinction between Fig. (79) and Fig. (80) is
subtle but absolutely critical in the context of mathematical physics. Interpretation of an incorrect and
incomplete mathematical expression obviously cannot provide a correct and complete physical model.
This simple visual geometric model [Fig. (80)] makes it immediately clear that relativistic energy must be
represented by a complex number as implied by the first principles only obscurely embodied in Eq. (96).
E = m0 c 2 + ipc E = mc 2 E 2 ≡ EE (100)

−1
β ⎡ v⎤
E = mc 2 ei sin ⎢⎣ β ≡ c ⎥⎦ (101)

Figure 80 | The correct geometric relationship for Eq. (96) in the complex plane. The orthogonal
geometric relationship between the rest energy component and the momentum energy component
implied by the algebra is naturally reflected by the distinction between real and imaginary numbers.

It is unequivocal that Eq. (101) is the correct mathematical expression for relativistic energy. What is
commonly known as “the Einstein energy equation” [Eq. (93)] is fundamentally incorrect (i.e., incomplete)
in that it does not incorporate the required phasor term, nor does it indicate that mc2 is the magnitude of a

111
complex number. Indeed, most students of physics have falsely believed that E cannot be anything other
than a real number expressing an observable. A review of the following simple algebra may be helpful in
understanding the phasor form of the relativistic energy equation visually modeled by Fig. (80).
v
β≡ α ≡ sin −1 β (102)
c

v2 v
cos α = 1 − 2 sin α = (103)
c c

v2 v
eiα = cos α + i sin α = 1 − 2
+i (104)
c c

2 i sin −1 β
⎛ v2 ⎞ mvc 2
mc e = mc ⎜ 1 − 2 ⎟ + i
2
= m0 c 2 + ipc (105)
⎝ c ⎠ c

Eq. (101) is in no way a radical departure from conventional relativistic physics. On the contrary, this
new equation is nothing more than a polished formal restatement of Eq. (96), recognizing the previously
obscured fact that E2 in that equation is the square of a complex modulus (|E|2). Preconceived notions and
incorrect assumptions obscured what is really quite obvious in hindsight. However, this seemingly small
improvement in mathematical form yields profound new physical insights of immense significance.

31. MOMENTUM-DRIVEN FIELD ENERGY

When the rest energy and momentum energy components of mass energy are properly expressed as
their respective real and imaginary values, it becomes transparently obvious that the linear sum of their
wholly independent magnitudes (if both are not zero) is necessarily greater than the magnitude of the
mass energy. A formal mathematical statement of this fact employs the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality
applied to Eq. (101), with the equality holding only if one of the two summed components is zero.

(
mc 2 ≤ m0 c 2 + ipc ) (106)

The relationships shown in Fig. (81), which are implied by first principles, are clear. However, as was
similarly true for 16th-century astrophysics, immersion of the academic establishment in a false paradigm
of artificially created complexity has obscured an exceedingly simple and obvious physical reality.

Figure 81 | The complete energy budget (C ) exceeds the mass energy by the magnitude F.
The linear sum of the rest energy and the momentum energy magnitudes constitutes the complete
relativistic energy budget (C ). Clearly, each of its components must be conserved. The extractable
mass energy (mc2), which can do work, is a subset of this systemic energy budget. Energy conservation
requires that the manifestation of the difference between these two energies (F = C - mc2) be identified;
it must exist. The magnitude of this energy can also be expressed as the difference between the
magnitude of the momentum energy and the magnitude of the relativistic kinetic energy (F = pc - K ).

112
 The sum of a particle’s relativistic mass energy and its potential energy represents the theoretical
maximum amount of energy that can be extracted from it. This energy, associated with the ability to do
work, is generally referred to as the “total energy” of the particle. This nomenclature strongly suggests
that every component of the energy budget has been accounted for, so it is natural to complacently assume
that no more systemic energy exists. In spite of being mathematically naïve (because the E2 term leads to
the false assumption that E is a real number), upon thoughtful consideration even Eq. (96) implies that
this terminology is misleading. Disregarding potential energy, the linear sum of the two distinct energy
magnitudes yielding mass energy clearly provides a complete energy budget for a particle (m0c2 + pc) that
is typically well in excess of its mass energy. The conventional concept of “total energy” leaves out a
significant amount of the complete systemic energy, all of which must be accounted for in accord with
energy conservation. This excess energy is expressed by Eq. (107) and represented by the yellow bar
labeled F in Fig. (81). The energy F, which is the remaining momentum energy of a particle after
removing the part incorporated in the relativistic kinetic energy component K of the mass energy, must be
accounted for. By a process of elimination, the creation of some kind of field is the only possibility, so F
may justifiably be referred to as the “field energy,” distinguishing it from the relativistic mass energy (mc2).
The physical manifestation of F and related empirical tests are discussed in Chapters 33–35.

( )
F = m0 c 2 + pc − mc 2 = pc − K (107)

32. THE MOMENTUM WAVE

In the context of energy, conventional physics makes a broad distinction between a material particle
(e.g., an electron) and a massless particle (e.g., a photon). This distinction was largely defined by the
following two equations relating the energy of the particle to a frequency according to Planck’s equation.
hfm = mc 2 hf p = pc (108)

Most fundamentally, quantum mechanics is based on the empirically verified notion that all particles
exhibit wavelike behavior according to the generalized de Broglie relation.
h
λ= (109)
p
Accordingly, the phase velocity of the matter wave (wm) exceeds the speed of light. This is not
considered to be unphysical as the group velocity of the matter wave packet corresponds to the velocity of
the source particle (v) and it is understood that the “fictitious” superluminal matter wave transmits no
information beyond the confines of the localized wave packet. Also see http://pdfref.net/m2/p113.1
h mc 2 c 2
wm = λ f m = ⋅ = (110)
mv h v
Consider now the fresh perspective provided by Eq. (101) as concerns an oscillating subatomic particle.
The systemic energy of such a particle is composed of two distinct energy manifestations: the rest energy
and the momentum energy, each of which must be treated separately. To reiterate, the relativistic kinetic
energy is only a subset of the momentum energy. Then the mass energy, which is the linear sum of the rest
energy and this kinetic energy, is only a subset of the complete systemic energy of the particle.

Re ⎡⎣ mc 2 ei sin ⎤ = m0 c 2 Im ⎡⎣ mc 2 ei sin ⎤ = pc
−1 −1 −1
β β β
⎦ ⎦ mc 2 ei sin = mc 2 (111)

According to Eq. (109) there is no wavelength (and therefore no frequency) associated with rest energy
because there is no associated momentum. Together, Eq. (109) and Eq. (111) imply that the momentum
energy (pc) of a material particle is associated with a wave having a wavelength (h/p) and phase velocity c.
Though different from a photon, the momentum wave produced by an oscillating fundamental subatomic
particle or composite particle shares these two fundamental properties with photons.

113
 h pc
wp = λ fp = ⋅ =c (112)
p h
This implies that oscillating subatomic particles (e.g., bound quarks) generate a momentum wave
(hereafter “p-wave”) with a phase velocity of c, characteristic energy pc, and wavelength h/p. The phase
velocity of the p-wave implies that it manifests as a distributed periodic field. The energy distribution may
be generally modeled as an isotropic spherical standing wave surrounding the particle. Because p-wave
modulation propagates at the speed of light and the wave is not associated with electromagnetic radiation,
the question arises as to what might be waving. The answer is clear: spacetime itself is waving. This is
simply the application, in the context of p-wave energy, of Einstein’s key idea that the presence of energy
influences spacetime geometry. Thus, the positive energy of the p-wave creates a geometrically correlated
spacetime potential in the form of a wave. The net energy of the two complementary waves is zero, which
balances the energy budget. Another perspective is that oscillating bound subatomic particles continually
produce p-wave energy with no net loss in energy similar to the way in which it is understood that atomic
electrons restricted to a standing wave orbit suffer no net loss in energy due to their acceleration; the field
continually returns the energy to the source particle in a reciprocating relationship.
Energy conservation in the context of the isotropic radial propagation of the momentum wave requires
the amplitude of the p-wave to decrease linearly with radius from the source particle according to
sin r
A∝ (113)
r

Figure 82 | p-wave amplitude.

Consequently, the local energy of the wave, which is proportional to the square of the amplitude,
subscribes to Eq. (114). After the initial sharp decline from the central peak, the inverse square law
applies to the decline in the energy of the wave.
2
⎛ sin r ⎞
Ep ∝ ⎜ (114)
⎝ r ⎟⎠

Figure 83 | p-wave energy in red superimposed on a sine wave.

114
 The kinetic energy K associated with the localized source particle is a subset of the p-wave energy,
represented by the peak amplitude of the wave that encapsulates the particle. The manifestation of the
kinetic energy of a particle, when it is brought to rest and the p-wave energy vanishes, can be envisioned
as the collapse of this core wave at the immediate location (with uncertainty λ) of the particle.

33. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN DIFFRACTION

In diffraction experiments, a localized particle is emitted at a source and a localized particle impact is
detected on the target screen. Therefore, the phenomenon of diffraction must be fundamentally attributed
to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle (HUP), not to Fraunhofer diffraction geometry applied to an
imagined incident plane wave. While the latter interpretation may be mathematically functional, it is not
physically fundamental.

Δx ⋅ Δpx ≥ (115)
2
As the width (Δx) of the diffraction slit is decreased, the lateral position of the incident particle at the
slit is known to increasing accuracy. It follows from Eq. (115) that the magnitude of the uncertainty in
lateral momentum (Δpx) of the particle must increase. While one may attribute the observed spreading of
the diffracted particles to HUP, there is no component of this principle that implies forbidden values of
Δpx that might explain the observed minima (i.e., dark bands) in the familiar single-slit diffraction pattern.

Figure 84 | A typical single-slit diffraction pattern on a target screen produced by a laser.

When quantum mechanics was being developed in the early 20th century, a familiar phenomenon that
was used to explain the observation of particle diffraction, dating back to Thomas Young’s demonstration
of two-slit diffraction to the Royal Society in 1803, was wave interference. In this context, a sufficiently
narrow single slit (i.e., less than one wavelength) is understood to behave like two half-slits. The observed
dark bands in single-slit diffraction are conventionally attributed to destructive interference of distinct
wavefronts emanating from opposite sides of a narrow slit. The subjective concept of wave-particle
duality (complementarity) emerged as a key element of the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum
mechanics and has provided the de facto explanation for diffraction. This interpretation argues that the
particle manifests as a kind of nebulous spatially extended wave after passing through the slit, prior to its
detection as a distinct localized particle upon impact with the screen, which is commonly referred to as
“collapse of the wave function.” This interpretation, which was with rare exception universally adopted
by the physics community in the latter part of the 20th century, contrasted sharply with a simpler and more
rational explanation for the phenomenon originally proposed by Louis de Broglie and Albert Einstein,
who was famously antipathetic to the popular conventional interpretation.
[Einstein] believed in the concentration of the energy in quanta and that these quanta
have structures similar to particles. However, their motion is governed by what he called
Führungsfeld—that is, “guiding field”—and this obeys the equations of electrodynamics.
[As he was unable to reconcile it with the conservation laws of energy and momentum,]
Einstein never published the Führungsfeld idea. – Eugene P. Wigner240
–––––––––––––––
In order to explain this [wave-particle] duality of their behavior [photons, electrons, etc.],
Einstein proposed the idea of a “guiding field” (Führungsfeld). This field obeys the field
equation for light, that is Maxwell’s equation. However, the field only serves to guide the
light quanta or particles, they move into the regions where the intensity of the field is high.
This picture […] has, obviously, many attractive features. Yet Einstein, though in a way
he was fond of it, never published it. – Eugene P. Wigner241

115
Einstein’s private ideas that he shared with Eugene Wigner were apparently very similar to the early ideas
of Louis de Broglie. 242
While the founding fathers agonized over the question ‘particle’ or ‘wave’, de Broglie in
1925 proposed the obvious answer ‘particle and wave’.
Is it not clear from the smallness of the scintillation on the screen that we have to do with
a particle? And is it not clear, from the diffraction and interference patterns, that the
motion of the particle is directed by a wave? De Broglie showed in detail how the motion
of a particle, passing through just one of two holes in screen, could be influenced by waves
propagating through both holes. And so influenced that the particle does not go where the
waves cancel out, but is attracted to where they cooperate. This idea seems to me so natural
and simple, to resolve the wave-particle dilemma in such a clear and ordinary way, that it is
a great mystery to me that it was so generally ignored. Of the founding fathers, only Einstein
thought that de Broglie was on the right lines. – J. S. Bell 243
When Hermann Minkowski formalized special relativity in terms of the complex numbers in 1908, an
impetuous young Albert Einstein referred to his work as “superfluous erudition.” It is understandable that
Minkowski once referred to his former student, Einstein, as a “lazy dog.” If only young Einstein had paid
respectful attention to his mathematics professor, his creative genius would have been better rewarded.
The “guiding field” he so accurately imagined was none other than the p-wave, whose existence is
implied by the complete energy budget of a particle in the context of special relativity. If Einstein had just
realized that the domain of his energy equation was the complex plane according to the mathematical
foundation of special relativity and not the real numbers, his physically intuitive ideas concerning
quantum mechanics would not have remained obscure and overshadowed by Niels Bohr’s illogical yet
dominant “Copenhagen interpretation” of the mathematics, which attempted to describe observations.
The wave function in quantum mechanics modeled by the Schrödinger equation describes a linear
superposition of different states, but actual measurements are always made of a physical system in a
definite state. For example, in the two-slit particle diffraction experiment, which has been conducted
firing only one particle at a time, it is the actual impact locations of whole and observationally indivisible
particles that measurably hit the target screen. However, the related formal mathematics describes only
the statistical probability for the lateral distribution of all the particles that make their way to the screen.
No previous interpretation of quantum mechanics describes how the mathematical probabilities are
converted into distinct measured physical outcomes.
This “measurement problem” is immediately solved when we understand the mathematical distinction
and corresponding physical distinction between the energies of the matter wave (mc2) and p-wave (|ipc|).
The p-wave is a spherical standing wave that surrounds the host particle, creating a distinct periodic
energy field, which affects spacetime in accord with the fundamental interpretation of general relativity.
Consequently, at quantum scale, the geometry of spacetime is periodic, rather than smooth, and the
distinction between a particle and its p-wave is similar to the distinction between a source body and its
gravitational field at macroscopic scale; the latter does not exist without the former, but they are certainly
not the same thing. Rational intuition tells us that in the two-slit particle diffraction experiment, a given
particle can pass through one slit or the other, not both. The idea that the particle may not have passed
through either slit between the source and the target screen, which has been discussed as a conceivable
interpretation of the observed phenomenon, simply makes no sense.
Fig. (85) is a schematic of double-slit diffraction, showing a particle with a 50% probability of passing
through one of the two open slits, yet in either case its p-wave energy clearly has a 100% probability of
simultaneously passing through both slits. We may imagine the slits as two large holes punched through a
fine-meshed filter and the p-wave energy as liquid passing through the filter. Like water pouring through
such apertures in a filter, the p-wave energy takes the path of least resistance, passing primarily through
the open slits, although it may be capable of permeating the physical barrier. The interference pattern
shown on the far side of the two-slit barrier is of the p-wave energy and so must be interpreted as a
potential energy field, rather than a statistical abstraction representing an unlikely amorphous form of the
electron itself. This interference pattern has nothing to do with the conventional concept of matter wave
(m-wave), which is restricted to the p-wave center.

116
 Figure 85 | Double-slit diffraction. A localized particle represented by a matter wave (m-wave) with
energy mc2, which is encapsulated within the core (innermost circle) of the p-wave, may pass through
one or the other of both open slits. In practice, there is a 50% probability of each scenario shown here.
The symmetric interference patterns show the p-wave energy of the single particle (|ipc|), which has a
100% probability of passing through both open slits. Like all particles, photons have an m-wave as
well as a p-wave; however, for massless particles the two energies are uniquely identical.

The geometric deformation of spacetime in the presence of energy is conventionally associated

exclusively with the gravitational field of a ponderous object, yet this principle of physics should be valid
at all length scales. At quantum scale, energy manifests in the form of a wave, so at this scale the response
of spacetime to the presence of energy in the form of a wave is certain to be a complementary periodic
waveform and not the same kind of smooth deformation one may associate with the gravitational field of
a macroscopic object. Consequently, the moiré pattern of the p-wave energy shown in Fig. (85) must be
interpreted as a potential energy barrier resembling the conceptual schematic shown on the right side of
Fig. (86). The crests of the interfering p-wave correspond to the troughs of spacetime observed at the
length scale of its wavelength, while the troughs of the p-wave correspond to the crests of spacetime.

Figure 86 | Energy distribution of double-slit p-wave interference and spacetime’s response.

Upon confrontation with the double-slit barrier, the incident p-wave passes through both slits and
interferes with itself. The energy of the p-wave, which corresponds to the moiré pattern in Fig. (85)
resembles the red waveform on the left. Spacetime responds to the presence of this energy with a
geometrically correlated waveform; p-wave energy maxima produce spacetime minima while p-wave
minima yield spacetime maxima. In a loose sense, the spacetime structure on the right represents a
kind of quantum-scale “gravitational field.” Its maxima function as potential barriers to an incident
particle (e.g., an electron). The appearance of light and dark bands in the double-slit experiment is a
rational indication of quantum-scale periodic spacetime geometry produced by p-wave interference.

Richard Feynman claimed that an accurate understanding the double-slit diffraction phenomenon was
the key to understanding all of quantum mechanics. In response to the periodic energy pattern of the
interfering p-waves, spacetime immediately after the slits presents a geometric energy barrier resembling a
mountain range of peaks and valleys. After having passed through one of the open slits, a single particle

117
has an inherently uncertain lateral momentum (Heisenberg uncertainty principle). The particle is forced to
go around the barriers, and which interstitial passage it goes through is related to the lateral position of the
passage, with a more central route statistically more likely. The striped interference pattern that is
observed on the target screen is of a large population of whole particles, each striking a particular position
on the screen, one at a time. This familiar pattern is a rational reflection of the spacetime barrier that each
particle has negotiated prior to impact and measurement. The momentum-wave energy must pass through
both open slits undisturbed in order for the interference pattern to manifest and any attempt to measure
which slit a particle goes through destroys the p-wave interference pattern shown in Fig. (85). When it
is understood that the p-wave energy field is effectively exerting forces on each particle that restrict its
path to the screen, the observed results of the experiment are no more mysterious than the modeled effects
of a magnetic field on the path of a charged particle. In hindsight, the conventional interpretation of the
observed diffraction pattern in the double-slit experiment as the constituent particles having had no
definite trajectory through space between the diffraction barrier and the screen is an illogical ad hoc
model of the mathematics in the absence of a more rational explanation.
Along these lines, Erwin Schrödinger wrote in 1959,
With very few exceptions (such as Einstein and Laue) all the rest of the theoretical physicists were
unadulterated asses and I was the only sane person left. . . . The one great dilemma that ails us . . .
day and night is the wave-particle dilemma. In the last decade I have written quite a lot about it
and have almost tired of doing so: just in my case the effect is null . . . because most of my
friendly (truly friendly) nearer colleagues (. . . theoretical physicists) . . . have formed the opinion
that I am—naturally enough—in love with ‘my’ great success in life (viz., wave mechanics)
reaped at the time I still had all my wits at my command and therefore, so they say, I insist upon
the view that ‘all is waves’. Old-age dotage closes my eyes towards the marvellous discovery of
‘complementarity’. So unable is the good average theoretical physicist to believe that any sound
person could refuse to accept the Kopenhagen oracle. . .244
Ideally, theoretical physics leads to empirical evidence that differentiates between academic arguments
and accurate physical insight. The question then arises as to whether an experiment can unambiguously
distinguish between the conventional interpretation of quantum mechanics and the concept of the
momentum wave as the “guiding field.” The de Broglie wave is a nebulous representation of a particle
alleged to have a frequency f = mc2/h. In contrast, the p-wave is a quantum-scale wave in spacetime with
frequency f = pc/h and fixed phase velocity c produced by a moving particle; unlike the de Broglie wave,
the p-wave is subject to a Doppler shift. One can expect empirical evidence to differentiate between the
single matter wavelength alleged by canonical theory and the Doppler-shifted p-wave [see Fig. (87)].
Although the famous Davisson-Germer experiment of 1927 demonstrated qualitatively that electrons
exhibit “wave-like behavior” due to the maxima and minima in the diffraction data, a review of the
experimental results clearly shows that the quantitative relationship between momentum and wavelength
that holds for photons (λ = h/p) does not hold for electrons; the results of the experiment for electrons and
for photons are quite different [see excerpt from Davisson and Germer (1928) on the following page].
Indeed, in the last sentence quoted, the authors acknowledge the “great importance, of course, to discover
the cause of this difference.” It seems to be the case that over time the distinction was blurred between the
experimental evidence for electrons exhibiting wave-like behavior, which is consistently demonstrated,
and diffracted electrons specifically exhibiting an unambiguous precise de Broglie wavelength (h/p),
which was never demonstrated. Having never consulted the original literature, but only cursory discussion
of the experiment in modern physics textbooks, it is easy to incorrectly assume the latter.
As the source of the coefficient (12.2) in the relationship between the voltage (V) and wavelength (λ)
appearing in the following excerpt from the 1928 Davisson-Germer PNAS paper may not be immediately
clear, Eq. (116) shows it explicitly. If h is expressed using angstrom units, then the value of the coefficient
shown per modern constants is 12.264 where m is the electron rest mass and e is the elementary charge.
The experiment is non-relativistic; electron speed does not exceed 0.05c at the maximum 600 eV energy.
1 2 2 h h h h 1
mE = m v →λ≡ = = →V 2 = ⋅
1
(116)
2 mv 2mE 2meV 2me λ

118
 In the April number of these PROCEEDINGS we reported certain preliminary results obtained in
experiments in which a homogeneous beam of electrons was directed against a {111}-face of a
nickel crystal at various angles of incidence, and in which observations were made on the intensity
of scattering in the plane of incidence as a function of bombarding potential and direction. We had
found that the incident beam of electrons is regularly but selectively reflected from the crystal face.
At a given angle of incidence the reflected beam is observed whenever the speed of the incident
electrons is comprised within any of certain ranges, and within each of these ranges the intensity
of the beam is characterized by a sharply defined maximum. The phenomenon was interpreted as
the wave mechanics analogue of the regular selective reflection of monochromatic x-rays from a
crystal face.

FIGURE 1
Variation of the intensity of the regularly reflected electron beam with
bombarding potential, for 10° incidence—Intensity vs. V ½.

{Note: The angle θ in the following is relative to the normal vector, rather than the face.
Consequently, the Bragg formula quoted employs a cosine term rather than the modern
convention of a sine term referencing an angle measured relative to the face. Also, “A” in
the original text denoting the angstrom has been substituted with “Å” for clarity.}
In the x-ray phenomenon the intensity of the reflected beam is a maximum when the wave-
length of the incident beam satisfies the Bragg formula, when, that is, the wave-length has any one
of the values, λ = (2d/n) cos θ, where d represents the distance between adjacent planes of atoms
lying parallel to the surface of the crystal, θ the angle of incidence, and n any positive integer.
A complete analogy between the phenomena of electron reflection and x-ray reflection would
require that the Bragg formula should hold also in the case of electrons. This condition, however,
is not satisfied; the wave-lengths at which the beam of reflected electrons attains its intensity
maxima are not given by λ = (2d/n) cos θ.
This failure to conform to the Bragg law is illustrated in figure 1, which is figure 3 of our
previous note (loc. cit.). Observations on the intensity of the reflected beam for angle of incidence
10 degrees are plotted in this figure against the square-root of the bombarding potential which
is proportional to the speed of bombardment, and therefore to the reciprocal of the wavelength.
[λ= h/mv = 12.2/V ½ Å, for electrons of moderate speed.] If the Bragg formula obtained, the
maxima in this curve would occur at the values of V ½ given by
⎛ n ⎞
V 2 = 12.2 / λ = 12.2 ⎜
1

⎝ 2d cosθ ⎟⎠
= n × 3.05, for θ = 10 deg., d = 2.03Å

These values are indicated by the arrows in the figure, and one notes a definite failure of the
observed maxima to fall at the calculated positions.
…
The single statement covering both reflection and diffraction is that for electrons of the speeds
used in our experiments (bombarding potentials up to 600 volts) Bragg’s law does not obtain;
the wave-length of the beam of scattered electrons as calculated from the de Broglie formula is
never the same (except in a special case to be mentioned later) as that of the corresponding beam
of x-rays. It is a matter of great importance, of course, to discover the cause of this difference.245

119
 The available lattice spacing of atomic nuclei for electron diffraction experiments is on the order of the
atomic diameter or ~10-10 m. With a wavelength (h/p) to match, the electron energy is 150 eV, implying a
speed of about 2% of c. As previously stated, the p-wave is subject to a Doppler shift, so from the
perspective of a diffraction barrier, two primary electron p-wave wavelengths exist leading to the observed
diffraction phenomenon, the “leading wave” (λ = h/p - ∆ D) and the “trailing wave” (λ = h/p + ∆D) where
∆D represents the equal magnitudes of the p-wave Doppler redshift and blueshift.

h 1 β ⎡ v⎤ 1 2E 2eV
λp = ⎢⎣ β ≡ c ⎥⎦ v << c → β ≈ = (117)
p 1± β c m mc 2

Figure 87 | Schematic of electron and its p-wave in motion (l–r) relative to a physical barrier.
When the p-wave encounters a physical barrier it will be reflected. Interference of the reflected wave
(not shown) with the incoming p-wave will cause an interference pattern (not shown) with a geometry
that is not accurately described by the Bragg formula or any other simple analytical equation.

When the leading part of the p-wave encounters a barrier (e.g., a lattice of nickel atoms), it will be
reflected and must interfere with the remainder of the incoming wave. The geometry of the ensuing
spacetime potential barrier that reflected electrons must negotiate, accounting for the observed geometry of
maxima and minima in electron diffraction experiments, requires a complicated numerical solution.
Software simulation of p-wave interaction with a barrier should yield accurate empirical predictions.

34. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN THE ATOMIC NUCLEUS

The measured magnetic moment of a neutron implies that it contains oscillating charged particles, so it
appears certain that nucleons are composed of distinct fractionally charged quarks. Assuming a
confinement region on the order of half the nucleon radius, the Heisenberg uncertainty principle implies a
minimum momentum (pq) of each quark confined within a nucleon. While no maximum limit is specified
by HUP, in practice the maximum momentum is about double and certainly on the same order.


pq ≥ ⎡⎣ Δx ~ 5 × 10 −16 m ⎤⎦ → pq ~ 10 −19 kg ⋅ m ⋅ s-1 (118)
2Δx

Consequently, quark confinement (given 3 quarks per nucleon) is certain to yield an internally generated
per nucleon momentum energy that compares to the measured nucleon rest energy of ~939 MeV.

∑ p c ≥ 592 MeV
q (119)
3

120
Confinement of the composite nucleons within the nucleus produces an additional though typically
smaller contribution to the p-wave field energy produced by atomic nuclei per unit mass. It is important to
consider that variations in nuclear architecture can be expected to cause small variations per unit mass in
the p-wave energy produced within the nuclei of distinct elements. Electrons and thermal molecular
vibrations make additional small contributions to the total momentum energy generated by an atom. It is
also important to consider that p-waves must interfere, both at subatomic scale and at astrophysical scale.
The existence of the p-wave is not an open question; it is implied by first principles. Because energy
conservation precludes the p-wave from radiating energy away from the source particle, a complementary
potential field must exist so that the sum of the two energies, having identical magnitude but opposite
polarity, exactly cancel each other out. This response of spacetime to p-wave energy yields a strong
binding potential with a sharp boundary having a diameter on the order of the measured nucleon diameter.
Consequently, this binding potential is indistinguishable from the nuclear strong force. Moreover, wave
interference produces an internal fine structure of isolated potentials, creating an elegant model of a
nuclear shell structure and a means of precluding collapse. Occam’s razor suggests that there is no reason
to invent an entirely separate phenomenon (i.e., an exchange force mediated by “gluons”) to account for
the nuclear strong force when an already existing phenomenon that rests on first principles is in place.
The nuclear strong force is described exclusively by spacetime wave mechanics.

Figure 88 | Conceptual schematic diagram of nuclear p-wave interference fine structure.

In a typical atomic nucleus (A > 1), p-waves are produced by each bound quark and also by each
composite nucleon. Each p-wave is sourced from the unique and dynamical physical location of its
individual host particle. Individual p-waves must interfere with one another, producing a composite
wave with a greater wavelength than the constituent p-waves. Adding additional nucleons having
mutual proximity allows for effective constructive interference of their p-waves and thus tends to
increase nuclear binding energy. Nuclei with an integer number of alpha particle sub-components
naturally exhibit higher binding energy. At the peak of the nuclear binding energy curve, the p-waves
of nucleons added to the periphery of the now larger nucleus cannot interfere as effectively with the
internal nucleon p-waves; the binding energy curve declines after 62Ni. Proton coulomb repulsion
fuels internal nuclear momentum, while neutrons function to reduce internal momentum. As atomic
number increases, proportionately more neutrons are required to reduce internal nuclear momentum
as required for nuclear stability. As the nuclear radius continues to grow, the effectiveness of p-wave
interference must decline. Consequently, there exists a maximum size of a stable nucleus.

121
 A synthesis of the definition of relativistic energy and the principle of energy conservation implies the
ubiquitous existence of the p-wave while the Heisenberg uncertainty principle quantifies the magnitude of
the p-wave energy produced by a nucleon. Thus, three of the most fundamental first principles in physics
imply an emission of radiant energy associated with internal nucleon momentum, similar to the fact that
first principles imply that a magnetic field is produced by the relative motion of charged particles.
Ignoring the Doppler effect, which is insignificant for non-relativistic particle velocities, the p-wave
manifests as an isotropic periodic scalar field; every point in space is associated with an energy value
according to the local amplitude of the p-wave at that coordinate. The geometric interpretation of this
scalar field in spacetime yields a deep central potential well (i.e., a quantum “gravitational field”).

Figure 89 | Isotropic p-wave energy distribution: an Airy disk in three dimensions.

Ignoring internal fine structure caused by wave interference, Fig. (89) is a 2-dimensional representation
of the 3-dimensional p-wave energy distribution produced by the internal quark momentum of a nucleon.
The diameter of the bright central region corresponds to the quark p-wave wavelength of ~10-15 meter as
shown in Fig. (83). The same region coincides with the sharp boundary of the strong force. As previously
mentioned, energy conservation implies that the p-wave energy is inversely proportional to the square of
the radius. As an atomic radius of one angstrom represents 105 wavelengths, the nucleon’s p-wave energy
has decreased by a factor of 1010 at this radius. At a distance of one millimeter from the nucleon (1012 λ),
the p-wave energy has decreased by a factor of 1024 and at 6000 kilometers (approximate Earth radius) by
a factor of about 1043. It is then immediately clear that the relative magnitude of the p-wave energy within
the boundary of the atomic nucleus is enormously greater than at atomic, let alone astrophysical, scale.

35. THE ROLE OF THE MOMENTUM WAVE IN GRAVITY

Heretofore, the conventional approach to a quantum description of gravity was to imagine the exchange
of quantum particles (i.e., “gravitons”) between bodies, which produced their gravitational attraction, yet
this idea naïvely fails to abandon Newtonian anachronisms. A metric theory of gravity unequivocally
maintains that there is no immediate interaction of a force per se between gravitating bodies that might be
mediated by such particles. Moreover, a metric theory of gravity implies that photons pursue a geodesic in
spacetime rather than the incompatible alternative idea that their trajectory is affected by exchanging a
kind of ‘attraction particle’ with a gravitating body. If graviton quanta indeed communicate the existence
of gravitating mass to the surrounding environment, how could they interact with a radial photon
departing at the speed of light, which redshifts on account of the gravitational field? Obviously, they
could not, so one may immediately conclude that gravity is not produced by an exchange of particles that
mediate a force. The identical warped spacetime geometry generated by the quantum energy source of the
gravitational field, which defines the trajectory and orbital energy of material bodies in the field, similarly
defines the trajectory and frequency of photons in the field.
Three centuries ago, Isaac Newton simply assumed that the coefficient (G ) in his equation of gravity
was a universal constant, similar to our present-day understanding of the precisely measured speed of

122
light in vacuum. For all astrophysical gravitational fields, the value of “Big G” is obscured in the
compound measured standard gravitational parameter GM, which for the Earth is now claimed to be
known to a precision of about two parts per billion.246 As it is only this composite parameter for a
particular astrophysical body that correlates to accurately determined observables, indirect estimation of
any astrophysical mass M has been based on estimation of the composite value GM, various independent
experimentally determined values of G, consensus on the uncertainty of its value and the assumption now
called into question that it is a universal constant.
Newton’s assumption that G is a universal constant was made at a time when there was no definitive
knowledge of atomic structure, let alone subatomic structure. It leads to the conclusion that all material
bodies generate a gravitational field proportional to mass that is qualitatively identical. Consequently, an
electron is imagined to produce a tiny gravitational field whose only difference from that of the Sun is
determined by the ratio of their respective masses. It should have been clear some time ago that Newton’s
assumption, although practical in most cases, is not sensible upon considering the source of gravitation at
quantum scale where the wavelength h/p is physically relevant. Moreover, any successful theory of
gravity, especially a quantum theory of gravity, must address the energy source of the gravitational field.
The existence of the p-wave is incontrovertible; it is a consequence of relativistic and quantum physics
that was “hiding in plain sight” within the -p2c2 term of Eq. (96) for about a century. Because the vast
majority of p-wave energy is sourced from the internal momentum of quarks, the p-wave energy produced
by a material body is essentially proportional to its mass. Also, in accord with energy conservation, the
p-wave energy density is inversely proportional to the square of the radius from the source. At quantum
scale, an individual p-wave produces a periodic energy distribution, yet superposition of these decoherent
waves from all the atoms (nucleons) present in a mass (e.g., about 1057 nucleons for a solar mass)
produces a smooth energy distribution of unlimited range that naturally follows the inverse square law.
Then p-waves, which collectively create the gravitational field, behave similarly to photons emanating
from a decoherent light source that create an illuminating “light field.” Consequently, it is almost obvious
that the p-wave is responsible for the creation of the gravitational field.
While the electric field is observed to emanate from individual subatomic particles, the gravitational
field can only be observed to emanate from a large conglomerate of atoms. A successful empirical
verification of the quantum source of the gravitational field must consider the phenomenon in the context
of a hierarchical system of particles with a measurable gravitational field (i.e., a huge numbers of atoms),
not a single atom or component thereof. As compared to the momentum energy produced by bound
quarks, a comparatively smaller contribution to the p-wave energy produced by a composite mass arises
from the bulk momentum of the composite nucleons due to nuclear confinement, electron momentum
induced by coulomb forces that vary with atomic number and the thermally induced momentum of
composite atoms and molecules. Consequently, while the magnitude of p-wave energy produced by a
material body is very strongly dominated by its mass, factors such as its chemical makeup and even its
temperature will have some small but not insignificant effect.
Empirical evidence suggests that the alpha particle is a compact sub-unit of nuclear architectures.
Nucleons that are not integrated within an alpha particle can be expected to oscillate in an orbital mode,
implying a greater ∆x and so a smaller composite pc than those bound to an alpha particle. Consequently,
the gravitational potential per unit mass (i.e., the measured value of G) can be expected to vary slightly
according to the chemical composition of the source mass. Isotopes whose atomic mass number is evenly
divisible by 4 (e.g., 56Fe) can be expected to yield a slightly higher value of G than isotopes that contain
“free” nucleons that cannot be bound to an alpha particle (e.g., 58Ni). In general, isotopes or molecular
compounds with greater internal momentum should yield a higher value of G.
Excluding the speed of light, G has the longest history of experimental measurement of all empirically
determined fundamental physical values. With a few creative exceptions, almost all measurements of G
have used variations of the torsion balance technique pioneered by Henry Cavendish in 1797. The typical
modern torsion balance employs a precisely known source mass that creates a minute gravitational
acceleration on a small horizontal pendulum suspended by a very fine fiber. The gravitational field of the
source mass creates a torque on the pendulum that is reflected by a measured frequency change in a small

123
amplitude oscillation of the pendulum.247 Recent precision measurements of G by various respected
international teams include mutually exclusive values uncharacteristic of a universal constant. The high
level of professionalism of these teams and the significant precautions taken by each to ensure accuracy
must be considered when evaluating the total data set. In 2007, Fixler (a Stanford grad student) and others
employed the recently-developed method of measuring G using an atom interferometer. The measurement
was well above previous measurements, but unusually large error bars made the measurement
‘consistent’ with previous measurements of G, some of which are shown in Fig. (90).248 Do the size of
those very large error bars have a psychological (i.e., social conformity) component? While the observed
disparity in precision measurements of G has been prudently attributed to unexplained experimental
errors, it is also possible that an unmodeled property of gravitation is responsible. The experimental
results strongly suggest that the gravitational field is sourced from quantum interactions that scale with
mass, yet have other dependencies, so that G is not a universal constant as conventional wisdom assumes.

Figure 90 | Recent precision measurements of G. A 2007 Stanford University measurement of G

(not shown in graph) using an atom interferometer yielded 6.693×10-11 m3/kg/s2, with a standard error
of the mean of ±0.027×10-11 and a systematic error of ±0.021×10-11 (same units).249 This most recently
published measurement of G is 2.6 plot widths to the right of the CODATA 2006 value shown.

If the observed disparity in the measurements of G is not due to experimental error, the measurements
imply that some variable property of the source masses in the different experiments caused a small but
measurable difference in their gravitational field strength per unit mass. The major variable between
experiments is the material composition of the source mass, yet according to over three centuries of
conventional wisdom in physics, the idea that this might measurably affect the gravitational field strength
of a source body and thus the measured value of G is preposterous. However, progress in science has
always been based on subsequent empirical verification of what initially seemed a preposterous idea.

3kT
vrms = (120)
mn

The internal temperature of the Sun is estimated to be about 15 million kelvin. This correlates to an
easily quantifiable average nucleon velocity within the plasma of 6×105 m/s (0.2% c) per Eq. (120).
The associated per nucleon momentum energy (pc) within the plasma is then about 1.9 MeV, or about 0.3%
of the momentum energy produced by quark confinement. This result implies that any significant variations

124
in the temperature of a star over time will produce very small variations in its gravitational field strength that
may affect the ephemerides of orbiting bodies over time. As concerns the laboratory, the difference in the
calculated per nucleon momentum energy produced by a cooled source mass at about 10 kelvin and the
identical mass at room temperature (295 K) is about 6.9 keV, which compared to Eq. (119) implies that the
cold mass can be expected to yield a value of G that is about 1 part in 105 less than the warmer mass.

36. UNIFICATION OF FORCES

It should be clear at this point that the nuclear strong force and gravitation are the identical phenomena
(spacetime geometry in the context of wave mechanics) manifesting at different length scales. There are
no quantized exchange particles (i.e., “gluons” and “gravitons”) involved. As Einstein asserted,
gravitation is indeed a pure field rather than a force mediated by particle exchange. Demonstrating his
bold physical insight, and foreseeing a unification of gravitation and the strong force, in 1919 he stated,
…there are reasons for thinking that the elementary formations which go to make up the
atom [i.e., the nucleus] are held together by gravitational forces. 250
“Quantum gravity” describes the long-standing attempt to provide a synthesis between what are
currently recognized as the four fundamental forces: electromagnetism, the weak force, the strong force
and the gravitational force. The standard model of particle physics purports that all of these forces are
exchange forces mediated by a distinct fundamental particle. The incontrovertible existence of the p-wave
strongly suggests that this is a false paradigm as concerns the strong force and gravitation.
On 25 August 2008, Jenkins et al. posted to the e-print arXiv what is certain to become one of the most
revolutionary discoveries of our time in experimental physics. “Evidence for Correlations Between
Nuclear Decay Rates and Earth-Sun Distance” is based on reliable nuclear decay data acquired over a
five-year period (1981–1986) at Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL) and corroborating data taken
over a fifteen-year period (1983–1998) at PTB in Germany.
Unexplained periodic fluctuations in the decay rates of 32Si and 226Ra have been reported
by groups at Brookhaven National Laboratory (32Si), and at the Physikalisch-Technische-
Bundesandstalt in Germany (226Ra). We show from an analysis of the raw data in these
experiments that the observed fluctuations are strongly correlated in time, not only with
each other, but also with the distance between the Earth and the Sun. 251
The authors suggest that the observed correlation between nuclear decay rate and Earth’s orbit may
involve variations in the fundamental constants or seasonal variation in the solar neutrino flux. Both of
these hypotheses seem unlikely. Another hypothesis suggested by this empirical observation is that there
exists some deep connection between the binding force operating in the atomic nucleus and the binding
force of gravity.

37. RECAPITULATION
Since the dawn of humanity, the dominant form of human communication has been narrative, while
impersonal technical presentation of facts is a new behavior that only became prevalent in the latter half
of the previous century. One need only track the historical attendance of a major international scientific
meeting (e.g., the Annual Meeting of the American Physical Society) or the number of scientific articles
published per month to appreciate this fact. In the first decade of the 21st century, the vast majority of
humanity still has no facility or experience with the latter form of communication, let alone the rigors of
higher mathematics. Even a large majority of the socioeconomic elite in technically developed countries are
functionally illiterate as concerns modern science. Present trends do not show that this is likely to change
in the near future. This being the case, modern science includes the social phenomenon of a population of
committed “believers” (including most university students) who conform to the edicts of an elite class of
leaders due in large part to the social benefits of being an acolyte. Because the greater population of
humanity at the present time, including scientific professionals, tend to believe whatever they are told by
scientific pundits, from a social perspective science is not far removed from a kind of religion. For example,
very few people (including most technical professionals such as engineers and biologists) have any
familiarity with cosmology other than what they may read in the popular literature or view on televised

125
scientific documentaries. For at least the last two decades, with rare exception, no expert in the field with
significant public visibility has seriously suggested that the Big Bang theory could be incorrect. On the
contrary, the standard cosmological model has been taught to students and the lay public in the form of a
kind of catechism around the a priori interpretation of the cosmological redshift as evidence of an
expanding Universe. One exception is a statement by Simon Singh during a 19 February 2005 interview on
National Public Radio in the USA. The interview concerned his book, released in October 2004, entitled
Big Bang: The Most Important Discovery of All Time and Why You Need to Know About it.
Oh, it [the Big Bang theory] could be wrong. That is one of the interesting things about science,
that you never know anything for certain—and when the Big Bang was first proposed it was a
maverick, outlandish theory that nobody believed in.
Dr. Singh has a Ph.D. in physics from Cambridge University, has worked at CERN and is an acclaimed
British author, journalist and TV producer specializing in science and mathematics. It is remarkable that
such an objective matter-of-fact statement could come from an author talking about this particular book.
Compare his statement to a contrasting one by Alan Guth of M.I.T. in the 2007 History Channel television
series, The Universe (see 0:03:47 of the episode Beyond the Big Bang). As Guth is celebrated for inventing
inflation in an attempt to rescue the Big Bang theory, his assessment is perhaps tainted by personal interest.
Right now I’d say the Big Bang theory is a solid part of science as we understand it. Ahh, anybody
who doesn’t accept it is regarded by most of the people in the community as essentially a crackpot.
Because few people have the time or resources to personally investigate and verify scientific claims,
personal integrity is of ultimate importance in science. It is an illusion that good science promulgates
exclusively on the merits of impersonal technical support of scientific narrative in the form of predictive
models, mathematics, experiment and analysis. Good science is just as dependent on good leading
scientists in a moral sense as on good scientists in a technical sense. Accordingly, the American Physical
Society (APS) Guidelines for Professional Conduct includes the following paragraph.
Each physicist is a citizen of the community of science. Each shares responsibility for the welfare
of this community. Science is best advanced when there is mutual trust, based upon honest
behavior, throughout the community. Acts of deception, or any other acts that deliberately
compromise the advancement of science, are unacceptable. Honesty must be regarded as the
cornerstone of ethics in science. Professional integrity in the formulation, conduct, and reporting
of physics activities reflects not only on the reputations of individual physicists and their
organizations, but also on the image and credibility of the physics profession as perceived by
scientific colleagues, government and the public. It is important that the tradition of ethical
behavior be carefully maintained and transmitted with enthusiasm to future generations.252
We live in a time in which major corrections in the physical sciences are thought to be a thing of the past.
It was tacitly assumed that the foundations of modern physics were firmly established over the course of
the 20th century. The preceding decade has been described as “a new era of precision cosmology” with the
popularized assumption that empirical measurements have already reliably confirmed the framework of
the standard cosmological model beyond reasonable doubt. However, in a brief and straightforward
technical discussion, Chapters 2–3 of this dissertation show the substantial difference between the
predictions of the standard model and reliable empirical data, while previewing the accurate predictions
of a completely new and fundamentally different cosmological model.
The special theory of relativity arguably provides the most fundamental and comprehensive foundation
for all of modern physics and (before reading this book) virtually every professor of physics at a modern
university would assume that everything that there is to know about the theory was properly understood
and already described in various textbooks. Yet, Chapters 4–7 herein point out that something as simple
and fundamental as special relativity was inadequately understood in the past due to the conventional
emphasis on algebraic equations describing the relative tick rate of ideal clocks rather than the underlying
geometry of their tick intervals as measured in different directions in spacetime. It has been made a
simple and obvious fact that future textbooks on the topic of special relativity must discuss the subject in
the primary context of the geometry of time in spacetime, rather than the less transparent and edifying
subordinate context of the algebraic Lorentz transformation equations.

126
 Based on the geometric foundations of special relativity established by Hermann Minkowski in 1908,
Chapters 8–14 provide a simple and comprehensive cosmological model. This model abandons the
interpretation of the cosmological redshift as an expansion of space in favor of a relativistic effect
produced by the uniform geometry of a finite and boundaryless Universe with a large-scale homogeneous
and isotropic distribution of matter. It implies a precisely quantifiable relationship between the observed
relativistic time dilation of an ideal clock and its relative cosmological distance from an observer at rest
with respect to this clock in a Universe with a radius that remains fixed over time. In addition to this
redshift-distance relationship, the new model, which incorporates the concept of geometric relativistic
cosmic time, provides equally precise redshift-volume and redshift-luminosity relationships with no free
parameters that might be manipulated to fit mathematical predictions to astrophysical observations.
The theoretical theta-z relationship of the new model, which is just the inverse of the redshift-distance
relationship, provides a startlingly perfect match to the empirical data from SDSS, as shown in Fig. (9).
Similarly, the redshift-volume relationship expressed as the differential (dV/dz) provides a curve that is
consistent with the empirical data from SDSS, as shown in Fig. (23) and Appendix H. In both cases, the
conventional theoretical model based on the Hubble expansion interpretation of the redshift yields
predictions that do not even come close to correlating with empirical observations [Fig. (7) and Fig. (8)].
Science is a disciplined way of thinking that seeks natural explanations for all observed phenomena,
although it may not always be able to do so. “Natural” implies that the explanation must rest on a body of
self-consistent rational knowledge. In 1998 it was first reported that a graph of the relative luminosity of
Type Ia supernovae as a function of redshift produced a curve with increasing slope. The original purpose
of the astronomical investigations was to measure the anticipated decrease of this curve’s slope with
increasing redshift, showing the gradual slowing of the Hubble expansion due to gravitational attraction.
Observing the opposite trend in the graph, the resulting interpretation of the data was simply the opposite
of the originally anticipated interpretation. However, this interpretation necessitates the ad hoc invention
of “dark energy,” a concept that is inconsistent with and even contrary to the entire body of known
physical law. Consequently, “dark energy” is really a euphemism for “supernatural force” and is nothing
more than pseudo-science in the absence of a rational explanation for the observed unexpected trend in
the slope of the redshift-luminosity relationship for Type Ia supernovae.
The real world of rational science precludes handwaving to describe new empirical observations in
order to preserve old ways of thinking. A decade ago, the discovery of the increasing slope for the Type Ia
supernovae redshift-magnitude graph initiated a scientific crisis and the concept of “dark energy” was
invented as a means to explain the simplistic interpretation of the graph (i.e, accelerating expansion).
However, “dark energy” is meaningless in the context of science because it cannot be theoretically
correlated to any other aspect of physical reality. There is no difference whatsoever between alleging that
“dark energy” initiated a sudden inexplicable accelerated expansion of the Universe and alleging that the
observed phenomenon is a miraculous act of God. Both are equally unacceptable in the context of science
because neither explains anything in relation to anything else. In contrast, the graph in Fig. (28) is a
prediction that rests on empirically verified first principles and fundamental mathematics (i.e., geometry).
The secular spin-down of rotating astrophysical bodies including pulsars, stars and planets is observed.
Similarly, moons Phobos and Io are each observed to be spiraling in towards their respective host planet.
These observations imply a phenomenon of radiative energy transfer related to the gravitational field.
Previously uncorrelated to this ubiquitous energy transfer phenomenon in dynamical gravitational
systems, we observe a ubiquitous microwave radiation. This radiation is noticeably warmer where there is
greater dynamical gravitational activity and colder where there is less. The rotating disk of the Milky Way
Galaxy exhibits an unexplained excess of microwave radiation and, based on analysis of WMAP data,
there is reason to believe that the solar equatorial plane, inclined 7 degrees to the Ecliptic, exhibits a
similar excess microwave temperature. Lastly, when we look out into the Cosmos with our instruments,
we observe a relationship between the distance to a galaxy and a redshift of its source light that has an
increasing slope. The practice of science requires various competing models of empirical phenomena to
be considered and in all cases we have to ask, “What is the more likely explanation?” Which of the
following two explanations for all of these observations is the more plausible of the two?

127
———————
Conventional explanation of observations:
About 13.7 billion years ago there was nothing. Time, space and energy did not exist. A moment later,
time came into being as part of the unified fabric of spacetime and the entire baryonic mass-energy of the
Universe (on the order of 1080 nucleons) emerged from a point of infinite density. This singularity in
space and time defies the known laws of physics. Inexplicably, the Universe initially expanded by a factor
of 1050 in ~10-32 second at ultra superluminal speed and then it suddenly slowed down. Within the first
billion years of its existence, galaxies of all different shapes and sizes formed simultaneously from the local
gravitational collapse of protogalactic clouds composed primarily of hydrogen. The Milky Way Galaxy as
well as every other observed galaxy formed at about the same time. The expansion of the Universe
continued to decelerate due to the gravitational attraction of its mass content. For an inexplicable reason and
according to some inexplicable phenomenon that is contrary to the known laws of physics, the initial
decelerating expansion of the Universe suddenly switched to accelerating expansion. The relativity of time
that is measurable in the laboratory applies locally, but it does not apply cosmologically. Accordingly, there
exists a kind of virtual Newtonian absolute clock that somehow exists external to physical spacetime
providing a universal time coordinate. This ‘special clock’ measures the age of the entire Universe treated as
a single object traveling through time. The relativity of time internal to the Universe does not apply to this
absolute cosmological clock. All intelligent beings now find themselves living in a Universe in which every
astrophysical object or conglomeration of these objects, including galactic superclusters, has an intrinsic age
of not more than about 12–13 billion years, which is less than three times the geologic age of the Earth.
After a complex process in which the foreground signal is removed according to subjective criteria, the
cosmic microwave background radiation is interpreted as the leftover heat from the alleged Big Bang.
New explanation of observations:
Just as the principles of relativity destroy the Newtonian concept of absolute time, they also destroy the
Newtonian concept of a gravitational equipotential surface, based on the fundamental but abstract concept
of relativistic temporal geometry. Time is a local internal property of the Universe and time even as
measured by two ideal clocks at the same Newtonian gravitational potential and at relative rest typically
has a relativistic relationship; to some degree of measurement resolution, distinct ideal clocks are generally
not synchronous. This phenomenon causes measurable relativistic clock effects for GPS satellite signals,
other spacecraft signals and astrophysical radiation (Chapters 15–23). It also causes the observed
cosmological redshift. The relationship between the relative cosmological distance and the relative tick
rate of an ideal clock (unaffected by relative motion or a local gravitational field) arises from the simple
geometric foundations of the special theory of relativity and is precisely defined with no free parameters.
This relationship yields an increasing slope for the graph of redshift versus apparent magnitude of a
standard candle that deceptively suggests acceleration if the redshift is interpreted as cosmic expansion.
At a finite distance from an observer the relativistic cosmological time dilation redshift is infinite,
creating a cosmological redshift horizon. Correlated with secular spin-down and orbit decay, dynamical
gravitational systems emit quantized “gravitational radiation” in the form of electromagnetic radiation,
primarily in the microwave region of the spectrum. The equatorial planes of Solar System bodies and the
plane of the Milky Way are associated with a measurable excess microwave temperature that is of the
same phenomenological origin as the excess microwave temperature associated with distant galaxy
clusters (Chapter 24). The concept of geometric time simplifies and improves understanding of the
general theory of relativity. Consequently, a more accurate model of black holes emerges; it is understood
that white holes, which emit mass-energy absorbed by a remote correlated black hole, are also implied by
the theory as first intuited by Einstein and Rosen in 1935. The phenomenon of a white hole, allowing
mass in a limited local region of space to increase over time (with a commensurate decrease elsewhere),
implies a new model of galaxy evolution, explains the observed abundance of the light elements, explains
the flat rotation curves of spiral galaxies without assuming the existence of “dark matter” and allows the
Universe to exist as an eternal dynamical equilibrium process (Chapters 25–28).
———————
The Big Bang theory assumes a single “moment of Creation” (G. Lemaître) for the entire Universe.
Historical record shows that it was this a priori idea conceived by the young Catholic priest to which

128
empirical observations were then initially fit with grotesque error (H0 = 500 km/s/Mpc) by Edwin Hubble.
Hubble met with Lemaître at Mt. Wilson observatory in 1925, yet failed to acknowledge Lemaître’s
obvious influence on Hubble’s lauded apparent empirical discovery of an expanding Universe in 1929.
[Edwin Hubble] was a strong and gifted athlete, charming, smart, and immensely good-looking—
“handsome almost to a fault,” in the description of William H. Cropper, “an Adonis” in the words of
another admirer. According to his own accounts, he also managed to fit into his life more or less
constant acts of valor—rescuing drowning swimmers, leading frightened men to safety across the
battlefields of France, embarrassing world-champion boxers with knockdown punches in exhibition
bouts. It all seemed too good to be true. It was. For all his gifts, Hubble was also an inveterate liar.253
Given Hubble’s habit of telling lies about self-aggrandizing exploits that never occurred, his almost
certain plagiarism of Lemaître’s biblically inspired idea of an expanding Universe is not surprising.
Furthermore, it is doubtful that Lemaître would have developed the same theory that guided Hubble’s
interpretation if the priest had come from a different cultural background from the one which prompted
him to profess in a 1922 essay his belief that the Universe originated “as Genesis suggested it.” From a
scientific perspective, the Big Bang theory stands out due to its lack of self-consistency, cherry-picking of
empirical observations, interpretation of observations at its convenience and incorporation of incredible
ad hoc phenomena in order to preserve the narrative (i.e., a single moment of total cosmic creation). It is
not unreasonable to say that the Big Bang theory has more to do with perpetuating an anachronistic
religious idea (Hebrew biblical creationism) than with disciplined scientific analyses. If this is indeed
true, then it is important that this be generally recognized, for religious ideas are generally protected from
scientific criticism and are free to rest on supernatural phenomena that require no rational explanation.
“Inflation” and “dark energy” are intellectual inventions of convenience cloaked in the vernacular and
intellectual aura of modern physics, yet they are effectively indistinguishable from the supernatural.
The Doppler shift of a receding sound source is a commonly experienced physical phenomenon.
Similarly, if one inflates a uniformly polka-dotted spherical rubber balloon, it is readily apparent that a dot
two units away from a reference dot recedes at twice the speed of a dot only one unit away. The Hubble
interpretation of the cosmological redshift is a simple extrapolation of these experientially based ideas.
The idea that the cosmological redshift is unrelated to a recessional motion of distant galaxies, but is
rather a relativistic time dilation based on large-scale cosmic spacetime geometry, rests on a more abstract
and less instinctive foundation. The remarkably simple but profound idea of geometric cosmic time shown
in Fig. (20) cannot be conceived or understood without first fully understanding the physical implications
of Minkowski’s formal mathematical model of Einstein’s relativity theory; the geometry of time implied
by relativity was previously inadequately understood. It is also necessary to preconceive of the Cosmos as
having a finite boundaryless volume of 3-dimensional space, an experientially inaccessible geometry that
is difficult to imagine without some training in mathematics. There is nothing in experience that can lead
one to the understanding that time and space have a geometric relationship in a physical sense or that
“time becomes space,” as Feynman stated so simply, directly and elegantly.
Based on a number of assumptions, the conventional interpretation of observations is that the apparent
brightness of a standard candle decreases by a factor of 100 (i.e., +5 magnitudes) over each decade increase
in cosmological redshift. This interpretation is consistent with an assumed linear relationship between
redshift and distance and the inverse square law applicable to dispersion of photons from an isotropic
source over the surface of a Euclidean sphere. These constraints correlate to simplistic direct experience
of phenomena, just as the idea of a ‘flat’ Earth made sense to ancient thinkers, yet these constraints cannot
be valid for a finite boundaryless spacetime Universe. Moreover, a linear redshift-distance relationship
implies a 100-fold increase in the volume of a differential volume of space of fixed depth ∆z over a decade
of redshift (e.g., 0.01+∆z vs. 0.1+∆z). Consequently, in a Universe that is approximately homogenous and
isotropic over this range, the farther bin should contain on the order of 100 times as many galaxies as the
closer bin. Recent galaxy redshift surveys (e.g., SDSS) are inconsistent with this prediction, as well as the
theta-z relationship implied by the Lemaître–Hubble model [Fig. (7) and Fig. (8)].
Various prior redshift-distance measurements, in particular SNe Ia redshift-luminosity measurements,
allegedly verify a linear relationship between redshift and distance (i.e., “Hubble’s law”). However, the
unmistakable huge discrepancy between this model and empirical data revealed in the Fig. (7) and Fig. (8)

129
graphs represents dissimilar information. It is impossible that both sets of data (one supporting the model
and the other overthrowing the model) are simultaneously correct, so the question arises as to which of
the data sets (the redshift surveys or the alleged average slope of the SNe Ia redshift-luminosity curve) is
a more reliable reflection of objective physical reality.
The data supporting the conventional cosmological model is immediately suspect as it was produced in
support of a preexisting theoretical model that was generally assumed to be infallible. It is arguably the
case (and is likely a historical fact) that most papers written in the past half-century and submitted to a
peer-reviewed journal that questioned the linear redshift-distance relationship were summarily rejected.
Moreover, academics (especially young graduate students) understand that permanent career limitations
are likely to result if an attempt is made to communicate thinking that deviates too far from the status quo.
Consequently, few papers critical of the standard model would have been produced, while thousands of
papers supporting the Big Bang theory obviously flourished in the literature. The Big Bang paradigm was
arguably so dominant in the past that an SNe Ia redshift-luminosity curve or any other astrophysical
measurement that did not conform with the standard model was effectively unpublishable.
In contrast to attempts to measure the redshift-distance relationship for galaxies, galaxy redshift
surveys such as SDSS are not influenced by the standard cosmological model, with the exception of
model-influenced selection criteria. Spectroscopic redshifts as well as the Petrosian radius are direct
empirical measurements that are not subject to subjective manipulation. Additionally, the very large
number of individual measurements and the obvious correlation between the SDSS and the 2dF galaxy
redshift survey data (obtained in different hemispheres) ensure that the observed statistical trends are
physically real. A conclusion that can be drawn, if prior measurements of the redshift-distance relationship
are indeed inconsistent with the latest redshift surveys, is that these prior measurements must be erroneous.
Consequently one must conclude that “Hubble’s law” has no correlation with physical reality.
Richard Price points out that pre-Copernican astronomers engaged in absurd intellectual gymnastics for
centuries to preserve the religiously motivated paradigm of an Earth-centered Universe, although it should
have been obvious that observations did not support this assumption (p. 11). For the past eight decades,
astrophysicists and cosmologists have engaged in even more absurd intellectual gymnastics in order to
preserve the Western cultural heritage originating in Genesis Chapter 1 that the entire Universe and even
time itself were miraculously created in a single moment from nothing. As this particular supernatural
creation myth originated with ancient Hebrew tribesmen who were as equally ignorant of scientific reality
as any other ancient civilization or modern primitive culture embracing a competing creation myth, it is
unreasonable to suppose that it has any scientific merit. At face value, the Big Bang theory is absurd.
The purported initial space-time singularity is absurd. The idea of inflation is absurd. The interpretation of
Type Ia supernovae observations as a sudden accelerating expansion is absurd, as is invoking the ad hoc
idea of “dark energy” as the apparent cause. The idea that no structure in the Cosmos is older than about
13 billion years and that all galaxies are of approximately the same age is also absurd (Zwicky, p. 36).
The Big Bang theory must eventually be regarded as having been as unlikely as the astrophysics of
Ptolemy, which was long thought to successfully account for the observed motions of the heavenly bodies.
That the Big Bang theory has long been considered a cornerstone of modern science by a majority of the
academic establishment suggests that some feature of 20th-century intellectual culture negatively affected
the capacity for quality thinking. It seems that this phenomenon was systemic.
The objective quality of human endeavor (e.g., a work of art) is best determined by taking that thing
out of current subjective social and cultural context. A product of quality thinking endures in quality over
an indefinite amount of time. For example, it is entirely possible for a 21st-century mathematician to begin
a lecture by saying that some new mathematical concept is motivated by the work of Archimedes.
Similarly, even in several millennia, discovery of any Mozart composition or any preserved work of art by
Michelangelo would be immediately recognized as a find of great value. Why is this so? Can the same be
said of what typically passes for modern art of our era and what has been recently touted as leading-edge
modern physics (e.g., string theory)? ‘Perpetual’ endurance of quality physics or any other product of
intellectual creativity arises from the same intangible source as the endurance of a mathematical proof;
changing fashions are irrelevant. A superior culture recognizes and values quality thinking, while an
inferior culture values fashion or political expediency (i.e., subjective reality) over objective reality.

130
 On the other hand, if string theorists are wrong, they can’t be just a little wrong. If the new
dimensions and symmetries do not exist, then we will count string theorists among science’s
greatest failures, like those who continued to work on Ptolemaic epicycles while Kepler and
Galileo forged ahead. Theirs will be a cautionary tale of how not to do science, how not to let
theoretical conjecture get so far beyond the limits of what can be rationally argued that one starts
engaging in fantasy. – Lee Smolin 254
Departing from the main theme of cosmology, Chapters 30–36 begin with a revealing discussion of
relativistic energy. This analysis rests on the principle of energy conservation in the context of the
mathematical fact that the principles of relativity imply that relativistic energy must necessarily be
represented by a complex number [Eq. (101)]. The conventional beliefs that energy must be exclusively
represented by a real number because it is an observable and that mass energy (ignoring potential energy)
represents “total energy” (implied to mean the complete relativistic energy budget) are shown to be naïve.
Consideration of the well-known relativistic energy-momentum equation [Eq. (96)] makes it clear that the
real-valued magnitude of the mass energy is generally a subset of the total systemic relativistic energy,
which is the linear sum of the independent rest energy and the momentum energy magnitudes [Eq. (106)].
This is made patently and intuitively clear in Fig. (81).
First principles imply that the excess momentum energy of a material particle that is not incorporated in
its relativistic kinetic energy [Eq. (107)] must manifest as a standing wave phenomenon. The wavelength
(h/p) and phase velocity (c) of this momentum wave or “p-wave” are similarly defined. As the theoretical
description of the p-wave rests on first principles, it is manifestly a physical phenomenon, yet for more
than a century it remained totally unrecognized. Like the simple idea of a heliocentric Solar System, the
p-wave is completely obvious in hindsight, yet it remained unknown to succeeding generations of
physicists who were blinded by the apparent “success” of a more complicated existing conventional
model that gave the false appearance of successfully describing empirical observations.
The fundamental physical interpretation of general relativity, which must be scale-independent, is that
the presence of energy causes a distortion in the geometry of spacetime. A synthesis of this idea with the
qualitative and quantitative description of the p-wave implies a concentric periodic spacetime distortion
(i.e., a periodic field at quantum scale) produced by any oscillating subatomic particle. The distinction
between a subatomic particle and its spatially distributed p-wave field with phase velocity c is similar to
the distinction between a macroscopic mass and its gravitational field. Comparing qualitative diagrams of
the two fields, the only difference between them is scale; the p-wave field has a typical wavelength on the
order of 10-15 meter, while a gravitational field produces a single large-scale wave in spacetime of
arbitrary wavelength. As interference of decoherent p-waves will produce a composite wave, it is apparent
that the quantum unit of the gravitational field is the p-wave. The p-wave is a simple and elegant solution
to the synthesis of quantum mechanics and general relativity, just as a heliocentric Solar System was a
simple, elegant and (in hindsight) obvious solution to celestial mechanics in the 16th century.
The p-wave resolves the wave-particle duality conundrum by unambiguously differentiating between
particle and wave manifestations. As was suspected by de Broglie, Einstein, Eugene Wigner, David Bohm
and J. S. Bell, p-wave interference provides a “guiding field” that directs the trajectory of a particle from
a double-slit barrier to the target screen [Fig. (85) and Fig. (86)]. As the double-slit diffraction pattern can be
explained by p-wave interference, complementarity is exposed as an unphysical extraneous concept.
Because the p-wave is subject to a Doppler shift, the effective wavelength of relativistic electrons is
predicted to deviate from h/p. This prediction differs from conventional quantum theory because the
de Broglie matter wave is not subject to a Doppler shift. This differentiation between the two theories
implies that electron diffraction (e.g., Davisson-Germer) yields an observable that is inconsistent with the
single fixed electron wavelength (h/p) associated with the concept of complementarity. Indeed, this is
what is observed (p. 119) and further investigation should confirm correlation with p-wave Doppler shift.
The bound quarks of a nucleon each produce a p-wave with known wavelength and energy according
to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle. The core of this wave implies a binding potential with a sharp
boundary and a radius on the order of 10-15 meter. Interference of p-waves sourced from multiple mutually
bound nucleons in a typical atomic nucleus imply a composite spacetime waveform with a sharp external

131
boundary having a radius on the order of 10-14 meter and an internal fine structure of isolated potential wells
forming a nuclear shell structure with quantized energy levels [Fig. (88)]. Although considerable additional
work is required to provide more detail, all of the features of the nuclear strong force can be modeled by the
p-wave, which suggests that the concept of an exchange force mediated by “gluons” is extraneous.
Interference of decoherent p-waves sourced by all the nuclei of a source mass implies a binding force
of ‘unlimited’ range many orders of magnitude smaller than that represented by the core of the p-wave.
It is then reasonable to suppose that the gravitational field, which any metric theory of gravity models as a
large-scale wave in spacetime, is a composite of p-waves primarily sourced from quark confinement and
thus predominantly though not exclusively dependent on mass. Thus, the nuclear strong force and gravity
are envisioned to be the identical phenomenon (i.e., spacetime geometry) observed at different scales.
Because composite nucleon momentum and composite atomic momentum contribute to the p-wave
energy radiated by a source mass, chemical composition and even temperature of a source mass are
predicted to cause small changes in the gravitational coefficient (i.e., what Isaac Newton assumed was the
universal constant G). Thus, the idea that the quantum source of the gravitational field is directly correlated
to the internal momentum of the source mass at atomic scale is in principle a testable hypothesis.

38. CONCLUSION
Carl Sagan’s Cosmos was the most popular and widely viewed public television series in PBS history.
The series made its debut in the United States on 28 September 1980 and it is estimated that over 500
million people in over sixty countries have seen it. The companion book topped the The New York Times
nonfiction bestseller list for well over a year.255 In this educational scientific television series, Sagan stated,
We humans long to be connected to our origins, so we create rituals. Science is another way to
express this longing. It also connects us with our origins, and it too has its rituals and its
commandments. Its only sacred truth is that there are no sacred truths. All assumptions must be
critically examined. Arguments from authority are worthless. 256
Similarly, Albert Einstein is reported to have stated, “Unthinking respect for authority is the greatest
enemy of truth.” 257 Thus, he openly encouraged questioning the sanctity of his own creative ideas.
The key assumption that led to the canonical 20th-century Big Bang cosmological model is that the
observed redshift of distant galaxies is similar to a Doppler shift in that it is indicative of a general
recessional velocity of galaxies relative to the Milky Way. More fundamental to this assumption is the
tenacious instinctual concept of absolute linear time (i.e., a universal “cosmic calendar”) that predates
Einstein’s relativity theory. Among other innovations, this book has introduced a fundamental change in
the way we must think about time in physics, particularly from a cosmological perspective. The naïve
idea of a single linear cosmic timeline as shown in Fig. (11), which is based on subjective experience of
sequential local events separated by time intervals, is replaced by an objective multidimensional geometry
of cosmic time represented by an arbitrary number of distinct local timelines. Indeed, as Alan Lightman
surmised in Einstein’s Dreams, “In this world, time is a local phenomenon.” In hindsight, it will seem
obvious to physical scientists that relativity implies a multidimensional geometry of time, rather than the
notion of a single universal timeline that arises from the typical daily perception of time. However, this
simple idea requires a shift in thinking not unlike the historical acceptance of a heliocentric Solar System.
In its era, the Copernican Revolution met strong political resistance, in part because it represented far
more than just a new scientific idea; the revelation that the Earth was not the center of the Universe was a
fundamental transformation in the 16th-century cultural worldview and it invalidated prior academic work.
The abolishment of the Big Bang cosmological paradigm and the scientific recognition of an eternal
Universe will likely initiate some kind of 21st-century global cultural transformation, similar to that which
occurred in the 18th-century Age of Enlightenment. We now think of the Universe as evolving over time,
so what does it mean for ontology when scientific theory supported by empirical evidence implies that the
Cosmic Process has occurred over an infinite amount of time? Perhaps it will become common for
members of the scientific community to believe and to teach that we live in a purposeful and participatory
Universe as mystics throughout history have asserted (among them both Johannes Kepler, the author of
Concerning the More Certain Fundamentals of Astrology (1602), and Isaac Newton, the devoted alchemist).

132
 Isaac Newton is often presented as the father of modern scientific rationalism, but modern accurate
biographies based primarily on study of Newton’s “secret papers,” bequeathed by John Maynard Keynes
to Kings College in Cambridge, reveal that Newton’s towering intellectual achievements were made in
the context of an intense devotion to religious mysticism and the ancient spiritual practice of alchemy.
In the eighteenth century and since, Newton came to be thought of as the first and greatest of the
modern age of scientists, a rationalist, one who taught us to think on the lines of cold and
untinctured reason. I do not see him in that light. I do not think that anyone who has poured over
the contents of that box which he packed up when he left Cambridge in 1696 and which, though
partly dispersed, have come down to us, can see him like that. Newton was not the first of the age
of reason. He was the last of the magicians, the last of the Babylonians and Sumerians, the last
great mind which looked out on the visible and intellectual world with the same eyes as those who
began to build our intellectual inheritance rather less than 10,000 years ago. Isaac Newton, a
posthumous child born with no father on Christmas Day, 1642, was the last wonder-child to whom
the Magi could do sincere and appropriate homage. – John Maynard Keynes (1942)258
While in recent decades there was almost universal acceptance of the Big Bang theory by professional
scientific communities who imagined their shared belief system to be based on rigorous analysis untainted
by human foibles, a majority of the general population did not share this view.
Throughout the last decade, national studies found that about a third of US adults are aware of
and accept the idea that “the universe began with a huge explosion” (NSB, 2000). A third of
Americans overtly rejected this idea, and another third indicated that they did not know whether
this construct was true or not. Some of the outright rejection reflects personal religious views.259
In the 1850s, William Thomson (a.k.a. Lord Kelvin) extrapolated the laws of thermodynamics to
cosmological scale. This introduced the hypothesis, later pursued by Hermann von Helmholtz and
William Rankine, that a so-called “heat death” or universal state of absolute zero temperature is a likely if
not inevitable final state of the Universe. The later erroneous idea that the Universe must expand forever
has essentially the same consequence. Thus, for well over a century, modern science has asserted that
mankind exists in a Cosmos that is ultimately hostile to Life. In contrast, enlightened religious philosophy
typically holds the Cosmos to be the eternal realm of Spirit and consequently of Life and Mind. If the
Universe did not indeed come into being a finite time ago, then clearly the scientific concept of cosmic
“heat death” is just another incorrect and narrow-minded anthropomorphism.
In a letter to a friend written near the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, the visionary English poet
and artist William Blake (1757–1827) suggested that we must guard against the deceptive and limiting
“single vision” of scientific materialism or any other fundamentalism.
Now I a fourfold vision see,
And a fourfold vision is given to me;
’Tis fourfold in my supreme delight
And threefold in soft Beulah’s night
And twofold Always. May God us keep
From Single vision & Newton’s Sleep!260
Blake’s “fourfold vision” integrated artistic creativity (“my supreme delight”), loving human relationships
(“soft Beulah’s night,” which refers to the marriage bed), as well as the ever-present interplay between the
spiritual and the physical worlds (“twofold Always”). Blake clearly recognized and respected Newton’s
supreme scientific genius, yet this great poet’s inspired and inspirational message was that the physical
world that is accessible to scientific inquiry is only a part of reality, not its totality. It is apparent that
Blake, who was born thirty years after Newton’s death and knew only of the scientist’s popularized persona,
was actually referring to the materialist zeitgeist instigated by the Principia, rather than its author.
Expressing the same view from a different perspective, Einstein made the following comment.
One thing I have learned in a long life: that all our science, measured against reality, is
primitive and childlike — and yet it is the most precious thing we have. 261
This wisdom conflicts with the predominant modern scientific philosophy, which maintains that the
Universe is a kind of purposeless machine and that what science cannot analyze and measure is not real.

133
 The ideas presented in this book imply that a large portion of 20th-century physics essentially became a
kind of popular ideology (i.e., “consensus science”), a general social phenomenon discussed at length in
Thomas Kuhn’s The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Empirical evidence contradicting that ideology
was ignored, conveniently advancing personal agendas instead of leading to doubt and a superior model.
Those who have fervently promoted Big Bang cosmology while exhibiting condescending intolerance for
critics who openly questioned the validity of the theory have demonstrated an unself-critical attitude that
is antithetical to science. Now it is time for them to admit their errors, arguably a healthy lesson in life.
Rabbi Sherwin Theodore Wine (1928–2007), a founding figure in Humanistic Judaism, gave a speech
entitled The Life of Courage at the 2003 HumanLight Celebration in New Jersey. In it he stated:
Realistic living is the courage to acknowledge the truth, even when it is painful. It is the courage
to strive for happiness, even when it is unlikely. It is the courage to make necessary decisions,
even when there is uncertainty. It the courage to improve the world, even in the face of
overwhelming defeat. It is especially the courage to take both the blame and the credit, even
when they are embarrassing. Realistic living is the courage to stay sane in a crazy world. The sun
requires no courage to rise in the morning, to shine in the day, to die in the evening. But we,
living, breathing, passionate people, we do. 262
The Humanist Manifesto I of 1973 includes the following statement.
Today man’s larger understanding of the universe, his scientific achievements, and deeper
appreciation of brotherhood, have created a situation which requires a new statement of the
means and purposes of religion. Such a vital, fearless, and frank religion capable of furnishing
adequate social goals and personal satisfactions may appear to many people as a complete break
with the past. While this age does owe a vast debt to the traditional religions, it is nonetheless
obvious that any religion that can hope to be a synthesizing and dynamic force for today must be
shaped for the needs of this age. To establish such a religion is a major necessity of the present.
It is a responsibility that rests upon this generation. We therefore affirm the following:
FIRST: Religious humanists regard the universe as self-existing and not created. 263
Fourteen additional succinct tenets follow (see the reference URL). If the authors of this document were
entirely correct about the foremost point in their manifesto, in spite of tremendous social pressure to
embrace as fact the popular Big Bang theory of sudden cosmic creation, the ideas in this manifesto may
well compare favorably to scientific materialism, which now typically dominates the philosophy taught
by institutions of higher learning. That philosophy contributed to 20th-century beliefs and behaviors that
brought about industrialized warfare, massive environmental destruction, unchecked population growth,
economic turmoil and a modern global resurgence of unreasonable religious fundamentalism. The other
fourteen points put forward to help guide human conduct are certainly worthy of respectful consideration
by every world citizen, regardless of their existing personal religious or philosophical beliefs.
Famed mathematician Alfred North Whitehead was a proponent of “Process Philosophy,” a conviction
that experiential process rather than measurable substance defines reality. In a remarkable book,
Adventures of Ideas (1933), he made a critical point concerning the impact of cosmology.
When we examine [the intellectual agencies involved in the modification of epochs] we find a
rough division into two types, one of general ideas, the other of highly specialized notions.
Among the former, there are the ideas of high generality expressing conceptions of the nature of
things, of the possibilities of human society, of the final aim which should guide the conduct of
individual men. In each age of the world distinguished by high activity, there will be found at its
culmination, and among agencies leading to that culmination, some profound cosmological
outlook, implicitly accepted, impressing its own type on the current springs of action. This ultimate
cosmology is only partly expressed, and the details of such expression issue into derivative
specialized questions of violent controversy. The intellectual strife of an age is mainly concerned
with these latter questions of secondary generality which conceal an agreement upon first
principles almost too obvious to need expression, and almost too general to be capable of
expression. In each period there is a general form of the forms of thought; and, like the air we
breathe, such a form is so translucent, and so pervading, and so seemingly necessary, that only
by extreme effort can we become aware of it. 264

134
 Ask anyone, “How old is God?” Even if the person thinks of God from a secular perspective, the
typical answer, is “God does not have an age; the very idea of God transcends finite time.” Within a few
years, the same question concerning the Universe posed to any educated scientist should result in a
similar answer. The Universe is evidently a collective process (not an object) that does not have an age;
only in reference to a local ideal clock that records the sequential time coordinates of local events does the
physical concept of “age” have significant meaning. Some may find it ironic that the activity we call
Science suggests a humble attitude toward developing human understanding of the Universe and therefore
a time-transcendent Creative Source. Indeed, the word “theory,” which is an essential element of modern
science and physics in particular, has its roots in the Greek “theos” (God) and “ora” (to look); thus the
semantic root of the verb to theorize implies “to look for God” or “to look at God.”
Dating back to the youthful Georges Lemaître, many religious people have associated the Big Bang
theory with the biblical Genesis 1, most famously including Pope Pius XII (1939–1958) in a speech given
in November 1951, The Proofs For The Existence Of God In The Light Of Modern Natural Science.265
However, judging by its opening chapter, Genesis is clearly an allegorical story that relates exclusively to
our planet and galaxy (i.e., “heaven” as observed by the ancients), rather than the entire Cosmos, and one
that incorporates confused unscientific statements conflicting with empirical facts. From Torah:
IN THE BEGINNING GOD created the heaven and the earth. And the earth was without form and
void; and the darkness was on the surface of the deep. And the wind from GOD moved over the
surface of the waters. And GOD said, Let there be light: and there was light. And GOD saw the
light, that it was good: and GOD divided the light from the darkness. And GOD called the light
Day and the darkness he called Night. And there was evening and there was morning, one day.266
Moreover, Genesis 1 maintains that God created the Sun, the Moon and even the stars in the sky on the
fourth day after first creating the sea, the land and plant life. Continuing from the King James Bible:
And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from
the waters. And God made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament
from the waters which were above the firmament: and it was so. And God called the firmament
Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the second day.
And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry
land appear: and it was so. And God called the dry land Earth; and the gathering together of the
waters called he Seas: and God saw that it was good. And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass,
the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon
the earth: and it was so. And the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding seed after his kind,
and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw that it was good.
And the evening and the morning were the third day.
And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night;
and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years: And let them be for lights in the
firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so. And God made two great
lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also.
And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, And to rule over the
day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good.
And the evening and the morning were the fourth day.
It is immediately clear to anyone with even an elementary scientific education that in these first few
paragraphs of the Old Testament, the order of the alleged supernatural creation is categorically incorrect;
plants obviously require a preexisting “greater light to rule the day” (i.e., the Sun). This is because ancient
Hebrews wrote this story attempting to explain their observed world from a confused primitive perspective
thousands of years ago. The visibility of the Sun was correlated with daylight, but the Sun was not
understood to be the exclusive source of daylight. While select passages in the Bible and similar texts may
contain wisdom concerning human life in limited contexts, idealizing any ancient scripture as an infallible
authority is as irresponsible and hazardous today as similarly idealizing 18th-century medical textbooks.
Yet, why do so many people today still maintain anachronistic irrational dogmatic religious beliefs?
Arguably it is in large part because they have not been given a viable alternative context for their innate
religious feelings that integrates these ubiquitous feelings with the modern scientific perspective.

135
 Myth is a way human beings relate to their universe. What exactly is a myth? In his last book,
The Inner Reaches of Outer Space, mythologist Joseph Campbell made the passionate argument
that what our society most desperately needs is a new story of reality for all of us—not just
some chosen group. The story must demonstrate humanity’s connection to all there is, yet be
consistent with all we know scientifically. What he was longing for was a new myth, but he
knew that no one can simply create a myth, any more than they can “predict tonight’s dream.”
A myth, he said, must develop from the life of a community. He hoped inspiration for such a
story might come from physics.
…
The narrow, local kind of mythic explanation that sufficed when cultures rarely mixed will
never work in the emerging global culture. We now need myths that are not only scientifically
believable but allow us to participate—all of us. To experience the human meaning of modern
scientific cosmology, and to turn it into a working cosmology—a meaningful universe—in
which we feel like participants, our culture will gradually have to transform it into myth.
However, mythmaking is no longer a purely imaginative, spiritual endeavor. Today the leeway
for speculation about the nature of time, space, and matter has narrowed. Now that we have
data, whole classes of possibilities have been ruled out, and science is closing in on the class of
myths that could actually be true. 267
The following is an excerpt from an interview of John Mather and George Smoot by Adam Smith.
[nobelprize.org – Windows Media® video time code of Mather and Smoot Interview; 31:00/33:40]
Mather: Life is just as mysterious now as it ever would have been.
Smith: And moving on to the unexplainable, for the last question Vijaya Krishna Giravaru from
California wants to know what you would tell curious kids if they asked you, “What happened before
the Big Bang?” (laughter)
Mather: I’d say that is a really good question and science has not answered the question. Ah, we don’t
know if it is even a meaningful question because we don’t know whether, um, there were any such
thing as space and time before the Big Bang. But, on the other hand mathematicians and physicists are
working on the question and it’s a thing that we hope to be able to answer some time. And George has
had lots of interesting things to say about this too.
Smoot: Right. It’s a problem that I’ve been interested in because not surprisingly many people have
asked this question and one of the hardest things that people — they just can’t accept the fact there
couldn’t be time before the beginning. They — the idea that time doesn’t go back forever is, is alienable
and you try to give them examples like, you know, try and go past the North Pole and try to go North
of the North Pole or something. You try and give those examples and it’s unsatisfying for people even
though you can understand that if you keep heading north, which is like going back in time, there
comes a time when you are going forward in time and you can construct a Universe like that. But in
fact there are lots of alternatives out there where going back in time is like a kind of random walk or
something. There are a lot of people who are working on various models where there might have been
something going on before our particular part of the Universe bubbled into a Big Bang and you don’t
know what the answer is and you know that the Big Bang is going to confuse. It’s — it’s like somebody
torched the place and set fire to and the clues are very hidden after that but occasionally when you are
experts in arson you can figure out whether it was burned by mistake or by accident and that’s what
scientists are trying to do — they are trying to pose the question in the most general way, right. And right,
even including making the most general laws in physics and see what kind of Universes you get and
some of the things I think are quite successful and some are things like you have in the early days of
quantum mechanics and the Copenhagen School. Some of the stuff makes a lot of sense and they are
good rules and some of it is just mysterious mumbo jumbo because nobody knows what is going on,
and it will sort itself out. 268
When Smoot talks about time here, he is repeating an ill-conceived idea discussed by Stephen Hawking
on pages 137–138 of A Brief History of Time—From the Big Bang to Black Holes,269 which is obviously
predicated on the existence of the Big Bang. Hawking’s book has little bearing on reality as it does not
discuss geometric cosmic time nor deficiencies in general relativity revealed herein. What George Smoot
did get right was the emphasized portion of the last sentence. In the same interview, John Mather
provided an excellent description of modern science as a profession.

136
 [05:51/33:40] We have to have a combination of confidence and caution. The person who is too
confident is dangerous and the person who has no ambition is dangerous, so we have to have a mix of
the things that are beyond what we can do but can still be proven, so this is what we do.270
Given the theoretical ideas and empirical evidence presented in this book, it is reasonable to now state
with high confidence that the ‘Big Bang’ never happened, and in light of the revealed necessary correction to
general relativity, never could have happened. There is no such thing as a spacetime singularity where the
laws of physics break down; rather, in the case of extreme gravitational collapse, it seems certain that a
bridge forms between remote regions of spacetime. If the Universe never existed in a prior state of
extreme heat and density, it makes no sense for particle physicists to artificially create extreme states of
matter for the stated purpose of studying cosmology. As plastics manufacturing exemplifies, things can be
created in the laboratory that have nothing whatsoever to do with naturally occurring processes.
Additionally, should the experiments proposed in Chapters 30–36 validate the related new ideas presented
concerning quantum mechanics, nuclear physics and quantum gravity, a number of current scientific
ideas, projects and proposals must be reconsidered and either altered or entirely abandoned. People are
going to have to admit that they were mistaken and apply their precious expertise in new directions.
Human culture benefits from a sense of continuity, purpose and meaning. A culture lacking these
essential features is bound to exhibit deterioration. At the American Association for the Advancement of
Science Annual Meeting in February 2009, with the theme “Our Planet and Its Life: Origins and Futures,”
distinguished theoretical physicist and cosmologist Lawrence M. Krauss gave a lecture with this synopsis:
I will describe how the revolutionary discoveries in cosmology over the past decade have completely
changed our picture of the future of the universe, and of life within it.271
The title of this talk was “Our Miserable Future,” reflecting the zeitgeist evoked by the current standard
cosmological model and the conventional interpretation of the most recent astrophysical observations.
The following is a transcript of Krauss’ monolog from a related press conference on 16 February, which
included Alan Guth (M.I.T.), Krauss (Arizona State University), John Carlstrom (University of Chicago)
and Scott Dodelson (Fermilab) discussing the state of cosmology. This is a perfectly accurate transcript of
the Scientific American podcast, “Stars of Cosmology I,” that includes occurrences of repetitive speech.
And, um, we have been living in the “Golden Age of Cosmology,” as people say, and the question is,
what will, what is going to happen in the near future and, and of course, we don’t know. Ah, we’re
getting so close to threshold questions, fundamental questions about the Universe, that we may be at
the limits of what we would call falsifiability — our ability to definitively rule out ideas maybe begun
to be limited, because the, because the grandeur of the ideas that we’re testing may become so great.
Inflation is, is really a remarkable idea, that, that, that is simple and beautiful. Right now it’s an idea
more than a model and it could be that we may end up with, with a, with observations that are
completely consistent with, with inflation, but we may not be able to say for certain whether it
happened or not. We, we may have to live with that. — But it gets worse. — The good news about the
Universe is that as bad as it is now, it’s going to get a lot worse, so you should enjoy it. And the future
of the Universe is, it is based on what we now have been able to measure, completely miserable. . . .
And these crazy ideas have suggested mainly to the, to a change in the nature of science. The most
puzzling observation that has been made in the last decade is that the Universe seems to be full of this
something called “dark energy” — empty space is full of energy. If you get rid of all the radiation and
matter from the Universe, empty space still weighs something. But the crazy thing about empty space
weighing something — well, there are many crazy things — well, it produces a gravitational repulsion,
rather than attraction, so the expansion of the Universe is speeding up. But this stuff is so mysterious
and inexplicable — completely inexplicable right now — that many physicists have been driven wild
and mad (laughter) and, um, have changed what we may mean by “fundamental physics,” by
suggesting, for example, that the fundamental constants in nature are not really fundamental at all; they
are accidental. They are an environmental accident. That there are many universes and we just happen
to live in the one that has, that has the values it does because if you changed it a little bit then we
wouldn’t be living. Namely, the Universe is the way it is because there are astronomers who can go out
and measure it. And, ah, that may sound like either a tautology or a religious statement, but it’s neither.
In fact, in honor of Darwin, it’s almost like a kind of cosmic evolution. Kind of cosmic natural selection.
…

137
 Now that has changed completely the nature of — if that’s really true it means the future of science is
very different, because if there are many universes and [in] each universe the laws of physics are
different, then maybe we have to throw out fundamental ideas and, and the ability to make fundamental
predictions in Nature and have to start talking about probabilities. If that’s true, well, all hell breaks loose,
I think, anyway (laughter). And then finally, the future of cosmology will get even worse.
… (Carlstrom speaks critically after Krauss and then Krauss responds as follows.)
It’s certainly true that every time we’ve opened a new window on the Universe, we’ve been surprised.
And the, the big — my biggest fear — and I’m willing to bet John here in front of reporters, is that,
um, is that we will — we have made a remarkable discoveries [sic] in the last decade, (yeah) and we
don’t understand these things that we’ve seen — we don’t understand dark energy, we don’t
understand a, a lot of this — we’ve discovered the nature of the Universe, but we don’t understand
why it is the way it is. And I’m concerned that we may — that experiment may have expired in terms
of being able to fundamentally illuminate these questions, and we may rely on theory, and, and if
you’re a scientist, that’s a dangerous thing to rely on. And uh, and so we may be at the threshold
where we may require a new idea, and that’s a lot harder. 272
If the “crazy” Big Bang cosmological model and interpretations of astrophysical observations promising a
“miserable future” were correct, then we would just have to live with it. However, if the model and the
interpretations are incorrect, then the proposed corrections to the cosmological model put forward in this
book should have a broad positive impact on the world beyond scientific specialists. Though subtly, the
canonical cosmological model has a systemic effect on human psychology and civilized culture on a
global scale because it defines perceived reality on the largest imaginable scale of space and time.
According to culturally ubiquitous and ancient ideas, the proverbial Devil, the purveyor of chaos and
despair, attempts to achieve the downfall and destruction of humanity by deceit, trickery and illusion.
Counteracting this dark power is the intangible, unestablishable Spirit of God, which illuminates the mind;
the misleading dark illusion is made manifest and truth is brought to light. However, in order for this to
occur, the ego must be subservient to the Creative Source that may bestow understanding.
Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you…273
Counted among the best scientific minds of the 20th century, physicist Wolfgang Pauli believed that a
progressive science needs to embrace a holistic view of reality that includes accepting the existence of
phenomena that cannot be rationally understood. Because physics is limited to the study and
understanding of the physical world, Pauli considered it to be an incomplete view of existence; there is
more going on in the Universe that can ever meet the eye, be recorded by an instrument, or be examined
with the scientific method. Pauli thought of the study of physics as one path towards the greater aim of
achieving a state of higher consciousness, which is the means of understanding these intangible things;
others typically pursue the same aim with yoga, meditation or religion. He believed in the possibility of
reconciling opposites: physics vs. psychology, metaphysical vs. natural science, intuition vs. logic. 274
What the poet Blake called “Newton’s Sleep,” Pauli’s close friend and confident, psychiatrist Carl Jung,
defined in greater detail. He maintained that the advent of modern science had intellectualized the spiritual,
portrayed the merely non-rational as invariably baleful, and thus deprived the spiritual world of visibility.275
One has difficulty accepting an event as a spiritual experience or discussing such experiences among
colleagues if there is a social consensus that such experiences cannot exist. Yet, science teaches us that
consensus has no bearing whatsoever on the truth of a matter; ‘everybody’ can be completely wrong.
The APS Guidelines for Professional Conduct includes the following brief paragraph on the subject of
acknowledging and correcting errors in theory, data, or the interpretation of either (emphasis added).
It should be recognized that honest error is an integral part of the scientific enterprise. It is not unethical
to be wrong, provided that errors are promptly acknowledged and corrected when they are detected. 276
This book has presented new theoretical ideas and considerable supporting empirical evidence implying a
number of significant errors in modern conventional textbook physics and cosmology. Ethical behavior on
the part of leading professionals in the theoretical physics and astrophysics communities requires prompt
peer review and written criticism of its content that is readily available to the entire scientific community.

138
 “I am not so unreasonable, sir, as to think you at all responsible for my mistakes and wrong
conclusions; but I always supposed it was Miss Havisham.”
“As you say, Pip,” returned Mr. Jaggers, turning his eyes upon me coolly, and taking a bite at his
forefinger, “I am not at all responsible for that.”
“And yet it looked so like it, sir,” I pleaded with a downcast heart.
“Not a particle of evidence, Pip,” said Mr. Jaggers, shaking his head and gathering up his skirts.
“Take nothing on its looks; take everything on evidence. There’s no better rule.”
“I have no more to say,” said I, with a sigh, after standing silent for a little while. “I have verified
my information, and there’s an end.”
– Charles Dickens, Great Expectations, Chapter 40. 277

THANK YOU
I greatly appreciate that you have invested your valuable time in these ideas. Those having talent in mathematical
physics should be able to carry them forward. Others may make an important contribution by promoting criticism.
If you have enjoyed reading the book, I encourage you to periodically visit www.sensibleuniverse.com, where there
will be new information and opportunities for visitors as the website develops. In particular, I look forward to
soliciting and posting professional criticism of this dissertation by leading authorities in the physical sciences.

A. SDSS RECOGNITION
Critical portions of this book have relied on the data acquired by the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS).
Funding for the SDSS and SDSS-II has been provided by the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, the Participating
Institutions, the National Science Foundation, the U.S. Department of Energy, the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, the Japanese Monbukagakusho, the Max Planck Society, and the Higher Education Funding Council
for England. The SDSS website is http://www.sdss.org/.
The SDSS is managed by the Astrophysical Research Consortium for the Participating Institutions. The Participating
Institutions are the American Museum of Natural History, Astrophysical Institute Potsdam, University of Basel,
Cambridge University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Chicago, Drexel University, Fermilab, the
Institute for Advanced Study, the Japan Participation Group, Johns Hopkins University, the Joint Institute for
Nuclear Astrophysics, the Kavli Institute for Particle Astrophysics and Cosmology, the Korean Scientist Group, the
Chinese Academy of Sciences (LAMOST), Los Alamos National Laboratory, the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy
(MPIA), the Max Planck Institute for Astrophysics (MPA), New Mexico State University, Ohio State University,
University of Pittsburgh, University of Portsmouth, Princeton University, the United States Naval Observatory and
the University of Washington.

B. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Yuri Manin for posing the question that prompted me to write this book and the Pritzker Family for their generous
financial support. I thank Patrick Bruskiewich for pointing out the last step of algebraic simplification for Eq. (3) yielding
this final elegant form that I had originally overlooked. I thank Simon Cawley for discussion of statistics over a pint of
Guinness. I thank Hollin Calloway for Fig. (74) and Fabio Basile for Fig. (21). I thank Chiara Mondavi for her valuable
criticism leading to an improved version of Fig. (6). I thank Eric Lerner and John Hartnett for pointing out the low redshift
and blueshift errors in the 2dF and SDSS databases. I thank Sandy Miarecki for her timely criticism of the poorly written
first draft. I thank former IEC and IEEE standards editor Tom Phinney for correcting typographical errors and providing
invaluable editorial advice. I thank Claire E. Trageser for a brilliant job of final copy editing. I thank Lynette Cook for her
contribution of the galaxy puzzle cover art. I thank Louis Jerome Fabbri, Brooks Allyn Howard, Todd Mitchell Andersen,
Michael Stephen Fiske and John Mark Manoyan for their friendship and encouragement. Thanks to Steven R. Snodgrass,
Terry Brady and Geoff Klestadt for reporting typos. I thank the SDSS and 2dF teams for their essential contribution of
astronomical data. I thank Scott Fortmann-Roe for the Longhand calculator software (“simple, powerful and a joy to use”),
Alexander Griekspoor and Tom Groothuis for Papers (“your personal library of science”) and Mark Taylor for TOMCAT.
I also thank Apple, Adobe, Google, Wolfram Research, Autodesk, Design Science, PremiumSoft, Sun Microsystems,
Microsoft, Mozilla Foundation and GeoTrust/Verisign for the essential software tools that I used for the preparation of this
dissertation or related work. I recognize the SysAdmins, DBAs, programmers, network engineers, EEs, technicians and
other contributors to the Internet who are its ongoing creators worldwide; a lot of my work would not have been possible
without you. Thank you all. Lastly, I thank Steve Maran for a historical fact correction concerning Edwin Hubble.

139
C. TRIBUTE TO HERMANN MINKOWSKI
The mathematical education of the young physicist [Einstein] was not very solid, which I am in a
good position to evaluate since he obtained it from me in Zürich some time ago. – H. Minkowski

Hermann Minkowski (1864–1909)

Preface to Raum und Zeit [Space and Time] (1908)

The talk on “Space and Time,” which Hermann Minkowski gave at the Convention of German
Scientists and Doctors in Cologne, is the last of his ingenious creations. Unfortunately, it was not
destined for him to finish the more detailed development of his audacious concept of a mechanics
in which time is integrated with the three dimensions of space. Equally esteemed for his personal
and professional qualities, the author was torn away from his loved ones and friends at the height
of his life and creativity by a tragic fate on 12 January.
The understanding and enthusiastic interest that his talk had awakened filled Minkowski with inner
content and he desired to make his interpretation available to a wider circle through a special
published edition of his lecture notes. It is with a painful duty of piety and friendship that the editor’s
bookshop von B. G. Teubner and the undersigned do herewith fulfill the last wish of the deceased.
Halle an der Saale, Germany
20 February 1909
A. Gutzmer

– Translated and adapted from the German with the kind assistance of Dr. Martin Lades. –

140
D. ADDRESS BY DAVID HILBERT
David Hilbert (1862–1943) was an outstanding 20th-century mathematician. He grew up in Königsberg,
where he also attended the University of Königsberg with his close friend, Hermann Minkowski. He spent
the majority of his career as the Chair of Mathematics at Göttingen and made efforts to ensure that
Minkowski was a member of the department. After Minkowski’s sudden and unexpected death caused by
appendicitis in January 1909, it is likely that Hilbert had priority access to Minkowski’s papers. It is
conceivable that Hilbert’s 1909 idea of the infinite-dimensional “Hilbert Space” was in part motivated by
unpublished creative work originally conceived by Minkowski.

Königsberg, Fall 1930

The tool implementing the mediation between theory and practice, between thought and observation,
is mathematics. Mathematics builds the connecting bridges and is constantly enhancing their
capabilities. Therefore it happens that our entire contemporary culture, in so far as it rests on
intellectual penetration and utilization of nature, finds its foundations in mathematics.
Already some time ago Galileo said, “Only one who has learned the language and signs in which
nature speaks to us can understand nature.”
This language however is mathematics, and these signs are the figures of mathematics.
Kant remarked, “I maintain that, in any particular natural science, genuine scientific content can
be found only in so far as mathematics is contained therein.”
In fact we do not have command of a scientific theory until we have peeled away and fully
revealed the mathematical kernel. Without mathematics, modern astronomy and physics would be
impossible. The theoretical parts of these sciences almost dissolve into branches of mathematics.
Mathematics owes its prestige, to the extent that it has any among the general public, to these
sciences along with their numerous broader applications. Although all mathematicians have denied
it, the applications serve as the measure of worth of mathematics.
Gauss speaks of the magical attraction that made number theory the favorite science of the first
mathematician — not to mention the inexhaustible richness of number theory, which far surpasses
that of any other field of mathematics.
Kronecker compares number theorists with the lotus-eaters, who, once they started eating this
food, could not let go of it.
The great mathematician Poincaré once sharply disagreed with Tolstoy’s declaration that the
proposition “science for the sake of science” would be silly.
The achievements of industry for example would not have seen the light of the world if only
applied people had existed and if uninterested fools had failed to promote these achievements.
The honor of the human spirit, so said the famous Königsberg mathematician Jacobi, is the only
goal of all science. We ought not believe those who today, with a philosophical air and reflective
tone, prophesy the decline of culture, and are pleased with themselves in their own ignorance.
For us there is no ignorance, especially not, in my opinion, for the natural sciences.
Instead of this silly ignorance, on the contrary let our fate be:
“We must know, we will know.”

Translation by Amelia and Joe Ball.

Thanks to Ruth Williams of UC San Diego for posting this translation online.

141
E. HUDF CORRELATION CALCULATIONS
Let δ be the length of a cosmological standard rod, chosen to be the average individual galactic
diameter of a large population of galaxies as represented by one of the Fig. (8) redshift bins. We know
that the value of δ measured in light years (ly) is certain to be on the order of the estimated diameter of the
Milky Way Galaxy (i.e., it is very unlikely to be smaller or larger by an order of magnitude).
δ ~ 10 5 ly (121)

Apparent angular diameter is inversely proportional to distance; Eq. (13) yields Eq. (2) from
−1
⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎤
θ ∝d −1
→ θ ∝ ⎢ cos −1 ⎜ (122)
⎣ ⎝ z + 1 ⎟⎠ ⎥⎦

Fig. (9) implies that the apparent angular diameter of the standard rod δ observed at a redshift distance of
z = 0.04 is about eight arcseconds or ~3.8785×10-5 radians. The Euclidean circle applies; consequently the
modeled distance represented by this redshift is determined by the empirical parameter δ.
δ
d= (123)
3.8785 × 10 −5
From Eq. (11), the cosmological latitude (ζ ) of redshift z = 0.04 determines the relative distance to
the cosmological horizon (about 17.7%), so the parameter δ in conjunction with the SDSS observations
shown in Fig. (9) also specifies the distance to the cosmological redshift horizon (H).

1 0.278 1
ζ = cos −1 ≈ 0.278 ≈ (124)
1.04 π 5.65
2

H = 5.65 ⋅ d = 1.4567 × 10 5 ⋅ δ (125)

The average galactic diameter (i.e., standard rod) of Eq. (121) yields the following rough estimate for H.
H ~ 15 × 10 9 ly (126)

As H correlates to a cosmological latitude of 90 degrees (π/2), the theoretical estimate for the radius of
the Universe (R) is readily determined to be on the order of 10 Gly.
2H
R= ~ 1010 ly (127)
π
From Fig. (22), the volume of observable space is π2R3, so Eq. (127) yields V ~ 1031 ly3. The HUDF
shows about 104 galaxies in 10-7 of the sky (implying N ~ 1011 galaxies for the entire sky), which is
currently understood to be an accurate order of magnitude estimate for the total number of galaxies in the
observable Universe. The quotient V/N (~1020 ly3) yields the theoretical average volume of space
occupied by a typical galaxy corresponding to an average separation distance. Accordingly, the theoretical
average separation between galaxies is about two parsecs (1 pc = 3.26 Mly).
The Virgo supercluster is observed to contain ~125 galaxies within a radius estimated to be ~20 Mly.278
The empirical average volume of space occupied by a galaxy within the supercluster is then consistent
with the preceding theoretical calculations pertaining to the cosmic radius.
4
( )
3
π 20 × 10 6 ly
3 ~ 10 20 ly 3 (128)
125

142
F. 1929 HUBBLE DIAGRAM
Hubble’s famous graph, upon which his claim of an expanding Universe was based, was published in
the March 1929 issue of Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America
and is reproduced below. The vertical axis labeled “VELOCITY” (Doppler equivalent) is expressed in
kilometers per second, although this is not obvious according to the labeled units. The modern consensus
value of H0 superimposed in red for comparison to Hubble’s graph references D. Spergel et al. (2007).279
Based on WMAP cosmic microwave background data, they claim the smallest error bars to date for a
‘measurement’ of H0 (73.2 +3.1/-3.2 km/s/Mpc). The thickness of the red line shown in this annotated
graph represents an error of ±8.6 km/s/Mpc, or nearly three times less accuracy than the precision claimed.
Given the huge discrepancy between measurement of the alleged “Hubble constant” by Edwin Hubble
and by modern astronomers, Hubble’s interpretation of the astrophysical data was obviously unjustified.
The linear redshift-distance relationship that he claimed in 1929 can be considered a complete fabrication,
rather than imagining it to have been a scientifically valid claim that was simply based on bad data.
Consequently, the modern interpretation of the data (a linear redshift-distance relationship) is patterned on
what was at best a conclusion unsupported by the empirical data and at worst an unethical fabrication
based on the a priori theoretical idea of an expanding Universe furnished in 1925 by Georges Lemaître.
The Catholic priest’s idea that the entire physical world originated in a single moment of creation was
originally motivated by a desire to give scientific credence to the Hebrew biblical creation myth; his 1921
essay, God’s First Three Declarations (translated from the original French) makes this clear. This same
ancient creation myth was responsible for the long-held belief in Western academia that the geologic
history of the Earth and indeed the history of the entire Cosmos did not exceed a time span of about 6,000
years and that all biological life on Earth originated simultaneously in a single coordinated act of creation.
Apparently, the same creation myth incorporated in the Old Testament is at least in part responsible for
the recent prevalent belief in Western academia that the history of the entire Universe does not exceed a
time span of about 14 billion years and that the Milky Way Galaxy originated simultaneously with
virtually all other observed galaxies in a single coordinated cosmic creation event.

143
G. 6dF SURVEY BLUESHIFTS
The 6dF Galaxy Survey was completed on 1 April 2009 with its Final Data Release (DR3).280, 281 It was
conducted at the Anglo-Australian Observatory and includes over 110,000 “unique and reliable” spectra.
Included in these galaxy spectra are 142 galaxies with measured spectra (z ≤ 0) representing blueshifts.
The following graphs show 116 of these for (-0.0005 ≤ z ≤ 0), with the the fourth graph (lower right)
showing the 16 main outliers (z < -0.0005). An additional 10 extreme outliers in the data are not shown.
A cosmological redshift that is a relativistic temporal effect masks galaxy Doppler blueshifts that are
smaller in magnitude than the local cosmological redshift. Consequently, a significant number of galaxies
with Doppler velocity blueshifts must exist in the set of galaxies with low measured redshifts. Many galaxy
blueshifts similar to those shown below must exist in the SDSS galaxy spectroscopy data, but they cannot
be extracted from the SDSS DR7 database. This is because the spectroscopic data for (| z | < 0.001)
includes many thousands of double stars oddly misidentified (tagged) as galaxies from which real
galaxies cannot be distinguished with a database query. The observation of hundreds of galaxy blueshifts
in all directions relative to the Milky Way is inconsistent with the standard cosmological model, yet it is
consistent with the new “Minkowski–de Sitter–Riemann” cosmological model proposed herein.

These galaxies were extracted from SPECTRA with: WHERE quality IN (3, 4) AND z_helio ≤ 0.

144
H. SDSS GALAXY AND QSO HISTOGRAM SECONDARY MAXIMA
The top left graph is a modified Fig. (26). Exponential decrease in apparent brightness of a standard
candle with redshift, due to photon dispersion, starts to taper off approaching the peak of the dS3/dz curve.
The decreasing slope of S2(z) causes a smaller percentage of objects to drop out of the growing bin
population for (z > 0.2) in this region of observed uniform galaxy space density. This causes the secondary
maxima seen in both the SDSS DR7 galaxy and QSO histograms.
QSO have a unique radiation signature and due to their higher absolute luminosity they can be seen at
much larger distances than the majority of conventional galaxies. Consequently, both the decline in the
primary maximum and the peak of the secondary maximum in the QSO histogram are shifted to the right
as compared to the conventional galaxy histogram. I thank Andrew J. S. Hamilton for critical suggestions.

145
I. REVISED GRAVITATIONAL LENS MASS MEASUREMENTS
An Einstein ring is a special case of gravitational lensing that occurs when the lensed source object is
directly behind the gravitational lens from the perspective of the observer. If the actual distance to the
source (dS) and to the lens (dL) can be accurately determined from their respective redshifts, the size of
the observed ring measured in radians is given by the Einstein radius.

4GM dS − d L
θE = ⋅ (129)
c2 dS ⋅ d L

From Appendix E the effective cosmic radius is R ~ 1010 ly. In conjunction with Eq. (13), this estimate
yields correlated estimates for dS and dL from the corresponding measured redshifts. The measured value
of θE with error bars yields an estimate for the observed Einstein ring’s diameter (D) and Eq. (129) yields
an estimate for the mass (M) of the enclosed galactic system. The table expresses M in solar mass units.
Observational data (zS, zL and θE) from Adam S. Bolton et. al. (2005). 282

System zS dS (Gly) zL dL (Gly) θE (10-5 rad) D (105 ly) M (1012 M)

A 0.5812 8.9 0.3223 7.1 1.047±0.063 0.70–0.79 5.4–6.9

B 0.7946 9.8 0.2318 6.2 0.853±0.034 0.51–0.55 1.8–2.1

C 0.4814 8.3 0.2046 5.9 1.294±0.039 0.74–0.79 5.1–5.8

D 0.5241 8.6 0.2076 6.0 1.008±0.039 0.58–0.63 3.0–3.5

E 0.5324 8.6 0.0819 3.9 1.900±0.024 0.73–0.75 4.0–4.2

All of the estimated mass for these elliptical systems can be accounted for in the form of normal atoms.
The prior interpretation of “dark matter” arising from this and similar empirical data was based on a naïve
model of cosmic spacetime geometry and an associated faulty theoretical redshift-distance relationship.

146
J. SUMMARY OF TRANSVERSE GRAVITATIONAL REDSHIFT (TGR) PREDICTIONS
To deal with opposition to innovation in science, “Beat them down with the evidence.” – Dave Finley

1. Center-to-limb variation (CLV) of the solar wavelength

The TGR for spectroscopy of sunlight sampled through a slit as a function of distance from the center of
the solar disk (shown below) is added to the solar Einstein gravitational redshift of ~0.64 km/s.

2. Solar TGR
Redshift of a distant signal (e.g., a star or deep space probe telemetry) caused by the solar gravitational
field as a function of the Sun-Observer-Target angle. Canonical processing of raw Doppler data will
remove this or any similar TGR residual as “impossible” or at least greatly reduce its reported magnitude.

147
3. Terrestrial TGR
The following graph shows the TGR effect due to Earth’s gravitational field as a function of target
elevation angle for GPS satellites, geostationary satellites and the lunar orbit. The curve for a radiation
source at arbitrary distance from Earth is identical to the lunar orbit curve shown in gray.

The following graph sums the altitude-dependent Einstein gravitational blueshift and the TGR effect.

148
4. Lunar TGR
The following graph shows the TGR effect due to the Moon’s gravitational field as a function of target
location relative to the lunar limb. For ε < 10', the curve shown is accurate for a target with a range of
about twice the Earth–Moon distance. For ε > 100', the curve shown is accurate for a target with a range
at least ten times the Earth–Moon distance. Note that a two-way transponded Doppler tracking signal
incurs the TGR effect on both legs of the journey, thereby doubling the magnitude graphed below.

5. Stellar limb effect TGR

Electromagnetic radiation observed to originate from the limb of any star having mass M and radius R
will incur a redshift in excess of the Einstein gravitational redshift of
⎛ 2GM ⎞
z = sec ⎜ 1.198 −1 (130)
⎝ Rc 2 ⎟⎠

This effect causes a systematic excess redshift of starlight that is particularly noticeable for white dwarf
stars and the center-to-limb variation (CLV) of the stellar wavelength associated with the effect causes
line broadening of starlight that becomes more pronounced as the surface gravity of the star increases.

6. A proposed experiment
The predicted magnitude of terrestrial TGR (see graphs under Terrestrial TGR, above) can be tested using
a geostationary satellite transmitting clock “ticks” from an ultrastable oscillator with a known frequency.
The frequency of this clock as observed on the ground will be a function of the satellite’s elevation angle.
The satellite’s range is essentially fixed, so there are no relativistic velocity effects, and while atmospheric
effects may delay the clock signal, they do not alter the received frequency of sequential clock pulses.
When the satellite is observed at 30° elevation from a ground station, TGR is predicted to counteract
gravitational blueshift; the observer’s local laboratory clock will not run slower than the satellite clock as
predicted by general relativity. Observed at 50° elevation, the satellite clock will gain ~17 µsec/day
relative to the ground clock and when observed at 10° elevation, it will appear to lose ~17 µsec/day.

149
K. LRO MISSION DETAILS

Schematic from Craig Tooley, “The Moon-Centered LRO Universe,” LRO Spacecraft & Objectives, 2006
AIAA-Houston Annual Technical Symposium, (19 May 2006), p. 14; http://pdfref.net/m2/p150.1
–––––––––––––––

Adapted from Jan McGarry , LRO Laser Ranging Overview, (Sept. 2007); http://pdfref.net/m2/p150.2

150
EPILOGUE QUOTATIONS
It is our responsibility as scientists, knowing the great progress and value of a satisfactory
philosophy of ignorance, the great progress that is the fruit of freedom of thought, to proclaim the
value of this freedom, to teach how doubt is not to be feared but welcomed and discussed, and to
demand this freedom as our duty to all coming generations.
– Richard P. Feynman, The Value of Science (1955)

I know that most men — not only those considered clever, but even those who really are clever
and capable of understanding the most difficult scientific, mathematical or philosophic problems,
can seldom discern even the simplest and most obvious truth if it be such as obliges them to admit
the falsity of conclusions they have formed, perhaps with great difficulty — conclusions of which
they are proud, which they have taught to others, and on which they have built their lives.
– Leo Tolstoy, What is Art? (1896)

We are to admit no more causes of natural things than such as are both true and sufficient to
explain their appearances. To this purpose, the philosophers say that Nature does nothing in vain,
and more is in vain when less will serve; for Nature is pleased with simplicity, and affects not the
pomp of superfluous causes.
– Isaac Newton, Principia: Book III: Rules of Reasoning in Philosophy (1687)

We may always depend on it that algebra, which cannot be translated into good English and sound
common sense, is bad algebra.
– William K. Clifford, Common Sense in the Exact Sciences (1885)

Advances are made by answering questions. Discoveries are made by questioning answers.
– Bernard Haisch, astrophysicist (c. 2000)

When I was starting out in mathematics, it seemed very important to prove a big theorem. Now,
with more experience, I understand that it is new notions that are more important, for example,
Alan Turing’s new notion of computability, which I shall discuss today.
– Yuri Ivanovich Manin, Talk on Computability, Northwestern University (c. 1995)

. . . The doctrine that the world was created is ill-advised, and should be rejected. If God created the
world, where was He before the Creation? . . . Know that the world is uncreated, as time itself is,
without beginning and end.
– Jinasena, Mahapurana (India, 9th century)
Δ

Every cluster of galaxies, every star, every atom had a beginning, but the Universe, itself, did not.
– Sir Fred Hoyle (1915 – 2001)

Creation is ongoing. – Lakota proverb

151
FAIR USE OF COPYRIGHTED MATERIAL
The unabridged contents of this book, which involves critical discussion of topics of wide interest to the
global scientific community and the general public, is being made freely available on the Internet for the
purposes of education, scholarly research and stimulation of scientific progress. Significant advances in science
are generally associated with synthesis in which previously distinct ideas or empirical observations are unified
into a new cohesive body of thought. The syntheses in this book have required the organization, logical
connection and occasional reinterpretation of previously published scientific research. In many circumstances,
it is only appropriate to directly quote the original author(s) rather than to merely refer to their work or attempt
to paraphrase them. This ensures complete accuracy in communicating their ideas and contribution to science.
Fair use is a doctrine in United States copyright law that allows limited use of copyrighted material
without requiring permission from the rights holders, such as use for scholarship or review. It provides
for the legal, non-licensed citation or incorporation of copyrighted material in another author’s work
under a four-factor balancing test. It is based on free speech rights provided by the First Amendment to
the United States Constitution.

… U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, 17 U.S.C. § 107 reprinted here:

Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 17 U.S.C. § 106 and 17 U.S.C. § 106A, the fair use
of a copyrighted work for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching
(including multiple copies for classroom use), scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of
copyright. In determining whether the use made of a work in any particular case is a fair use the
factors to be considered shall include —
1. the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or
is for nonprofit educational purposes;
2. the nature of the copyrighted work;
3. the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a
whole; and
4. the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.
…the classic opinion of Joseph Story in Folsom v. Marsh, 9 F.Cas. 342 (1841)… :
[A] reviewer may fairly cite largely from the original work, if his design be really and truly to
use the passages for the purposes of fair and reasonable criticism.
Fair use tempers copyright’s exclusive rights to serve the purpose of copyright law, which the U.S.
Constitution defines as the promotion of “the Progress of Science and useful Arts” (Art. I § 8, cl. 8).
Some commentators have also suggested that the First Amendment’s protection of free speech
necessitates some form of fair use defense, because some things simply cannot be said without some
amount of copying. This principle applies particularly well to the case of criticism.
The first factor questions whether the use under consideration helps fulfill the intention of copyright
law to stimulate creativity for the enrichment of the general public, or whether it aims to only
“supersede the objects” of the original for reasons of, say, personal profit. To justify the use as fair,
one must demonstrate how it either advances knowledge or the progress of the arts through the
addition of something new. A key consideration is the extent to which the use is interpreted as
transformative, as opposed to merely derivative.283
In every case in which an extended direct quotation of previously published work by another author or
authors is made herein, the quotation appears clearly indented from the main body of the text and is
accompanied by a numbered endnote with a complete citation to the original work. As a professional
courtesy, permission was requested and granted for the reproduction of visual elements such as graphs
and photographs except for those in the public domain.

152
REFERENCES
1 Our dear “Ladini,” may your beautiful light shine ever brighter in this world as your life unfolds.
2 Helge Kragh, Matter and Spirit in the Universe, (Imperial College Press, London, 2004), p. 141;
Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/hkragh
3 Odon Godart, “The Scientific Work of Georges Lemaître,” in The Big Bang and Georges Lemaître:
Symposium Proceedings, Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium (10–13 October 1983), edited by A. Berger,
(D. Reidel Publishing, Dordrecht, Netherlands, 1984), p. 395.
4 Odon Godart & Michael Heller, “Un travail inconnu de Georges Lemaître,”
Revue d’Histoire des Sciences 31, 345 (1978).
5 Odon Godart & Michael Heller, “Les relations entre la Science et la Foi chez Georges Lemaître,”
Pontificia Academia Scientiarum, Comentarii 3, 1 (1978).
6 Georges Lemaître, “The Beginning of the World from the Point of View of Quantum Theory,”
Nature 127, 706 (1931).
7 Albert Einstein, Relativity: The Special and the General Theory (1916), first translated into English from the
German in 1920; see Chaper 31: “The Possibility of a ‘Finite’ and Yet ‘Unbounded’ Universe”;
Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/aeinstein
8 Albert Einstein, “Cosmological considerations on the general theory of relativity,”
The Principle of Relativity (Dover, New York, 1952), specifically see Section 3,
“The Spatially Finite Universe With a Uniform Distribution of Matter,” pp. 183–186;
translation of “Kosmologische Betrachtungen…,” Sitz. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1, 142 (1917).
9 V. M. Slipher, “On the spectrum of the nebula in the Pleiades,” B. Lowell Obs. 55, 4:26 (1912).
10 V. M. Slipher, “The Radial Velocity of the Andromeda Nebula,” B. Lowell Obs. 58, 8:56 (1913).
11 V. M. Slipher, “Spectrographic observations of Nebulae,” American Astronomical Society:
Report of the Seventeenth Meeting, Pop. Astr. 23, 21 (1915).
12 Edwin Hubble, “A Relation Between Distance and Radial Velocity Among Extra-Galactic Nebulae,”
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 15, 168 (1929).
13 Helge Kragh, op. cit.; Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/hkragh
14 Wikipedia, “Georges Lemaître,” (c. May 2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/wikiglemaitre
15 Abbé Georges Lemaître, Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles A47, 49 (1927).
16 Abbé Georges Lemaître, “A Homogeneous Universe of Constant Mass and Increasing Radius accounting for the
Radial Velocity of Extra-galactic Nebulæ,” MNRAS 91, 483 (1931).
17 Bill Bryson, A Short History of Nearly Everything, (Broadway, New York, 2003), p. 128.
18 Allan Sandage, “Current Problems in the Extragalactic Distance Scale,” Astrophys. J. 127, 513 (1958).
19 John Huchra, “The Hubble Constant”; http://pdfref.net/m2/jhuchra
20 Arno Penzias & Robert Wilson, “A Measurement of Excess Antenna Temperature at 4080 Mc/s,”
Astrophys. J. 142, 419 (1965).
21 Robert H. Dicke, Philip James Edwin Peebles, Peter G. Roll & David T. Wilkinson,
“Cosmic Black-Body Radiation,” Astrophys. J. 142, 414 (1965).

153
22 Adam Riess et al., “Observational Evidence from Supernovae for an Accelerating Universe and a Cosmological
Constant,” Astron. J. 116, 1009 (1998).
23 Tribeca Film Institute (Alfred P. Sloan Partnership), comment on “Hubble” screenplay by Shawn L. Otto (2005);
http://pdfref.net/m2/tribeca

24 Benoit Mandelbrot, Fractals: form, chance, and dimension, (W. H. Freeman, San Francisco, 1977), pp.109–143.
25 Kelvin K. S. Wu, Ofer Lahav & Martin J. Rees, Nature 397, 255 (1999).
26 Lawrence Rudnick, Shea Brown & Liliya R. Williams, “Extragalactic Radio Sources and the WMAP Cold Spot”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/lrudnick

27 Alister W. Graham, Simon P. Driver, Vahé Petrosian, et. al., “Total galaxy magnitudes and effective radii from
Petrosian magnitudes and radii,” Astron. J. 130, 1535 (2005), p. 1536; http://pdfref.net/m2/agraham
28 John J. O’Connor & Edmund F. Robertson, “Quotations by John von Neumann,”
MacTutor History of Mathematics archive (February 2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/joconnor
29 Martin Rees, Our Cosmic Habitat, (Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, 2001), p. 83.
30 Richard Price, “Welcome to Spacetime,” in the Introduction to The Future of Spacetime,
(W. W. Norton & Company, New York, 2002), p. 26.
31 Edwin Hubble, “A Relation Between Distance and Radial Velocity Among Extra-Galactic Nebulae,”
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 15, 168 (1929), p. 173.

32 Howard Burton, “Science is a balance of beauty, elegance and facts,” (Perimeter Institute, 2004);
http://pdfref.net/m2/hburton

33 Albert Einstein, Appendix II: Minkowski’s Four-Dimensional Space (“World”),

Relativity – The Special and the General Theory, (Henry Holt & Co., New York, 1921), p. 146;
Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/aeinstein2
34 Scott Walter, “Hermann Minkowski and the Scandal of Spacetime,” ESI 64 (Spring 2008);
http://pdfref.net/m2/swalter

35 NASA/WMAP Science Team, “Timeline of the Universe”; http://pdfref.net/m2/timeline

36 Wikipedia, “Flat Earth,” (c. May 2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/wikiflatearth
37 Albert Einstein, “On the Electrodynamics of Moving Bodies,”
The Principle of Relativity (Dover, New York, 1952), p. 35–65; translation of Ann. d. Physik 17, 891 (1905).
38 Abraham Pais, Subtle is the Lord… The Science and the Life of Albert Einstein,
(Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1982), p. 152.
39 Hermann Minkowski, “Space and Time,” The Principles of Relativity, (Dover, New York, 1952), pp. 79–80;
translation of Physikalische Zeitschrift 10, 104 (1909).
40 Richard Feynman, Robert B Leighton & Matthew Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics,
Volume I, (Addison-Wesley, Reading Massachusetts, 1963), pp. 17-1 through 17-3.
41 Scott Walter, “Minkowski, Mathematicians, and the Mathematical Theory of Relativity,”
The Expanding Worlds of Relativity (Einstein Studies, v7), (Birkhäuser, Boston, 1999), pp. 45–86.
See “Articles” at http://pdfref.net/m2/swalter2

42 Kip Thorne, Black Holes & Time Warps, Einstein’s Outrageous Legacy, (W. W. Norton, New York, 1994), p. 73.

154
43 Edwin Hubble & Richard C. Tolman, “Two Methods of Investigating the Nature of the Nebular Redshift,”
Astrophys. J. 82, 302 (1935).
44 Eugenie Samuel Reich, “Flat universe may be the new flat Earth,” NewScientist 2708, 15 (2009);
http://pdfref.net/m2/ereich

45 Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, (University of Chicago Press, 1996), p. 46.
46 Courtesy Saul Perlmutter; http://pdfref.net/m2/sperlmutter
47 Fritz Zwicky, “The Age of Large Globular Clusters of Galaxies,” Pub. Astron. Soc. Pacif. 72 (428), 365 (1960).
48 Gérard de Vaucouleurs, “The Case for a Hierarchical Cosmology,” Science 167, 1203 (1970).
49 NASA/STScI, STScI-1994-52, (6 December 1994); http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA
(Also see http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA2)
50 NASA, Release 94-201 (6 Dec. 1994); http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA3 (Also see http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA4)
51 A. Cimatti et al., “Old galaxies in the young Universe,” Nature 430, 184 (2004).
52 Hans Jörg Fahr, “The big bluff: Or is the ‘big bang cosmology’ going to collapse?”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/hfahr

53 C. R. Mullis et al., “Discovery of an X-ray-Luminous Galaxy Cluster at z = 1.4,”

Astrophys J. Lett. 623, L85 (2005); http://pdfref.net/m2/cmullis
54 European Southern Observatory, ESO Press Release 04/05,
“Surprise Discovery of Highly Developed Structure in the Young Universe,” (2 March 2005);
http://pdfref.net/m2/ESO

55 Laura Farrarese, “Feeding the first quasars,” Nature 421, 329 (2003).
56 Alan Lightman, Einstein’s Dreams, (Vintage Books, New York, 2004), p. 53.
(page 70 in the original 1994 Random House edition; Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/alightman
57 Roser Pelló et al., “ISAAC/VLT observations of a lensed galaxy at z = 10.0,”
Astron. Astrophys. 416, L35 (2004); http://pdfref.net/m2/rpello
58 R. Pello, J. Richard, J.-F. Le Borgne & D. Schaerer, “Response to ‘Reanalysis of the spectrum of the z = 10 galaxy
ISAAC/VLT observations of a lensed galaxy at z = 10.0’ by Weatherley et al. (astro-ph 0407150),” (9 July 2004);
http://pdfref.net/m2/rpello2

59 B. Mobasher et al., “Evidence for a Massive Post-Starburst Galaxy at z ~ 6.5,” Astrophys. J. 635, 832 (2005);
http://pdfref.net/m2/bmobasher

60 Ralph Alpher & Robert Hermann, Nature 148, 774 (1948).

61 George Gamow, Nature 162, 680 (1948).
62 George Gamow, The Creation of the Universe, Aug. 1956 Edition, (Viking Press, New York, 1952).
63 Ralph A. Alpher & Robert C. Herman, “Remarks on the Evolution of the Expanding Universe,”
Phys. Rev. 75, 1089 (1949).
64 Arno Penzias & Robert Wilson, “A Measurement of Excess Antenna Temperature at 4080 Mc/s,”
Astrophys. J. 142, 419 (1965).
65 Robert H. Dicke, Philip James Edwin Peebles, Peter G. Roll & David T. Wilkinson,
“Cosmic Black-Body Radiation,” Astrophys. J. 142, 414 (1965).

155
66 Alan H. Guth, The Inflationary Universe, (Perseus Books, Cambridge, Mass., 1997), p. 185.
67 NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Legacy Archive for Microwave Background Data Analysis,
“Cosmic Background Explorer”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA5
68 NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, “Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA6
69 NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, WMAP Mission, “Winning Theories”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA7
70 NASA, WMAP Five Year Results on the Oldest Light in the Universe (7 March 2008);
http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA8

71 Dominik J. Schwarz, Glenn D. Starkman, Dragan Huterer & Craig J. Copi,

“Is the Low- Microwave Background Cosmic?” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 221301 (2004).
72 Edwin Cartlidge, “Doubts cast over map of the cosmos,” Physics World 18, 5 (2005).
73 NASA, Legacy Archive for Microwave Background Data Analysis (LAMBDA),
“WMAP Internal Linear Combination Map”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA9
74 Douglas P. Finkbeiner, “WMAP Microwave Emission Interpreted as Dark Matter Annihilation
in the Inner Galaxy,” (2 Sep. 2004); http://pdfref.net/m2/dfinkbeiner
75 Douglas P. Finkbeiner, “Microwave Interstellar Medium Emission Observed by the Wilkinson Microwave
Anisotropy Probe,” Astrophys J. 614, 186–193 (2004).
76 Edwin Cartlidge, op. cit.
77 Glenn D. Starkman & Dominik J. Schwarz, “Is the Universe Out of Tune?” SciAm (Aug. 2005), p. 52.
78 John Hahn, “When giants roamed,” Nature 435, 432 (2005).
79 James A. Applegate, “A Mechanism For Orbital Period Modulation in Close Binaries,”
Astophys. J. 385, 621 (1992).
80 D. Marsden, R. E. Lingenfelter & R. E. Rothschild, “Resolution of the Age Discrepancies in
Pulsar/SNR Associations,” proceedings of the Rome2000 mini workshop on SGRs and AXPs,
to be published in Mem. S. A. It (2 Feb. 2001); http://pdfref.net/m2/dmarsden
81 J. Chapront, M. Chapront-Touzé & G. Francou, “A new determination of lunar orbital parameters, precession
constant and tidal acceleration from LLR measurements,” Astron. & Astrophys. 387, 700 (2002).
82 ODP Leg 171B Shipboard Scientific Party, “Critical Boundaries in Earth's History – and the K-T Boundary,”
JOIDES J. 23, 1-10 (1997); http://pdfref.net/m2/odp
83 Paul F. Hoffman & Daniel P. Schrag, “The Snowball Earth” (1999); http://pdfref.net/m2/phoffman
84 F. Richard Stephenson, “Harold Jeffreys Lecture 2002: Historical eclipses and Earth’s rotation,”
Astron. Geophys., 44 (2), 2.22–2.27 (2003).
85 International Earth Rotation and Reference Systems Service (IERS), “Excess of the duration of the day to
86400 s and angular velocity of the earth’s rotation, since 1623”; http://pdfref.net/m2/IERS
86 Albert Einstein, “Geometrie und Erfahrung,” Lecture before the Prussian Academy of Sciences,
27 January (1921); Ideas and Opinions, (Wings Books, New York, 1954) p. 235.
87 Max Born, “The theory of the rigid electron in the kinematics of the relativity principle,”
Ann. d. Phy. 30, 1, (1909).

156
88 Paul Ehrenfest, “Uniform rotation of rigid bodies and the theory of relativity,”
Physikalische Zeitschrift 10, 918 (1909); Relativity in Rotating Frames
edited by G Rizzi & ML Ruggiero (Kluwer, Dordrecht, 2004).
89 Albert Einstein, Relativity: The Special and the General Theory, 15th Edition,
(Three Rivers Press, New York, 1952) p. 90.
90 Ibid., p. 91.
91 Albert Einstein, “Letter to A. Sommerfeld, 29 September, 1909”;
Abraham Pais, Subtle is the Lord… The Science and the Life of Albert Einstein,
(Oxford U. Press, Oxford, 1982), p. 189.
92 Albert Einstein, “The Foundation of the General Theory of Relativity,” The Principle of Relativity,
(Dover, New York, 1952), pp. 109–164, see Section 3, pp. 115–118;
translated from“Die Grundlage de allgemeinen Relativitätstheorie,” Ann. d. Phy. 49, 109 (1916).
93 Albert Einstein, “Geometrie und Erfahrung,” Lecture before the Prussian Academy of Sciences,
27 January (1921); Ideas and Opinions, (Wings Books, New York, 1954), p. 235.
94 Albert Einstein, The Meaning of Relativity, 5th Edition (MJF Books, New York, 1956), p. 60.
95 Willem de Sitter, “On Einstein’s Theory of Gravitation, and its Astronomical Consequences,
Third Paper,” MNRAS 78, 3 (1917).
96 Thanks to Patrick Bruskiewich for this insight concerning the term “proper time.”
97 Albert Einstein, The Meaning of Relativity, 5th Edition (MJF Books, New York, 1956), p. 59.
98 Albert Einstein, “The Foundation of the General Theory of Relativity,”
The Principle of Relativity, (Dover, New York, 1952), p. 163.
99 London Times, “Revolution in Science / New Theory of the Universe / Newtonian Ideas Overthrown,”
(7 November 1919), Headline.
100 Albert Einstein, “On the influence of gravitation on the propagation of light,”
The Principle of Relativity (Dover, New York, 1952), pp. 97–108;
translation of “Über den Einfluss…,” Ann. d. Phy. 35, 898 (1911).
101 Clifford M. Will, “3.4.1 The deflection of light,” The Confrontation between General Relativity and Experiment,
(Living Reviews in relativity, 27 March 2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/cwill
102 D. Samain, “Is the ultraviolet spectrum of the quiet sun redshifted?” Astron. Astrophys. 244, 217 (1991);
http://pdfref.net/m2/dsamain

103 Paul Marmet, “Redshift of Spectral lines in the Sun’s Chromosphere,” IEEE Tran. Plasma Sci. 17 (2) April 1989;
http://pdfref.net/m2/pmarmet

104 W. W. Campbell, “On the motions of the Brighter Class B Stars,”

Pub. Astron. Soc. Pacific 23 (136), 85 (1911).
105 B. Grabowski, J. Madej & J. Halenka, “The Impact of the Pressure Shift of Hydrogen Lines on ‘relativistic’
Masses of White Dwarfs,” Astrophys. J. 313, 750 (1987).
106 I thank Dirk Muehlner and Phil Barth for raising this issue.
107 Fritz Zwicky, “On the Red Shift of Spectral Lines Through Interstellar Space,” PNAS 15, 773 (1929), p. 775.
108 Dror Sadeh, Stephen H. Knowles & Benjamin Au, “The Effect of Mass on Frequency,” Science 161, 567 (1968).

157
109 Dror Sadeh, Stephen H. Knowles & B. S. Yaplee, “Search for a Frequency Shift of the 21-Centimeter Line from
Taurus A near Occultation by Sun,” Science 159, 307 (1968).
110 J. A. Ball, D. F. Dickinson & I. I. Shapiro, “Search for an Effect of the Sun on the Frequency of
18-Centimeter Radiation,” Science 167, 1755 (1970).
111 R. M. Goldstein, “Superior Conjunction of Pioneer 6,” Science 166, 598 (1969).
112 Arnaud A. Chastel & Jean F. Heyvaerts, “Perturbations of Pioneer 6 telemetry signal
during solar occultation,” Nature 249, 21 (1974).
113 Parviz Merat, Jean-Claude Pecker & Jean-Pierre Vigier, “Possible Interpretation of an Anomalous Redshift
Observed on the 2292 MHz Line Emitted by Pioneer-6 in the Close Vicinity of the Solar Limb,”
Astron. Astrophys. 30, 167 (1974); http://pdfref.net/m2/pmerat
114 Galileo Galilei, “Letter to the Grand Duchess Christina of Tuscany,” (c. 1615),
Internet Modern History Sourcebook, editor Paul Halsall; http://pdfref.net/m2/ggalilei
115 UC Museum of Paleontotlogy, “Alfred Wegener (1880–1930),” (1996); http://pdfref.net/m2/UCMP
116 John D. Anderson et al., “Study of the anomalous acceleration of Pioneer-10 and 11,”
Phys. Rev. D 65, 082004-9 (2002); http://pdfref.net/m2/janderson
117 NASA/JPL-Caltech, Solar System Exploration, “Galileo Legacy Site”; http://pdfref.net/m2/JPL
118 H. T. Howard et al., “Galileo radio science investigations,” Space Sci. Rev. 60, 565 (1992).
119 David P. Hinson, Joseph D. Twicken & E. Tuna Karayel, “Jupiter’s ionosphere: New results from Voyager 2
radio occultation measurements,” J. Geophys. Res. 103, 9505 (1998).
120 D. P. Hinson et al., “Jupiter’s ionosphere: Results from the first Galileo radio
occultation experiment,” Geophys. Res. Lett. 24, 2107 (1997).
121 A. J. Kliore et al., “The Ionosphere of Europa from Galileo Radio Occultations,” Science 277, 355 (1997).
122 NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Lunar and Planetary Science, “Galileo Project Information”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA10

123 John D. Anderson et al., “Study of the anomalous acceleration of Pioneer-10 and 11,”
Phys. Rev. D 65, 082004-9 (2002), see footnote #38; http://pdfref.net/m2/janderson
It was confirmed by personal e-mail communication that this sign convention applies to Fig. (45).
124 John D. Anderson et al., “Discovery of Mass Anomalies on Ganymede,” Science 305, 989 (2004).
125 Jennifer Palguta, John D. Anderson, Gerald Schubert & William B. Moore, “Mass anomalies on Ganymede,”
Icarus 180, 428 (2006).
126 David Darling, The Internet Encyclopedia of Science, “Stellar Astrophysics: mass-radius relation,”
http://pdfref.net/m2/ddarling

127 P. Bergeron, James Liebert & M.S. Fulbright, “Masses of DA White Dwarfs with Gravitational Redshift
Determinations,” Astrophy. J. 444, 810 (1995).
128 D. Koester, “Gravitational Redshift and Mass-Radius Relation in White Dwarfs,” Astrophy. J. 322, 852 (1995).
129 NASA, LRO Launch Information; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA11
130 Michael A. Yang, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Code 560.0 [NGES],
personal e-mail communication, (21 August 2009).
131 Alfred Leick, “GPS Satellite Surveying, 3rd Ed.” (Wiley, 2003), p. 75.

158
132 U.S. Naval Observatory Time Service Dept., “GPS System Time”; http://pdfref.net/m2/USNO
133 Everett R. Swift & Bruce R. Hermann, “Orbit Period Frequency Variations in the GPS Satellite Clocks”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/eswift

134 Thomas B. Bahder, “Fermi Coordinates of an Observer Moving in a Circle in Minkowski Space: Apparent
Behavior of Clocks,” (Army Research Lab., Adelphi, Maryland 2005); http://pdfref.net/m2/tbahder
135 Alan G. Evans et al., “The Global Positioning System Geodesy Odyssey,”
Navigation, J. of the Inst. of Nav. 49, 8 (2002).
136 Ibid., pp. 5–6.
137 International GPS Service, IGS Station; dgar [see dgar_20080702.log, “Elevation (m, ellips.)”];
http://pdfref.net/m2/IGS

138 International GPS Service, IGS Station; kwj1 [see kwj1_20080703.log, “Elevation (m, ellips.)”];
http://pdfref.net/m2/IGS2

139 Proudman Oceanographic Laboratory, Permanent Service for Mean Sea Level, “Sea Level: Frequently asked
questions and answers”; http://pdfref.net/m2/proudman
140 National Geodetic Survey, The NGS GEOID Page, “What is the geoid?”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NGS
141 NASA/JPL-Caltech, Ocean Surface Topography from Space, “Missions: TOPEX/Poseidon Fact Sheet”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/JPL2

142 NASA/JPL-Caltech, Ocean Surface Topography from Space, “Missions: Jason-1 Fact Sheet”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/JPL3

143 National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, Geospatial Sciences Division,

“Vertical Datums, Elevations, and Heights”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NGA
144 Xiong Li & Hans-Jürgen Götze, “Ellipsoid, geoid, gravity, geodesy and geophysics,”
Geophys. 66, 1660 (2001).
145 Micro-g Solutions, “F5 Absolute Gravimeter”; http://pdfref.net/m2/microg
146 M. Van Camp, T. Camelbeeck & P. Richard; “The F5 absolute gravimeter: metrology and geophysics,”
Physicalia 25, 161 (2003); http://pdfref.net/m2/mvancamp
147 International GNSS Service, Tracking Network, “IGS Stations”; http://pdfref.net/m2/IGS3
148 Marc Cheves, “Refinement of the geoid The Gravity Probe B Experiment,” Amer. Surveyor,
Web Exclusive (2004); http://pdfref.net/m2/mcheves
149 World Airport Codes, “Maldives – Male – Airport Details”; http://pdfref.net/m2/wac
150 International GPS Service, IGS Station; mald [see mald_20010522.log, “Elevation (m, ellips.)”];
http://pdfref.net/m2/IGS4

151 British Oceanographic Data Centre, Global Sea Level Observing System Station Handbook,
“GLOSS 28, Malé”; http://pdfref.net/m2/BODC
152 NASA/NIMA, “11. The EGM96 geoid Undulation With Respect to the WGS84 Ellipsoid,”
The Development of the Joint NASA GSFC and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA)
Geopotential Model EGM96, NASA/TP-1998-206861 (1998); http://pdfref.net/m2/NIMA
153 Ron Hackey & Will Featherstone, “Are we misinterpreting gravity anomalies?” Chapman Conference on
Exploration Geodynamics, Dunsborough, Western Australia, August 2001; http://pdfref.net/m2/rhackey

159
154 NASA/NIMA, “Abstract,” NASA/TP-1998-206861 (1998); http://pdfref.net/m2/NIMA2
155 Frank G. Lemoine, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Space Geodesy Branch,
personal e-mail communication, (8 September 2004).
156 National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, NGA Geospatial Sciences Division, “Physical Geodesy: WGS84 Earth
Gravity Model”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NGA2
157 NASA/NIMA, “12.1 EGM96 Solution Achievements: Surface Gravity Data,” The Development of the Joint
NASA GSFC and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) Geopotential Model EGM96,
NASA/TP-1998-206861 (1998); http://pdfref.net/m2/NIMA3
158 Alan G. Evans et al., “The Global Positioning System Geodesy Odyssey,”
Navigation, Journal of the Institute of Navigation, 49, 8 (2002).
159 Bruce G. Bills, Gregory A. Neumann, David E. Smith & Maria T. Zuber, “Improved estimate of tidal dissipation
within Mars from MOLA observations of the shadow of Phobos,” J. Geophys. Res. 110, E07004 (2005);
http://pdfref.net/m2/bbills

160 Samuel J. Goldstein & Kenneth C. Jacobs, “A Recalculation of the Secular Acceleration of Io,”
Astron. J. 110, 3054 (1995).
161 Kaare Aksnes & Fred A. Franklin, “Secular Acceleration of Io Derived From Mutual Satellite Events,”
Astron. J. 122, 2734 (2001).
162 John D. Anderson et al., “Study of the anomalous acceleration of Pioneer 10 and 11,” see Abstract;
http://pdfref.net/m2/janderson

163 Ibid., p. 41.

164 James A. Applegate, “A Mechanism For Orbital Period Modulation in Close Binaries,”
Astophys. J. 385, 621 (1992).
165 Fred A. Franklin, Nikole K. Lewis, Paul R. Soper & Matthew J. Holman,
“Hilda Asteroids as Possible Probes of Jovian Migration,” Astrophys. J. 128, 1391 (2004).
166 K. Tsiganis, R. Gomes, A. Morbidelli & H. F. Levinson, “Origin of the orbital architecture of the
giant planets of the Solar System,” Nature 435, 459 (2005).
167 A. Morbidelli , H. F. Levinson, K. Tsiganis & R. Gomes, “Chaotic capture of Jupiter’s Trojan asteroids in the
early Solar System,” Nature 435, 462 (2005).
168 R. Gomes, H. F. Levinson, K. Tsiganis & A. Morbidelli, “Origin of the cataclysmic Late Heavy Bombardment
period of the terrestrial planets,” Nature 435, 466 (2005).

169 John Hahn, “When giants roamed,” Nature 435, 432 (2005).
170 Yann Alibert, Christoph Mordasini & Willy Benz, “Migration and giant planet formation,”
Astron. Astrophys. 417, L25 (2004).
171 Yann Alibert, Olivier Mousis, Christoph Mordasini & Willy Benz, “New Jupiter and Saturn Formation Models
Meet Observations,” Astrophys. J. 626, L57 (2005).

172 William R. Ward, “Protoplanet Migration by Nebular Tides,” Icarus 126, 261 (1997).
173 S. J. Peale & M. H. Lee, “A Primordial Origin of the Laplace Relation Among the Galilean Satellites,”
Science 298, 593 (2002).

160
174 R. Greenberg, “Tidal evolution of the Galilean satellites – A linearized theory,” Icarus 46, 415 (1981).
175 Andrew Sinclair, “The orbital resonance amongst the Galilean satellites of Jupiter,”
Celestial Mechanics 12, 89 (1975).
176 Robert A. Rohde & Richard A. Muller, “Cycles in fossil diversity,” Nature 434, 208 (2005).
177 David Perlman, “Mass extinction comes every 62 million years, UC physicists discover,”
The San Francisco Chronicle, 10 March 2005; http://pdfref.net/m2/dperlman
178 Osservatorio Astronomico di Torino, “FK4 – Fourth Fundamental Catalogue”; http://pdfref.net/m2/OAT
179 International Earth Rotation and Reference Systems Service (IERS),
“The International Celestial Reference System: ICRS”; http://pdfref.net/m2/IERS2
180 Yuri B. Kolesnik & C. Johan Masreliez, “Secular Trends in the Mean Longitudes of Planets Derived From
Optical Observations,” Astron. J. 128, 878 (2004).
181 H. G. Walter & C. Ma, “Correction to the luni-solar precession from very long baseline interferometry,”
Astron. & Astrophys. 284, 1000 (1994).
182 V. V. Vityazev & E. I. Yagudina, “The non-precessional motion of the equinox: a phantom or a phenomenon?”
Journées 2000 - systèmes de référence spatio-temporels. J2000, a fundamental epoch for origins of reference
systems and astronomical models, Paris, 18–20 septembre 2000,
edited by N. Capitaine, Paris: Observatoire de Paris, pp. 42 (2001).
183 K. C. Blackwell, “Equinox — position and motion during 250 years,” MNRAS 180, 65P (1977).
184 Ibid., p. 73P.
185 Curtis Wilson, “Euler and Applications of Analytical mathematics to Astronomy,”
in Leonard Euler: Life Work and Legacy, Robert E. Bradley & C. Edward Sandifer (Editors),
(Elsevier B.V., 2007) p. 144.
186 Euler Archive Staff based on original work by Eric J. Aiton, see Index Number 89;
http://pdfref.net/m2/eulerarch

187 D. Marsden, R. E. Lingenfelter & R. E. Rothschild, “Resolution of the Age Discrepancies in

Pulsar/SNR Associations,” proceedings of the Rome2000 mini workshop on SGRs and AXPs,
to be published in Mem. S. A. It (2 Feb. 2001); http://pdfref.net/m2/dmarsden
188 John Mather, Nobel Lecture, (Stockholm, 2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/jmather
189 George Smoot, Nobel Lecture, (Stockholm, 2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/gsmoot
190 Simon F. Green & Mark H. Jones (editors), An Introduction to the Sun and Stars,
(Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2004), pp. 175–196.
191 K. W. Ogilvie & M. A. Coplan, “Solar Wind Composition,” U.S. National Report to International Union of
Geodesy and Geophysics 1991–1994, Editor-in-Chief: Roger Pielke, (American Geophysical Union, 1995);
http://pdfref.net/m2/kogilvie

192 E. Anders & N. Grevesse, “Abundances of the elements – Meteoritic and solar,”
Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 53, 197 (1989).
193 Geoffrey Burbidge & Fred Hoyle, “The Origin of Helium and the Other Light Elements,”
Astrophys. J. 509, L1 (1998).

161
194 Bernard E. J. Pagel, “Big Bang Nucleosynthesis and abundances of light elements,”
in Observational and Physical Cosmology, ed. F. Sánchez, M. Collados & R. Rebolo
(Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1992), pp. 117–146.
195 D. Schramm & R. Wagoner, “What can deuterium tell us,” Physics Today 27, 40 (1974).
196 Arthur Eddington, “The source of stellar energy,” The Observatory 42, 371 (1919).
197 George Gamow, “The Evolution of the Universe,” Nature 162, 680 (1948).
198 D. N. Schramm & R. V. Wagoner, “Elemental Production in Early Universe,”
Ann. Rev. Nuclear Sci. 27, 37 (1977).
199 Alain Coc et al., “Updated Big Bang Nucleosynthesis Compared with Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe
Observations and the Abundance of Light Elements,” Astrophys. J. 600, 544 (2004).
200 Ann M. Boesgaard & Gary Steigman, “Big Bang Nucleosynthesis: Theories and Observations,”
Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 23, 319 (1985).
201 K. Kainulainen, H. Kurki-Suoni & E. Sihvola, “Inhomogeneous Big-Bang Nucleosynthesis in Light of
Recent Observations,” Phys. Rev. D 59, 083505 (1999); http://pdfref.net/m2/kkainulainen
202 Thomas A. Matthews & Allan Sandage, “3C 196 as a Second Radio Star,”
Pub. Astron. Soc. Pac. 74, 406 (1962).
203 Martin Schmidt, “3C 273: a star-like object with large red-shift,” Nature 197, 1040 (1963).
204 Steve Penton, IUEAGN-FUSE planning site, “Summary of IUE Observations of AGN Ordered by Power Law
Extrapolated 1000 Angstrom Flux”; http://pdfref.net/m2/spenton
205 NASA , HubbleSite, “The Hubble Tuning Fork — Classification of Gallaxies”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA12
206 S. M. Kent, “CCD surface photometry of field Galaxies. II – Bulge/disk decompositions,”
Astrophys. J. 59, 115 (1985).
207 NASA , Hubblesite, “Barred Spiral Galaxy NGC 1300”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA13
208 NASA , Hubblesite, “Spiral Galaxies NGC 2207 and IC 2163”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA14
209 NASA , The Hubble Heritage Project, “Galaxy Collisions in Distant Cluster”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA15
210 NASA , The Hubble Heritage Project, “HubbleMosaic of the Majestic Sombrero Galaxy”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA16

211 Marcio A. G. Maia, Rodolfo S. Machado & Christopher N. A. Willmer,

“The Seyfert Population in the Local Universe,” Astron. J. 126, 1750 (2003).
212 R. Cid Fernandes et al., “The star formation history of Seyfert 2 nuclei,” MNRAS 355, 273 (2004).
213 Geoffrey V. Bicknell, Michael A. Dopita, Zlatan I. Tsvetanov & Ralph S. Sutherland,
“Are Seyfert Narrow-Line Regions Powered by Radio Jets?” Astrophys. J. 495, 680 (1998).
214 NASA , The Hubble Heritage Project, “Hubble Serves Up a Galaxy”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA17
215 John Hutchings, Bruce Woodgate, Mary Beth Kaiser, Steven Kramer, the STIS Team & NASA,
“Fireworks Near a Black Hole in the Core of Seyfert Galaxy NGC 4151”; http://pdfref.net/m2/jhutchings
216 Ibid.
217 Duceio Macchetto, William Sparks & Alessandro Capetti, NASA, STScI & ESA,
“NGC 1068 FOC Post-COSTAR Image”; http://pdfref.net/m2/dmacchetto

162
218 Alan Bridle et al., “Deep VLA Imaging of Twelve Extended 3CR Quasars,” Astron. J. 108, 766 (1994).
219 D. A. Lubowich et al., “Deuterium in the Galactic Centre as a result of recent infall of low-metalicity gas,”
Nature 405, 1025 (2000).
220 Albert Einstein & Nathan Rosen, “The Particle Problem in the General Theory of Relativity,”
Phys. Rev. 48, 73 (1935).
221 Robert W. Fuller & John A. Wheeler, “Causality and Multiply Connected Space-Time,”
Phys. Rev. 128, 919 (1962).
222 NASA, Astronomy Picture of the Day, “3C175: Quasar Cannon”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA18
223 Alan Bridle, David Hough, Colin Lonsdale, Jack Burns & Robert Laing, “Radio Quasar 3C175”;
http://pdfref.net/m2/abridle

224 NASA Goddard Spce Flight Center, “CGRO Science Support Center”; http://pdfref.net/m2/NASA19
225 Gerald J. Fishman & Charles A. Meegan, “Gamma-Ray Bursts,” Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 33, 415 (1995).
226 Italian Space Agency, “BeppoSAX Science Data Center”; http://pdfref.net/m2/ISA
227 Ralph Wijers, “The burst, the burster and its lair,” Nature 393, 13 (1998).
228 Brain Schmidt, “The Link Between Supernovae and Gamma Ray Bursts,” Science 308, 1265 (2005).
229 Gregg Easterbrook, “Why Charles Darwin would like the playoffs, and exigency strikes the NFL!”
(NFL.com, NFL Features, 4 January 2005); http://pdfref.net/m2/geasterbrook
230 Thanks to John “Jack” Crowley of Rutland, Vermont for bringing this quotation to my attention.
231 Fritz Zwicky, “On the Masses of Nebulae and of Clusters of Nebulae,”
Astrophys. J. 86, 217 (1937).
232 Fritz Zwicky & Milton L. Humason, “Spectra and Other Characteristics of Interconnected Galaxies
and of Galaxies in Groups and in Clusters. III.,” Astrophys. J. 139, 269 (1964).
233 Vera C. Rubin, W. Kent Ford, Jr. & Norbert Thonnard, “Extended Rotation Curves of
High-Luminosity Spiral Galaxies. IV. Systematic dynamical Properties, Sa→Sc,”
Astrophys. J. 255, L107 (1978).
234 Albert Bosma, “The distribution and kinematics of neutral hydrogen in spiral galaxies
of various morphological types,” Ph.D. Thesis, Groningen Univ., (1978); http://pdfref.net/m2/abosma
235 Marc S. Seigar, Aaron J. BArth & James S. Bullock, “A revised Λ CDM mass model for the Andromeda Galaxy,”
MNRAS 389 (4), 1911 (2008); http://pdfref.net/m2/mseigar
236 NASA/JPL, “Andromeda Adrift in a Sea of Dust in New NASA Image”; http://pdfref.net/m2/JPL4
237 Ernest J. Oepik, “An estimate of the distance of the Andromeda Nebula,”
Astrophys J. 55, 406 (1922).
238 R. Brent Tully & J. Richard Fisher, “A New Method of Determining Distances to Galaxies,”
Aston. Astrophys. 54, 661 (1977).
239 Albert Einstein, “Does the Inertia of a Body Depend Upon Its Energy-Content?”
Annalen der Physik 18, 639 (1905); http://pdfref.net/m2/aeinstein3
240 E. P. Wigner, “Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics” (1976), Quantum Theory and Measurement,
editors J. A. Wheeler & W. H. Zurek (Princeton University Press, 1983), p. 262.

163
241 E. P. Wigner, “Thirty Years of Knowing Einstein,” Some Strangeness in the Proportion: A Centennial Symposium
to Celebrate the Achievements of Albert Einstein, editor H. Woolf (Addison-Wesley, Reading MA, 1980), p. 463.
242 L. de Broglie, in Électrons et Photons: Rapports et Discussions du Cinquième Conseil de Physique,
editor J. Bordet (Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1928).
243 John S. Bell, “Six possible worlds of quantum mechanics,” Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics
2nd Ed., (Cambridge University Press, 2004), p. 191.
244 Erwin Schrödinger, letter to Synge, quoted in W. Moore: Schrödinger (Cambridge U. Press, 1989).
Reference taken from Sheldon Goldstein, “Quantum Philosophy: The Flight from Reason in Science,” p. 2;
http://pdfref.net/m2/eschrodinger

245 C. J. Davisson & L. H. Germer, “Reflection and Refraction of Electrons by a Crystal of Nickel,”
PNAS 14 (8), 619 (1928).

246 J. C. Ries, R. J. Eanes, B. E. Shum & M. M. Watkins, Geophys. Res. Lett. 19 529 (1992).
247 The Eöt-Wash Group (2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/EWG

248 J. B. Fixler, et al., “Atom Interfermeter Measurement of the Newtonian Constant of Gravity,”
Science 315, 74 (2007).
249 Ibid.
250 Albert Einstein, “Do gravitational fields play an essential part in the structure of the elementary
particles of matter?” (1919), The Principle of Relativity (Dover Publications, 1952), p. 191.
251 Jere H. Jenkins, et al., “Evidence for Correlations Between Nuclear Decay Rates and Earth-Sun Distance,”
(25 August 2008); http://pdfref.net/m2/jjenkins
252 American Physical Society Council, Ethics & Values: 02.2 APS Guidelines For Professional Conduct,
Introductory statements, (10 November 2002); http://pdfref.net/m2/APS
253 Bill Bryson, A Short History of Nearly Everything, (Broadway, New York, 2003), p. 128.
254 Lee Smolin, The Trouble with Physics: The Rise of String Theory, the Fall of a Science, and What Comes Next,
(Houghton Mifflin, New York 2006), p. xvii.
255 Patrick Mondout, “Billions & Billions: Carl Sagan’s Cosmos,” Awesome80s.com;
http://pdfref.net/m2/pmondout

256 Carl Sagan, “Who Speaks for Earth?” Cosmos Television Series, (1980); http://pdfref.net/m2/csagan
257 Jerry Mayer & John P. Holms, Bite-Size Einstein: Quotations on Just About Everything from
the Greatest Mind of the Twentieth Century, p. 67; Google Books: http://pdfref.net/m2/jmayer
258 Quoted in Michael White, Isaac Newton: The Last Sorcerer, (Helix Books, Reading, 1997), p. 3.
259 Jon D. Miller, “Public understanding of, and attitudes toward, scientific research: what we know
and what we need to know,” Public Understand. Sci. 13, 273 (2004), p. 279.

260 William Blake, Letter to Thomas Butts dated 22 November 1802.

261 Albert Einstein, quoted from the AIP Center for History of Physics, Einstein Exhibit;
http://pdfref.net/m2/aeinstein4

262 Rabbi Sherwin T. Wine, The Life of Courage, Keynote address given at the HumanLight Celebration,
Parsippany, NJ, 21 December 2003; http://pdfref.net/m2/stwine

164
263 American Humanist Association, Humanist Maifesto I (1973), 34 signers; http://pdfref.net/m2/AHA

264 Alfred North Whitehead, Adventures of Ideas, (Simon & Schuster, New York, 1933) quoted from
the paperback edition: (The Free Press, New York, 1961), p. 12.
265 Pope Pius XII, Address to the Pontifical Academy of Sciences November 22, 1951; http://pdfref.net/m2/pius12

266 The Jerusalem Bible, The Holy Scriptures, TORAH (Koren Publishers, Jerusalem, 2000), p. 1.

267 Joel R. Primack & Nacy Ellen Abrams, The View from the Center of the Universe,
(Riverhead Books, New York, 2006), pp. 33 & 36.

268 John Mather, Nobel Interview by Adam Smith, (Stockholm, 2006); http://pdfref.net/m2/jmather2
269 Stephen W. Hawking, A Brief History of Time—From the Big Bang to Black Holes,
(Batam Books, Toronto, 1988), p. 137–138.

270 John Mather, op. cit.

271 Lawrence M. Krauss, “Our Miserable Future,” in Origins and Endings: From the Beginning to the End
of the Universe, (AAAS Annual Meeting, 16 February 2009, Chicago); http://pdfref.net/m2/lkrauss
272 Lawrence M. Krauss, Press conference on the state of cosmology, Science Talk, “Stars of Cosmology, Part 1,”
(AAAS Annual Conference, Chicago, 16 February 2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/lkrauss2
Thanks to Steve Mirsky and Scientific American for the audio recording.
273 Matthew 7:7, King James Bible.
274 David Lindorff, Pauli and Jung: The Meeting of Two Great Minds, (Quest Books, Wheaton, 2004).
275 Ibid., p. 149.
276 American Physical Society Council, Ethics & Values: 02.2 APS Guidelines For Professional Conduct,
“Conflict of Interest,” (10 November 2002); http://pdfref.net/m2/APS

277 Charles Dickens, Great Expectations, (All the Year Round, 1860–1861); http://pdfref.net/m2/cdickens
278 Wikipedia, “Virgo Supercluster,” (c. May 2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/wikivirgo
279 D. N. Spergel et al., “Three-Year Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) Observations:
Implications for Cosmology,” Astrophys. J. Supp. 170, 377 (2007); http://pdfref.net/m2/dspergel
280 D. Heath Jones et al., “The 6dF Galaxy Survey: Final Redshift Release (DR3) and Southern
Large-Scale Structures,” (2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/djones
281 D. Heath Jones et al., “The 6dF Galaxy Survey: Samples, Observational Techniques and the First Data Release,”
MNRAS 355, 747 (2004); http://pdfref.net/m2/djones2
282 Adam S. Bolton et al., “The Sloan Lens ACS Survey. I. A large spectroscopically selected sample of massive
early-type lens galaxies,” Astrophys. J. 638, 703 (2006).
283 Wikipedia, “Fair use,” (c. April 2007 – May 2009); http://pdfref.net/m2/wikifairuse

165
This page intentionally left blank.
This page intentionally left blank.
 This monograph presents new ideas in physics and cosmology based on improvements in the physical concept and
mathematical model of relativistic time. The observed redshift of distant galaxies is shown to be a relativistic temporal
effect rather than the widely accepted idea of cosmic expansion. This effect also models the observed slope increase in
the supernovae redshift-magnitude curve, previously interpreted as the unlikely phenomenon of accelerating cosmic
expansion allegedly caused by “dark energy.” New theory describes and quantifies numerous previously unexplained
empirical observations, such as the center-to-limb variation of the solar wavelength and the marked excess redshift of
white dwarf stars, as a relativistic effect of the gravitational field. The modeling and empirical verification of this
phenomenon represents a significant amendment to canonical theory. Additionally, advances have been made in the
understanding of quantum mechanics and relativistic energy leading to new perspectives on the related nature of the
nuclear binding force and the quantum source of the gravitational field, which can be empirically verified.
Because time is fundamental to many aspects of physics, a new and more accurate mathematical model and underlying
concept of time is far-reaching. The broad scope of the new ideas presented in this book will have a rapid and profound
effect on researchers in numerous fields, including:
time & frequency metrology • gravitational physics • astrophysics • cosmology
astronomy • celestial mechanics • geodesy • quantum mechanics • nuclear physics

SERENFORD
SCIENTIFIC PRESS